《From Dragon Ball: Different Dimension Infinite Cheats (Anime)》 Chapter 1 Zero Dimension "Everything is nothing, Nothing is everything." A heavy voice sounded. "Husband, are you sure about leaving him like that?" a soft voice murmured. "He is our only descendant," murmurs reverberated again, this time a little anxious, depressed with a hint of disturbance. A couple in human form was standing far away in a shade of darkness; they seemed near, yet they were far from any eye that could glimpse. Both were looking at a baby crib inside an alley, sadly. The female was anxious, with an extremely worrying expression on her face. "Wife, don''t worry. He is our only descendant, and I also care about him." Grabbing his beautiful soulmate''s palm standing beside him, tapping her backhand, he spoke consolingly. "But how will he survive alone? He is just born." The lady spoke again, sobbing while engraving the final picture of her baby in her mind. She is reluctant but knows it''s parting time. "Don''t worry; he will be fine, and I hope he awakens a talent that is stronger than mine. I am weak from others in my clan, mocked by everyone. My talent is the weakest; I don''t want him to be like me. I want him to grow stronger and become the strongest," the male spoke resolutely, trying to hide his emotions. But irregularity in voice and red veins in his eyeballs explained all his inner restlessness. Turning his head, seeing his soulmate''s distressed expression, and grabbing her hand consolingly, he spoke, "Don''t worry, my love; it''s the only way to keep him safe. Also, it''s time to go; this dimension can''t endure our strength." The female heart gripped by sadness, Looking at the crib, "Baby, you must stay safe and healthy and grow stronger as we wish," the female instructed softly. Then, in her reluctant eyes, both of their bodies blurred and disappeared. Time returned to normal; everything started moving. Stars started flickering, the full moon shone with chilly light, and noises and pollution started spreading through this planet known as Earth. A baby lying inside the crib trembled a little, listening to the noises near his ears. Veins protrude on his cute forehead. After a little silence, "Ewrla." A baby crying noise spread in all directions, announcing his presence, but sadly no one noticed him. Time flowed constantly. Next morning, the baby opened his teary purple eyes exhaustedly, giving final cries on the verge of exhaustion, as if Fate had noticed his presence finally. Two girls in college uniform were walking on the roadside. Instantly, one among them halted and raised her ears attentively, then asked suspiciously, looking at her friend. "Anna, have you also heard the baby crying voice?" Her friend Anna halted suspiciously, raised her ears, concentrated, then shook her head. After observing for a while, "No, I didn''t. It must be you hallucinating. Let''s go; we are getting late." Anna spoke, waving her hand, and walked forward on the road, but at a few steps she halted, turned around, and spoke helplessly, "Cecily, come on, I told you we are going to be late." Unlawfully taken from Royal Road, this story should be reported if seen on Amazon. Next moment she flinched, Looking at the empty street, not seeing Cecily anywhere, she suspiciously glanced at the alley attached to this street and returned beside the alley entrance, looking at Cecily emerging from the narrow alley, and then glanced at the crib in her hand. "It''s really a baby." She exclaimed in surprise and hurriedly trotted toward her in order to relieve the unknown worry that sprouted in her heart. "Oww, such a cute baby. How can parents be so heartless these days, abandoning such a cute baby? Also, look at that wet face filled with tears; he must have been crying for a long time," Anna exclaimed again. Her heart almost melted after seeing the baby''s curious golden-purple mix eyes, white round bulging cheek, and cute porcelain doll-like face. "His eyes are so unique; I haven''t seen such beautiful eyes." Anna spoke with glittering eyes as if seeing her favorite gems, looking at her friend who was cleaning the baby face, then added, "Cecily, look how cute this baby is. He must be very handsome and charming when he grows up." Cecily nodded with a serene smile spreading on her beautiful face, replying, "Well, you are right. Let''s go apply for a leave for me; today I am not going to college. I am going to take this baby to my grandma." She then instructed Anna and walked toward her home calmly, leaving her friend messy in the wind, glimpsing at the baby''s curious expression. "He he he, you are a very curious baby brother; you must be an explorer in the future," Cicely commented happily. Soon, she reached inside the small apartment building, "Well, let me open the door; grandma went shopping, I think." She spoke, then Putting the crib on the ground, finding the key in her bag, She opened the door. After appearing inside with the baby crib, looking at the baby still curious about everything around, She smiled happily, looking at his still lively and curious expression. "You must be hungry; I will prepare something for you." Cicely spoke cheerfully, rubbing his baby''s nose and pecking his cheeks. Letting the baby rest above the bed, she walked inside the kitchen. After a while, I started feeding the baby some milk with a spoon, as she didn''t have access to a baby feeder right now. "Come on, baby, drink it." She spoke softly and started feeding the baby carefully. After a while, Cicely cleaned his mouth with a smile, then started playing with him. She was extremely surprised by the fact that the baby is extremely cheerful and curious about everything. He didn''t even cry once after meeting her. Knob! Instantly she heard the door opening and closing sound and walked outside, looking at her old grandma with baggage in her hands. She hurriedly walked toward her. "Grandma, you are back," Cicely spoke after grabbing the vegetable baggage from Grandma''s hand. "Cicely, you haven''t gone to college today; is everything fine?" Grandma asked worriedly, looking at Cicely. "Grandma, everything is fine; I just encountered an abandoned baby. I brought that baby home and told Anna to apply for a leave." Cicely shook her head and explained patiently. "What!!! abandoned baby, come on, show me," the grandma exclaimed, surprising, then walked with her more worriedly, appearing beside the bed. Grandma glanced at the baby; the baby glanced at Grandma, both brows furrowed at the same time. Then, the baby''s expression turned into a curious and happy expression again. A happy smile stretched on Grandma''s wrinkled face, almost smoothing those wrinkles. She spoke, "This little guy is beautiful and curious; he will be very adventurous and charming." "Grandma, can we adopt him? I like this baby brother very much," Cecily requested after looking at the baby, then glanced at her grandma, hopefully, with mist condensing in her eye''s planning to cry for months if her grandma dares to refuse. Grandma''s brow furrowed; she hesitated, then glanced at Cecily''s crying and hopeful expressions. Looking at the baby''s curious expression, she sighed helplessly. ''I can''t reject my only granddaughter''s request, or my son and daughter-in-law in heaven will not forgive me. Also, if I abandon this innocent baby, maybe even God will not forgive me.'' Then a smile stretched on Grandma''s face nodded, picking the baby up slowly. "Well, we will adopt him; he will be your younger brother. You must take care of him." Cecily nodded cheerfully, "I will definitely take care of him." Grandma nodded with a smile, then she saw a necklace on the baby''s neck, grabbing it in her palm curiously, looking at two words written on each side. "EE" "RO" Muttering two worlds, the Grandma was surprised and fell into a daze. After a while, Shook her head, picked the baby with a smile, and spoke, "Little baby, your name will be Eero; I don''t know what this name means, but it suits my grandson well." Chapter 2 Awakening "Slow down, little brother, or you will fall," an anxious soft voice sounded. A proper classical lady walked on the sidewalk hurriedly, looking at the little boy about 6 years old pulling her hand anxiously. She called again and again, letting him slow down or he may fall. She is a beautiful female, about 24 years old, with dark black hair, big, beautiful eyes with dark irises, perky cheeks, and a slim, proportioned figure wearing a black and white office dress. "Sister Cicely, the shop will be closed." The small kid pulling her replied more anxious than her. "It will not close; we will buy from another supermarket if it''s closed," Cicely replied helplessly. It''s been almost six years since she found this little brother for herself. Three years ago, their grandma passed away, leaving them both. Cicely then took care of her younger brother. Today is a special day; her salary arrives in the account, and on the very first day upon returning from office, she decided to bring her little brother outside and buy him his favorite things. Soon, they appeared beside the supermarket, looking at the open supermarket. Cicely started panting after grabbing her knees, looking at her running and cheering little brother. ''I am so exhausted before entering the supermarket.'' Then, a smile appeared on her beautiful face. "Sister, let''s go!" Eero shouted, waving his hand at her. She nodded then walked forward, toward the supermarket. Eero''s little heart was filled with excitement looking at every type of product arranged inside the supermarket. "She is out." A hooded figure standing beside the supermarket muttered, paying attention to Cicely and Eero. "I have been following her; today is our perfect chance." Then he added again. "Well, do it and then lay low for a while." A burly altered voice sounded from his phone, then the call was disconnected. The dark-hooded figure gazed at the supermarket, deeply turning around and left, dialing another number. While inside the supermarket, "Now tell me, what do you need? Your elder sister will buy it for you," Cecily spoke, patting her chest confidently. A few male creatures around almost stumbled after seeing her beautiful face, perfect figure, and confident gesture. "I want a lot of chocolates, juices, candies, and chips," the boy replied thoughtfully, counting items with fingers. "Okay, let''s go toward the groceries section." Cecily nodded with a smile, grabbing Eero''s hand, then walked toward the grocery area. After searching and buying everything Eero wanted, he also bought some products for daily usage. After a while, Eero moved a trolley of his size, almost half-filled with his items; the other half are groceries. After navigating through all sections of the supermarket and buying a few utensils, both appeared near the counter satisfied. After paying the bill, Cicely picked up the baggage, and they walked outside the supermarket. She sighed helplessly, feeling heavy weight in her hand''s and looking at Eero, hopping around. Eero then turned and glanced back thoughtfully, looking at Cicely walking slowly. He ran back toward her and requested, "Sister, give me one bag; I can pick it up." "No, it''s heavy; it will affect your height." Cicely resolutely declined, then walked past Eero hurriedly, lest he start insisting on picking it up. But who would know when fate flips like a coin? While walking on the sidewalk, instantly two people emerged from an alley wearing monkey masks. "Quickly give me everything you have." One of them raised his gun, aiming at Cicely''s forehead, threatening, "I will give you everything you want; just don''t hurt us." Cicely said, hurriedly aligned in front of Eero hiding him, putting the baggage on the ground, and started searching her purse. "Oh, bitch, go to hell; we don''t have time." Another one spoke as if annoyed by something, walked forward, and started stabbing Cecily in the stomach a few times. Grabbing her purse, she pulled it and then pushed her back. This story originates from a different website. Ensure the author gets the support they deserve by reading it there. "Huh," Cecily senselessly fell back on the ground, feeling a cool and warm sensation mixed with pain from her stomach spreading through her whole body, reaching her nervous system, paralyzing her body slowly. She grabbed her bloody stomach, looking at both people confused. ''Why? I was going to give them everything.'' "Bastard I told you not to do anything stupid. Now hurry up, take away the necklace also," his companion beside him cursed and then urged angrily. The stabber made a crazy face at his companion. He extended his hand, took away the gold necklace Cicely was wearing, and then pointed his finger at Eero, standing a little away from them. "Let''s go; leave the child. We got orders to kill her only," his companion spoke anxiously; he missed his word''s, but he didn''t care, looking at pedestrians gathering around. He grabbed the stabber hand and pulled him toward the alley. Both disappeared in the darkness. ''Who wants to kill me?'' After listening to one of them, a thought flashed through Cecily''s mind. Her body fell toward the ground without any strength, turning her head and looking in Eero''s direction while her vision blurred slowly. She murmured, "Little bro..." Eero was standing in a daze and senseless. His body trembled listening to Cicely murmurs, looking at his fallen sister filled in blood and the land below slowly dyed red. "Sister!!!, What happened to you?" He muttered worriedly. Then I ran beside her and started crying with tears. "Sister, Sister, wake up, please." Getting no response from Cicely, fear and insecurity shrouded his heart. He started pushing her hardly, looking at his both bloody hands, then started moving her again, crying louder. "Come on, hurry up, call an ambulance." "It was a robbery. Two people robbed this girl and ran away in the alley beside this road." A few pedestrians gathered around; some started calling an ambulance and police; some started talking and whispering. While Eero was constantly crying, pushing her body, "Sister, don''t leave like grandma." Instantly, an ambulance appeared and took Cecily away, along with Eero and another person who volunteered to go to the hospital along with them and the police. He was this robbery witness; he saw the whole process from the edge of the street. Inside the city hospital, looking at the chaotic scene of pulling a stretcher and a crowd moving around, Eero was left in a mess and confusion. Looking at the chaos around anxiously and innocently, he started crying again while rubbing his eyes. "Don''t worry, your sister will be fine. Be brave," a person appeared beside Eero and spoke, passing him a juice box. Eero glanced at his sincere smile on his face; he nodded, wiping away his tears, then after a while started crying again. The man was helpless, patted his head, and sighed with pity in his heart. Looking at the operation theater door, ''I hope that girl is fine or it will be extremely hard for this little kid.'' Soon, a few police officers appeared beside Eero after recording witness statements, looking at little Eero; they sighed and started discussing something amongst them. "He is the only family member of her, also available beside her." One of them said it hesitatingly. "It''s unfortunate for children to witness such an incident with their eyes." Another senior-aged police officer commented sadly. "Well, just hope the girl is fine, or it will impact very much on this little guy''s mind." Then he added, looking at motionless Eero sitting on a waiting seat far away. A young female police officer appeared inside the hospital. Upon other officers'' instructions, she walked and sat beside Eero. "What is your name, younger brother?" Eero was startled listening to a soft voice. Looking at the beautiful police officer, he replied while crying, "My name is Eero." "Eero, such a nice name. Don''t worry, your elder sister will be fine; I am your sister friend." She spoke after rubbing Eero''s little head. "Really, big sister, are you really my sister friend?" Eero was surprised, then asked hopefully. The police lady nodded with a smile appearing on her face. "Yes, I am her best friend; don''t worry, your sister will be fine." Eero then nodded his relieved heart and became a little hopeful. After a while, the operation theater room opened; a doctor appeared outside, looking at Eero sitting on a waiting chair, then glanced at the police officer and shook his head. Everyone sighed, looking at little Eero sitting on the chair silently, waiting hopefully. "Now who will explain and speak to this little guy?" One of the officers spoke. Everyone turned and glanced at the female officer. The female officer flinched, then nodded with red eyes, taking a deep breath, and appeared beside Eero again. "Little brother, your elder sister is resting somewhere. Can you talk to me for a while? Also, tell me, Do you watch stars in the sky at night?" The female officer asked softly. Eero was startled, then glanced at her, nodded, and said, "I watch Star''s at night, police sister." "Are stars pretty?" She asked again, suppressing her heartache. "They are pretty. Big sister, can you tell me when my sister Cicely will return? We have to eat candy and chocolate cake together." Eero replied then hurriedly asked anxiously and a little innocently. ''I can''t do it; I don''t have the strength to tell him the truth.'' The police lady thought; her eyes turned blood red, looking at Eero with an innocent and anxious expression, looking at her hopefully. "Mmm." Grabbing her mouth, she stood up and walked away. Eero fell in a daze. His six-year-old brain couldn''t process the meaning of the female officer''s expression and actions; just a bad premonition spread through his heart. Looking at the opened door of the operation theater room, they took Cicely inside; he ran toward it after nearly missing a few grabs. ''Oops.'' The police officers who wanted to prevent him missed their grab, and all of them thought, ''It''s over.'' "Sister, Sister," Eero crying loudly appeared inside the theater room looking at the daze nurses, ignoring them, glanced at Cecily lying on the bed motionlessly, appeared beside her, and started crying. Instantly his eye''s widened looking at Cicely''s face without breath; he somehow knew what happened to her. It''s similar to what happened to his grandma when she left them. It was innate talent or something else he could recognize the state of living and dead. "Siste..." He muttered in daze. Instantly, his expression froze, and he collapsed on the ground beside the bed. Instantly, nurses, police officers, and doctors reached the door, shocked by Eero''s collapse. "Hurry up, put him on the operation bed; his nervous system is collapsing," the doctor ordered anxiously, looking at paralyzed Eero, his wide eye''s, and irregular movements of his hands and feet. [Age Limit Reached] [Awakening condition met] [Energy is insufficient] [Awakening time extended] [Remaining Time: 11 Years, 1 Day, 2 H, 3 M] Time passed, 3 minutes passed, then 2 hours, a day, then a year, finally ten years also passed. Chapter 3 Dimensions In the same hospital''s special admission ward, a young boy, about 17 years old, lay in the bed. While looking at the phone, he watched an episode of a famous anime, "Eminence in the Shadow, season 2." This anime was released in the previous year, summer 2023; now it''s the second season. "This guy is the only one who knows how to hide his powers and deal with all unexpected situations at the same time." He commented, looking at Cid. After completing the episode, he started watching other anime''s pending episodes and began collecting new web novels, reading their chapters one by one. He then began watching pending movies on websites, Netflix, YouTube shorts, Korean series, Chinese anime, and series while drinking tasteless liquid nutrition and finally sleeping; the same routine continued for the past ten years daily. Except occasionally going outside for mind relaxation, on a special wheel chair, just for a few hours in a week. After a few hours, Eero''s eyes opened, and he clicked the help button and muttered, "How long will I have to stay like this?" while expressionlessly looking at his paralyzed lower body. Above his chest, his body worked; below, it doesn''t. It happened to him after some incident. He doesn''t remember; doctors called it a nervous breakdown and memory loss. Now, even his chest area is slowly paralyzing. If that happens, his heart will stop completely. "I can''t do anything except wait patiently for that day," Eero muttered thoughtfully. Nurses appeared for a regular check-up. One of them gazed at him in disgust and annoyance, thinking, ''Why did the hospital admit such a guy? It''s better if he dies somewhere. I now hate this job because of this guy.'' They then helped him reluctantly with his nature calls. As his diet consisted of liquids only, it didn''t produce much mess. Watching the nurse clean his body while complaining and cursing, Eero observed all this expressionlessly. He now basically doesn''t care. First, he felt angry, then guilty, then slowly sad and depressed, anxious, and timid. After going through all those emotional changes, his expression and emotion became less. Looking at the nurse leaving the room uttering disgusting words, as if avoiding a plague, he murmured, "It''s not their fault. I am weak, useless, and a burden on this world. If I could have a second chance, I would definitely become strong, independent, self-reliant, and create my own world," he said resolutely. Then, a mocking smile appeared on Eero''s expressionless face as he looked in the direction outside the hospital window and shook his head. He murmured again, "What am I hoping for? That happens in novels only. There is nothing like a second chance; it is impossible. I shouldn''t waste my time on those false hopes." Shaking his head, If you encounter this narrative on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. After looking at the service feedback file, he opened it, checked the date, marked all good, and in the end, wrote positive comments about those nurses, hoping to leave a good mark in their lives. ''At least it''s compensation for the inconvenience I cause them.'' Putting the file back, he pushed the bed adjustable button, adjusting it for sleep, and peacefully drifted off. *Beeeeeeeeeeeeep...* A long beep sounded. After a while, a nurse appeared for the night check-up. Her face changed as she glanced at the long string of lines on the life detector. She clicked the emergency button. Doctors appeared hurriedly inside, checking the condition, shaking their heads, and sighed. "He is no more." Some sighed, some glanced pitifully at Eero''s corpse, some gloated, and some were joyous, especially the few nurses. They wanted to dance; their hearts were relieved. But they didn''t know. This was just the beginning. They didn''t even realize what they had missed. If they somehow knew the price of making a place in his heart, they would go to any extreme to achieve that, but it''s already late. Somewhere unknown... [In a two-layer space, the upper layer is black while the lower layer is white; in the middle of those two layers, there lies a gray expanse that looks like a sheet or an infinite line.] But don''t consider this thin line as normal; its width is almost infinite. The nearer you get to it, the more it expands, eventually reaching outside the scope of imagination. This horizontal line and a lot of similar parallel single gray lines are known as one dimension, also known as the base of all dimensions. But when you reach the middle of this line, you will see a + sign, another similar line intersecting this baseline vertically; this second vertical line is known as a balancer. Now both are called 2nd Dimension. If you appear on the other side of these both lines, you will see a triple line intersecting the base and balancer line in the middle at the intersection point; it is a horizontal line similar to the baseline, known as the third line stabilizer of dimensions. It is also known as the third dimension. [If you see two more base and balancer lines appearing in parallel to the previous lines at a considerable distance, joining the third stabilizer line, it will become a square, filled with gray energy.] [This whole square and space inside are known as the fourth dimension, also known as the starter of dimensions]. [If there is the same square in front of this square in parallel, all its lines will join the other square; it will become a cube, known as the fifth dimension, also known as the Keeper of Dimensions]. [Similarly, a parallel cube in front of the previous cube will join to become a dual-layer cube, known as the sixth dimension, also known as the Gate of Dimensions]. [Another parallel addition will make it a four-layer cube known as the seventh dimension, also known as the Defender of Dimensions]. [Another parallel addition will make it an eight-layer cube known as the eighth dimension, also known as the King of Dimensions]. [Another parallel addition will make it a sixteen-layer cube known as the ninth dimension, also known as the Monarch of Dimensions]. [Another parallelism will make it a 32-layer cube known as the tenth dimension, also known as the Ruler of Dimensions]. [In other words, from the baseline, if you travel in any direction crossing three infinities, you will reach the 10th dimension.] ''What are three infinities?'' a thought flickered somewhere in a huge gray expanse. [Three infinities are base, balancer, and stabilizer of dimensions.] ''Basically, I am now in the square of a 4th dimension,'' Eero thought to himself while sensing the gray expanse around somehow. After probably dying in his sleep, he somehow appeared in this gray space. At first, he was shocked and frightened because he couldn''t see or sense anything¡ªjust darkness. As his heart started falling into the abyss of darkness, despair and helplessness shrouded his soul. Somehow, he started sensing the situation around. Sensed the gray particles floating around. Then those particles became dense in his senses. After a while, darkness changed into grayness. Although nothing else changed, he still felt a little relieved. Any other color is better than the pitch-black darkness of the abyss. Chapter 4 Infinity After sensing the gray expanse around, he thought of a standard question, ''What is this place?'' Then an explanation and information about this place appeared in his mind, from one to tenth dimensions. Then he thought about three infinities. The same answer and explanation appeared. Now he is very confused because he doesn''t know. Who was answering his questions? [Your questions are answered by yourself]. Eero was extremely speechless. ''How can I know about such a space? I haven''t stepped out of the city, or you could say hospital. How can I tell the information about dimensions? I haven''t heard of such outrageous dimensions anywhere.'' [You don''t know now, but you will know it in the future.] Another piece of information flickered in his mind, appearing unknowingly. ''So, you are from my future,'' Eero thought. [I am not] [I am your exclusive talent]. [Only one in all dimensions] [In other words, I am you.] Eero was again extremely speechless, then helplessly begged, ''Please, who is pranking me? My life is already in a mess. Don''t cause me any more trouble.'' [I am not pranking] Eero calmed down, then became a little suspicious, thoughtfully glanced around, ''Is it similar to those protagonists in the novels, getting exclusive cheats, plugins, or systems, then banging girls instead of using cheats to get stronger... Ahem, I mean banging worlds. Why does my reincarnation feel so different?'' Eero hurriedly diverted his thoughts. [I am not a system] [I am not a plug-in]. [I am not a cheat.] [I am your exclusive talent, Infinity] [Using me, you can get anything you desire.] [Even a system, cheat, or plug-in] Eero felt very funny, then mused, ''This guy is really arrogant. Well, I like that. At least we share a similar secondary attribute.'' [Because I am your talent] Eero then thought, ''Why can''t I speak and think only?'' [Because you are in soul form] ''What?'' Exclamation flickered through Eero''s confused soul: ''How can my soul stay alive inside this space?'' Your soul will not die because of your talent. [Even if it is scattered or destroyed by someone] [It will be re-condensed after a few epochs]. Eero was shocked. ''Really, then I am immortal.'' Then his expression became confused. ''What about my body? I need a body.'' [Please choose form options.] [Infinity Form] Exclusive [Currently Deactivated] [Human Form] [Dragon Form] [Slime Form] [Click to view infinite options] A list appeared in front of Ero, startling him. Looking through the list, looking at Infinity Form Exclusive, I asked curiously, "What is Infinity Form?" [Infinity Form is your primary race form; you belong to a race that takes forms according to their awakened talents; each individual in this race transforms into a different form upon awakening their talent.] Unauthorized reproduction: this story has been taken without approval. Report sightings. [For example, fire talent will be transformed into fire form, space talent will change into space form, time talent will transform into time form, and there are no repetitive talents in this race.] ''What do you mean by belong to a race; I am not a human?'' Eero was horrified; he couldn''t even imagine for an instance that he wasn''t a human. [No] [Do you want to activate your Infinity Form] [Note: Only after activating your Infinity Form will you be able to find your race; inversely, they can also find you.] Eero calmed down after a while, accepting the reality, thinking thoughtfully about his race, then asked again, ''Do I have parents?'' [Yes, you belong to a reproductive race]. Taking a deep breath, after a while he shook his head thoughtfully, ''Don''t activate it. Just let me choose other form options.'' [New races detected, born in all dimensions, refreshing the list] Looking at the refreshed list with more infine race options. Eero was speechless. He started browsing through, skipping all dragons, elves, dwarves, even chaos, evil races, primordials, and bloodline races. [Infinite new races detected, born in all dimensions, refreshing the list] After a while, the list refreshed again. Eero started having a soulache looking at so many options. Even a simple dragon field has infinite forms. ''Select Human Form.'' Eero thought to himself. ''I am most familiar with the human form'' [Please choose] [Primordial Human] [Original Human] [Source Human] [Hongmeng Human] [Chaos Human] [Holy Human] [Click to view infinite options] Eero became helpless. ''Just give me any human form you think is good.'' [Universal Human Form activated] Instantly, his soul started shining. A black and white light shrouded his soul. Slowly, a little human body condensed in the whole expanse of gray chaos. Looking at his hands, feet, and naked small body, Eero''s expression turned strange. He asked, "Why am I six years old? Also, how do I look?" He is worried about his looks, more than standing naked butted in this empty gray space; anyway, no one is watching. Instantly, a mirror appeared in front of him, showing his looks. Similar to his looks at six years old, the cute and handsome face any other humans can''t get, purple eyes, dark black spiky hairs with white dots that looked like stars flickering in them. [Based on your own desire, it is six years old.] Eero nodded with a wry smile, then mixed feelings spread through his heart. After a while, shaking his head and looking at the vast gray expanse around him, his expression got firm. "Now I believe that I can do anything, with my own talent." "Also, how can I increase my strength?" [Strength can be increased with talent; just lay down and desire ultimate strength.] Eero was speechless and slowly became depressed. ''I was ready for hardship; this guy just broke my resolve.'' Desire for hardship is also possible. but you will become miserable. Looking at the information again, He became utterly depressed. ''Now this guy is ill speaking.'' [.....] After a while, shaking his head, his eyes lit up, and he spoke. "I had desired to gain strength, but I also had other desires." "I once desired to travel through those anime, movies, and other worlds and watch and enjoy all those different worlds." "I once desired to turn those worlds upside down." "I once desired to stand on a height to overlook all things." "I once desired to create my own world." "Yes, I always wanted that." Eero declared his desires resolutely and slowly stood up, posing like a knight in the whole empty gray space. Grey wind appeared and stroked his naked buttocks. ''Ooh, so secondary; thankfully no one heard it.'' Looking around, Eero patted his little chest embarrassingly after coming back to his senses and sighed in relief. "Give me some clothes, please." [Please choose civilization] "WTH, just give me simple clothes a human child wears," Eero shouted angrily. [All of your desires can be completed.] [Please choose civilization entertainment.] [Earth Civilization Entertainment] [Noaba Civilization Entertainment] [Bintor Civilization Entertainment] [Cantata Civilization Entertainment] [Click to view infinite options] Eero was speechless, looking at clothes condensed on his body. ''So you were talking about civilization entertainment? My bad, I am sorry.'' Then hurriedly selected Earth before the list got refreshed. [Please Choose] [Anime] [Movies] [Series] [Novel] [Light Novel] [Web Novel] [H anime] [Short Videos] [Clips] [Click to view other options] "Ahem, select anime. I am just six years old; remove those dirty sections. Also, I am not interested in this useless stuff; don''t show them again," Eero coughed and replied embarrassedly. [You are sixteen] [Fourteen is considered adult in a lot of dimensions.] "I said, I don''t need it." Eero spoke angrily. While thinking, ''This talent is a pervert.'' [I am you] Eero''s little face turned red in anger. ''This talent is simply my enemy; it definitely appeared in order to torture me.'' Cursing thoughtfully, ''I just opened them once in order to see my third leg reaction. It was unsuccessful because of paralysis; this damn guy is calling me a pervert for that.'' Chapter 5 Balancing [Please Choose] [One Piece] [Dragon Ball] [Naruto] [Eminence in the Shadow] [Bleach] [Click to view other options] [Timeline] [Specify any timeline] "Select Dragon Ball, as for timeline, make me the same age as Gohan," Eero replied after calming down and thinking for a while. [Please Choose Cheat] [Infinity] Already Exclusive Talent. [Activated] [Rule-Based Cheat] [Time][Space][Creation][Destruction][Power][Fate][Destiny][Cause][Effect] [Click to view infinite options] [Concept-Based Cheat] [Infinite Series] [Ultimate Series] [Absolute Series] [System Series] [Unlimited Series] [Click to view infinite options] Eero was surprised; after looking at so many talent options, he realized his Infinity talent is not simple. All of these talents are accessible because of his Infinity talent. ''What kind of outrageous talent have I awakened?'' After looking through the talents and cheats, the more he looked, the more shocked he got, because the concept cheat option had those top systems and plug-ins he read before in those webnovels, even Chinese webnovels. Eero nodded understandingly. Basically, if he can travel through any dimension freely, then he can use those cheats also. ''What will be most useful in the Dragon Ball world? It should work on qi, exercise. I can become stronger and have fun also.'' ''What about the infinite bloodline talent?'' thinking about bloodline talent recommended, then shook his head. ''No, it will be boring. Just a few bloodlines and I will be invincible; then I will get bored very quickly; I have read such scenarios in a lot of novels.'' Looking at the "rule" section, time-based talents, ''I should select the slow talent.'' ''Initially, it will slow down time by 2 fold only. As my strength increases, it will slow more¡ª4 fold, 8 fold, 16 fold¡ªall the way to infinity. It''s like an assassin''s hit ability,'' Don''t compare the rule cheat with that shit''s, [I mean hits, cage of time, which can trap the enemy in a limited range only and strike him] [As for the time-slow rule cheat, it can slow the very fabric of the cosmos, slow the universe, multiverse, and omniverse; even the likes of Zeno, Grand Minister, and Salama will crawl at turtle speed under its rule and domain.] [Conditions are you must upgrade the level of this ability and your strength to effect these; before that, everything is empty talk.] Eero was speechless. ''This talent is really arrogant.'' This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road. If you spot it on Amazon, please report it. Then I thought solemnly, ''I know the most effective talent for Dragon Ball after using my precious knowledge and experience I gathered from the past 11 years.'' The next second instructed calmly, "Okay, select time-slow talent." Congratulations for breaking through the first wall of shamelessness. Shameless +1.] "Also, deactivate the Infinity talent and tell me how I can activate it again later." Eero then added calmly, ignoring the infinity comment. [....] [It will be activated when you feel necessary.] [Deactivated Successfully] Eero nodded with a smile spreading on his little face, murmured happily, "Dragon Ball, I am coming." Instantly, black and white colors shrouded his body, and his figure turned into particles blurred and disappeared completely, leaving the gray expanse in its wake. Somewhere inside the 4th dimension, A huge, unknown-sized, oval-shaped invisible entity is flickering; this is one of the omniverses in the 4th dimension. Every omniverse, multiverse, and universe inside the 4th dimension have different shapes, but they stay invisible and hidden inside dimension layers; no one can see and access them, except some omniverses that openly invite dimensional creatures inside them. Inside this huge flickering omniverse, Somewhere unknown, "Huh," a huge-sized, golden dragon was sleeping. He opened his eyes confused, looking around suspiciously, "Is it my imagination?" Then it closed its huge eyes. Somewhere in a different territory, A huge palace with twelve pillars and twelve universes floating on those pillars, "Huh," instantly, a blue-skinned, short-stature humanoid being was standing beside a small child-sized being; some intuition stroked their minds; they were startled. "Grand Minister, what was that?" A childlike being spoke with a puzzled expression, "I don''t know Zeno Sama, but I will find out." The short stature being known as Grand Minister replied after leaning a little. "Go find out; it looks interesting," an intrigued expression spread on Zeno''s oval-shaped, blue-purple-striped face. "Yes, I understand," the Grand Minister replied thoughtfully. ''It seems I wasn''t hallucinating; Zeno Sama also felt it; was it time dilation flicker or something else?'' Both felt something changed in the universes and multiverse, but they can''t trace the source of this change. ''I hope it''s something that makes Zeno Sama a little happy.'' Grand Minister thought then turned into a star and disappeared. Universe 7, North Area, Earth Planet 4032-877, Hovercars and vehicles were moving on roads honking; inside an empty, narrow alley, unknowingly, purple-gold particles appeared and lit up one by one, slowly becoming dense in number, and a small curled figure materialized, looking like a six-year-old beautiful child. It was none other than Eero, sleeping peacefully. After a while, Eero moved and sat up, opened his confused eyes while rubbing them, looking around curiously, then wiped the drool away with his cuff. "I have reached," a childish sound reverberated through the alley. Then his eyes widened, looking at his small legs. He patted them with his hands slowly, and excitement spread through his heart. "I can feel it, I can feel it, ha ha ha," started laughing excitedly after sensing the touch sensation through his legs'' skin. Such excitement he hadn''t felt in those 11 years, not even after gaining that unimaginable talent, infinity. Taking a deep breath, he stood up tremblingly; basically, he was floating in that gray space he didn''t notice; now it''s very hard for him to even stand up on his feet; it seems he forgot to balance in those eleven years. Thud! Fell on the ground, dust splattered in this dirty alley, Eero didn''t care about the pain in his arm and chest, this time grabbing the wall bricks beside him as a support stood up again excitedly with mist condensing in his eyes. Looking at his trembling feet, he took a single step slowly, stabilized himself for a while, then slowly took the second one, "He he he, e he he he, I can walk, I can walk." An eerie laughter mixed with childish murmurs reverberated in the alley even emitted around, as if some dark magician got a new poison potion formula. A few burly men were passing in front of the alley, listening to the eerie sound. They got goosebumps; every hair on their body erected, looking at garbage bins at the entrance and an empty, dark alley behind those bins. Their hearts sank, and their complexion turned pale. ''There are ghosts in this alley,'' suppressing the horror in their hearts, they ran away hurriedly. As for Eero, he was happily walking, running, and then sprinting, jumping in the alley from one corner to the other, again and again. Chapter 6 Features After a while, Eero walked outside the alley, slowly and thoughtfully looking around. Few individuals passing around gazed at him then walked away without caring. Eero felt a little awkward looking at everyone around. Now he realized he hadn''t socialized with anyone in those 11 years. Looking at everything around¡ªdifferent types of hover cars and humans walking around¡ªhe was surprised and became a little curious, recalling the features of Dragon World in his mind. It seems there are capsules that can shrink inanimate objects down to pocket size, robots, and other near-future science fiction are commonplace on this world. Eero walked on the sidewalk, looking at the buildings around. He was amazed; the architecture is also more advanced. The buildings are usually rounded, often employing spherical or ovoid sections held aloft by a cylindrical stem. It reminded him of those water tanker structures on the original Earth. Also, there are Qi and certain elements of magic coexisting with advanced science. It is a planet inhabited mainly by humans, but other races and species also reside on this planet. While he was walking, he noticed something moving in his pants pockets, grabbed them out, and looking at three cards in his hand, he was surprised. There is an infinite pattern above¡ªnothing else. Just as he was about to turn the cards, Ding! Instantly hitting a pole, almost destabilizing him. His forehead became visibly red; a bump protruded out. Eero started rubbing it, suppressing his painful tears. ''It seems my luck is exhausted. Who put this damn signal pole here?'' he thought angrily. "Ha ha, watch it, Kid. Look at the direction while walking," a few pedestrians stopped, laughed, and one of them reminded teasingly. "Arigatou," Eero nodded, thanked, suppressing his embarrassment, then walked away thoughtfully. ''It seems I have to learn and understand Japanese fully. I can speak and understand it, but I can''t decipher and transcribe written Japanese. I have also learned Chinese and Korean, especially for entertainment.'' After learning a lesson, he appeared beside a shop in an empty area, sat down, and started looking at the cards while rubbing the bump on his forehead. Turning them around curiously, looking at "traveling benefits" written on the head section of those three cards, "Panel," "Portable Home," and "Money" are written in the middle section. Then looking at the "use" written at the end, Eero muttered, "Use." Curiously, Instantly, all three cards turned into gold-purple particles, merged with his skin, and disappeared. Royal Road is the home of this novel. Visit there to read the original and support the author. [Panel Activated] A purple-gold panel popped up, expanded into three sections in front of Eero. Looking at humans walking around without noticing anything, no one paid attention to him. ''It seems only I can see it.'' Eero thought to himself. [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 0 Body: 0.18 [1 normal adult] (0.06 strength, 0.06 agility, 0.06 stamina) Soul: 3 [1 normal adult] (1 IQ, 1 Spirit, 1 Will) [Note: All ratios of sub-stats will be kept balanced, under the rule of Infinity Talent.] [Cheat & Skill] Cheat: Time Domain Level: 2 Fold Skill: (Shameless +1) [Storage Panel] (Portable house)(1 Billion Zeni)()()()()()()()()(00) Looking at the Shameless+1 at first glance in the skill panel, Eero was speechless, then glanced at the whole panel, which is decent and convenient in his view. He can also open a single section for easy viewing instead of opening it fully. Also, he has infinite storage slots and can store anything. Checking the portable house and 1 billion dollars, a smile appeared on his face. Now, basically, all his needs have been solved. ''This is probably because of my vow to be self-sufficient and independent without needing anyone. That''s why my talent gifted me those benefits. Also, as a six-year-old child, I can''t buy a house and earn money.'' Eero thought to himself. Next, he has to find a location to release the portable home and also check his talent. Eero then thought of activating the cheat ability. Instantly, he felt a spherical, invisible domain expand all around him, reaching two meters in diameter. He is the center of this domain. Eero then hurriedly dismissed the domain, confused, feeling his stamina almost exhausted. ''It seems the domain has other limitations and functions.'' Thought about other usages of the talent domain. ''First try control and shape change.'' Eero sensed the domain and then tried controlling its shape. Instantly, he felt he could control it easily and bend it in any shape; he could even reduce its range. Under his control, the domain layer covered his whole body very easily, like butter spreading on bread. ''It seems I can easily control its shape in any way I want.'' Eero thought and then suppressed his excitement, looking at people''s moving around; their movements slowed down in his eyes. ''It''s not their time that is de-accelerated, but my own time is accelerated,'' he thought to himself. Started testing other functions of his cheat. Below are the features Eero found out after testing and analyzing the domain. Domain De-acceleration: Inside the domain, the talent will de-accelerate everything, except Eero. Domain Acceleration: This domain will work as an accelerator for Eero if he shrouds it on his body as a layer. Domain Shape: Domain can change into any shape and resize easily. Domain Effect: has no other effect except acceleration and de-acceleration. - 2 Fold Limits: Can accelerate Eero''s time and de-accelerate everything else by 2 fold or double. Eero can also control the ratio from 1.1 to 2 folds easily; the usage limit is 2 seconds per use, depending on stamina. Finally, domain size is 2 meters in diameter. Checking all features, "It seems my 11 years of knowledge is the most precious; it helps me identify and define any talent," Eero thoughtfully commented after exploring all features. ''But it is risky to use the domain as an accelerator for me. If suddenly a six-year-old child like me starts moving at double speed and reacting in those human eyes, a lot of covetous eyes will follow me, and my life will be in danger. I don''t want to die prematurely in my first-dimension travel; I should use it in secrecy or in danger.'' Eero thought to himself, then dismissed the domain. "Graaawl!" Listening to the growling sound emitting from his stomach, Eero felt extremely hungry. Looking at the shops around, all buildings here look alike. Finally, he detected a shop. ''It might be the food shop.'' Eero curiously walked inside, looking at a huge shop filled with food and sweets, also looking at the menu he doesn''t understand. Then, he asked the staff lady standing beside the counter, "Elder sister, what is that, that, and that?" Pointing at three things he felt might be delicious. ... Join Patreon: Patreon.com/ChaosGray Chapter 7 Hill House The staff lady glanced at the items Eero was pointing at. "Little brother, it''s bar fish sushi, sweet soy sauce dango, and tuna rice onigiri." The staff lady politely introduced herself, suppressing her urge to pinch Eero''s cheeks. ''What a cute little brother.'' Eero nodded, then pointed at them and spoke, "Give me ten sushi, ten dangos, and also ten onigiri, as well as those other food items each ten. Today, I am throwing a party; I will let my friends eat them." The staff girl was surprised. ''That''s rich; even a six-year-old throwing parties, huh?'' Suppressing the surprise in her heart, she then nodded with a smile, "Okay, little brother." Starting packing up, then passing the eight packages of different food items, "Here little brother, I have added extra sauce packets." "Thank you, elder sister. How much is it?" "It''s 1600 for sushi, 4000 for dango and onigiri, and the other 20,000, totaling 25600, little brother," the staff lady politely replied. Eero nodded, then didn''t care about the price. After paying and picking up the packages, He walked outside the shop and put five packages away in storage while no one was paying attention, leaving three outside. Appeared near a lake bridge and sat down on the public seating, started opening up the package, ready to eat. ''It''s delicious.'' His eyes lit up after eating sushi, then checked onigiri. ''It''s also delicious,'' then dangos, ''delicious, sweet, and fluffy.'' Happily started gorging them one by one. After a while looking at the remaining food and his bulging little stomach, ''It''s been ages since I have eaten something so delicious. It''s a billion times better than those bitter liquid nutritions.'' Patting his bulging stomach like a pregnant woman, he muttered unsatisfied, "I can''t eat more, or it will burst." He put away the remaining dangos, sushi, and onigiri. ''Well, it''s time to find a quiet area to place the portable house,'' Eero thought, then walked toward the outside direction, because no one will let him place his portable home inside the city, nor can he buy land at this age. But he didn''t know; few people moving around were looking at his bulging stomach strangely. ''This little guy is greedy; what has he eaten to make his stomach like that?'' ''My stomach is aching; it seems I overate a little,'' frowned, patting his painful stomach. Then, Eero''s eyes lit up; he covered his body with the domain and walked with a constant pace toward the destination, feeling a little relieved stomach pain. ''As expected, talent usage helps in digestion.'' If you encounter this narrative on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. After a while, a hoverbus stopped near the city edge, and Eero hopped outside. ''I have reached.'' Looking at the pathway leading outside the city, also looking at green hills far away, then glanced at West City behind him, Eero ran outside, covering his body with the domain. His bulging stomach also reduced a lot because of constant use. After a while, he sat down beside the pathway to restore stamina. ''Today is 1st May 763; probably Gohan is also six years old. Also, after a few years, Cell arc and Majin Buu arc will start. The second one is dangerous for me, but still, it''s ten years later; there is a lot of time.'' Then I stood up and ran again, after looking at the direction of the hills around me. "I should choose a secret and hidden area, probably at the backside of the hill, hidden from the glimpses of travelers." After a few hours, near the afternoon, Eero finally found the best place for placing the home, looking at the sun, and then glanced at the only flat section area, behind the second hill located in the east direction of the west city, looking at green grass on the ground. Its edges are very steep; there are only a few hidden ways to reach here; also, a little climbing skills are required on this way. This is also one of the reasons Eero chose this place; he will exercise and run to West City daily. Also, it is hidden from all angles; travelers on the pathway can''t see this section of a hill with direct vision. Opened the storage panel, clicked the portable home. Instantly, a projection appeared in front of him, attaching to the edge of the hill in this flat area. An arch-shaped door and window materialized. "So, this home has hidden features. It seems to be good," Eero muttered in surprise, opened the door, and walked inside, looking at a small studio-shaped lit-up house with only two rooms, a kitchen, a shower, and a lounge area. Opened the tap, looking at water flowing. "Somehow water is not an issue." Also looking at high-tech used inside, a wall screen in the lounge area, a well-decorated room, heat functions in the shower room, and also all kitchen utensils and refrigerator, chiller, oven, and stove, checking everything one by one. A satisfied smile appeared on Eero''s face. "Although I don''t know how to cook, I can learn through recipes on those grocery packaging. I heard there are recipes written behind every seasoning and ingredient package," Eero muttered thoughtfully. Eero then left the house, appeared outside, looking at the about 20 by 40-meter empty area in front, and happily spoke, "Thankfully, the home has a hidden function; it is hidden inside the hill. Now, this open area is reserved for my training." ''I should also buy equipment for my training tomorrow; before that, I should use Saitama''s training manual,'' he decided, then started his training right away. "First, 10 push-ups," he muttered, then adjusted his standard push-up prone position on the ground. After doing four, flattened on the ground tired, after taking a break for a while, started doing them again and again, and in just 10 minutes, finally completed the 10. "Now sit up," he muttered. He started sitting up; it was easy; he completed 10 sit-ups in a minute or two. "Finally, squats," he muttered, adjusting his little hips. He started squatting; it was also easily completed. "As for a 1 km run, I have already completed it, probably." Thinking of running from West City to this hill, his legs and whole body are now creaking. Looking at the dark sky with stars and purple neon far away at the edge of the sky, Eero was standing at the edge, looking at it emotionally, with a peaceful heart. "So, this is how a starry sky looks like; what a breathtaking view," muttered, locking the view in his heart, then walked inside the house, lest some dinosaur or beast pop out from nowhere. After bringing out food from his storage and starting to gorging them, his eyes lit up. After a while looking at his bulging belly, ''It seems I have to control this overeating problem.'' Helplessly thought, then went to sleep, enduring the stomach discomfort. After a while, drifting in a dream peacefully. ... Chapter 8 Encounter #1 Next morning: TRiriiiriiiing! TriRiniiing! Eero opened his eyes, listening to the ancient alarm sound, and glanced at the old-looking alarm clock belly dancing. "This alarm is the only old thing in the room; I don''t know the reason behind it," Eero thought after tapping it, letting it rest. Then he realized something, looking at his hands and feet suspiciously. He stood up, moved around, and muttered, "Why isn''t my body aching like before? I thought this morning I would feel a little muscle or leg stress because of yesterday''s overuse." "Status Panel" [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 1 Body: 0.6 [1 normal adult] (0.2 Strength, 0.2 Agility, 0.2 Stamina) Soul: 3.6 [1 normal adult] (1.2 IQ, 1.2 Spirit, 1.2 Will) [Note: All ratios of sub-stats will be kept balanced, under the rule of Infinity Talent.] "Body attribute is increased by 0.42 and soul by 0.6.; it''s more than I expected. Is it because of the universal human body I possess, or simply yesterday was my first training?" Eero became very confused. Thinking of the universal human body, he muttered with a headache, "I should have asked about it''s properties." "Also, yesterday, to avoid damaging the body, I used 10% of Saitama''s training; today I will do it fully 100%; let''s see if it has any effect tomorrow," Eero muttered, then walked outside the house, looking at the hide option above the window and door, clicked hide, instantly both vanished. He felt the morning breeze and glanced at the sunrise, the sun peeking at him from behind the mountain far away. "Hi fellow," Eero waved his hand happily, then appeared beside the hidden pathway, started grabbing the protruded stones, and put his feet inside the holes he remembered while climbing yesterday. After a few misses and stabilizations, he landed on a slope-shaped area, then passed through vines and bushes, trees, from behind the hill, looking at the area he climbed down from. "It seems previous life two arms usage is helping me now in climbing; although the body is small, my arms'' stability is higher than legs because of constant use of two arms instead of legs in the previous life; climbing is not a problem for me." Eero muttered while walking through the slope-like path, keeping an eye on the surroundings alertly lest a snake or other dangerous objects attack him. HISSS! Cold sweat flowed through Eero''s forehead. ''I just thought about it; a snake pops up.'' Feeling the chilly gaze from behind, NOISE! Feeling the rustling sound coming near from the left side behind, shivers ran through his waist. He felt coolness there, as if something was aiming at his waist. This tale has been unlawfully lifted without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon. Domain! Dual layer Without thinking about anything, he instantly covered his body and also expanded the domain, then turned to glimpse at the open mouth of the snake, and venom drops in it''s mouth, progressing toward his waist slowly. A kitchen knife appeared in his hand; he waved it with full force, piercing through its eye, left the knife inserted, backed away aside, dodged hurriedly, while the domain retracted. He sat down on the ground, looking at the snake, which fell far away. Taking deep breaths, Eero felt air hunger and backed away more while glaring at the snake alertly. "HIissssss" "Hissss" "Hisss" Looking at the pitch-black snake, about 1.5 meters in size and four inches thick, coiling around the kitchen knife embedded in its head, hissing painfully with blood flowing on the ground. ''Thankfully, I took a few sharp knives from the kitchen for my safety.'' ''Also, I didn''t pay attention to its appearance before, now looking at it; this guy is scary,'' Eero thought. After a while, it stopped hissing and stopped moving. Eero didn''t go near it but was paying attention to it; his complexion improved a little. ''I was ready to encounter and deal with dangerous situations, but this is too sudden; thankfully, it was a baby snake, or I would have become a special child roll if it were an adult snake.'' ''It seems this hill has snakes,'' Eero thought. "Hisssss" instantly, his thoughts were interrupted. Looking at the snake moving again after a while, she fell silent. ''As expected of top cunning animals,'' Eero thought then walked cautiously near it, first hitting it with stones. Looking at it not moving, He sighed in relief and appeared beside it, alertly looking around. ''I have to hurry up before some other animals arrive following the blood smell,'' Grabbing the knife, he pulled it out, avoiding the blood drops, looking at the dead snake and knife, then put both of them inside his storage panel and ran hurriedly toward the front side of this hill. This time he hurried his pace, even using the domain. Just as he left, following behind through the bushes, a few huge gray-brown wolves appeared around, smelling the air around, and growled in Eero''s direction with their squinting eyes, sharp teeth, and red mouths drooling. While Eero appeared on the pathway, he sat down in an open area to restore his stamina, paying attention to the surroundings. His heart became more alert and vigilant. ''It seems this is not a peaceful Earth of the previous life.'' ''I have to find another way to climb the hill for a few days; only animals that can smell blood are wolves, coyotes, bears, and snakes. Among them, wolves are dangerous; they can smell scents besides blood. If there are wolves, I may fall in danger, climbing the same way again.'' Eero was thinking while running again toward the west city, which is probably more than 10 kilometers away from the hill. Also, thinking of the subconscious use of the dual-layer domain, ''it seems only in danger true potential can be released. I haven''t thought of such usage before, but dual layer consumes double stamina.'' Before he could use the domain for 2 seconds; with double domain, it became one second. ''One second is from outsider prospective; my time is equal to four seconds inside the domain,'' Eero thought to himself. ... After a while, Looking at the city edge in front, wiping the sweat, "Today my performance was better," Eero muttered. If someone hears him and sees him sweating, they will become speechless¡ªthis little kid and his performance. Passing through the city, looking at everything around curiously, suddenly he smelled a fragrance, turned, and glanced at the small stall-like restaurant far away; his eyes lit up. Walked toward it. Appeared inside looking at filled, crowded seats around; also, a boy and a middle-aged man were preparing and serving the dishes. Eero appeared near the counter and spoke, "Please, give me the best dishes for breakfast." "What do you need? Here''s the menu, and special dishes are also written above," the staff asked, then passed the menu. Chapter 9 Encounter #2 Eero nodded looking at soup and ramen; he can tell by the looks of them, but others are different; he can''t recognize them. Also, there is sushi and onigiri available in this restaurant. Eero then pointed at the things he recognized, and others he didn''t but looked tasty. "This sushi, ramen, and onigiri, except them, tell me other dishes'' names." The staff was a middle-aged man looking at Eero in surprise then spoke, "Sure, this one here is miso soup; this one is grilled fish; also sashimi, nori seaweed, ramen, and rice. Best for breakfast and a balanced diet. Do you want me to pack it, or will you dine in?" Eero nodded, understanding all of them; they look delicious and different from yesterday''s sweets. Then she hesitated, looking at occupied chairs around. Looking at the hesitation on Eero''s face, "Wait a minute." The staff man went in and brought a small chair and table, put it beside the pillar, and said, "Here, sit down, little guy," then spoke with a smile. Eero scratched his hair, nodded, and replied, "Thank you, uncle." The staff man was surprised, then asked curiously, "You are not from the west city, right?" "No, I arrived yesterday," Eero shook his head and replied. "That''s why your behavior is so different from west city kids; they are just farting little kids, including my own." Looking at the middle-aged man throbbing his forehead, a wry smile appeared on Eero''s face, but he didn''t say anything. ''This guy surely hates children; I was polite, or he would have thrown me outside.'' "Here, wait for a while; I will serve the dishes." The middle-aged staff spoke, Rubbed Eero''s head and walked inside the kitchen thoughtfully, ''This kid is really different.'' After eating breakfast, Eero packed a few dishes and then left after paying. Storing away the items in his hand, looking at the city around him, thinking of the things he is going to buy. After buying a pen and paper, he appeared beside a random person, asking them to write something on the page. After a while, "What do you want me to write, little brother?" One bachelor boy stopped and asked curiously, grabbing the pen, and page Eero passed him. "Brother, write all basic language characters and also the items'' names I am going to tell; please write it hurry up or I will forget them," Eero spoke anxiously. The boy was speechless and hurriedly started writing the letters of the Dragon World language while pronouncing them. After writing all, he turned the page around, then glanced at Eero and asked, "What do you want me to write? Hurry up, tell me." This novel is published on a different platform. Support the original author by finding the official source. Eero nodded in return, then he spoke about all the ingredients and items he was here to buy. Although there was no need to write, he was testing his IQ increase and, on the other hand, learning transcribed language. Looking at the filled page with every item name, Eero paid attention to them and their pronunciation. He spoke the names of all items he was going to buy; almost all letters of the language were transcribed and joined in these names. Eero became thoughtful: ''It really is that my IQ has increased. I remembered almost all, except a few, but it''s enough. After asking a few more people daily, I will learn this language in no time.'' "Here, little brother, my wrist is now painful. I can''t write more. I haven''t written this much even in my university," the bachelor boy complained and returned the pen and paper, stood up, and walked away waving his hand. "Thank you." After taking the paper speechlessly, Eero thanked, then walked toward different grocery stores and shops, muttering, "Now, how should I do shopping at this age?" Eero thoughtfully glanced at the shops and stores. After a while, an idea sprang up in his mind. He went and bought different items in little quantity from each store to avoid bad eyes. After storing them away, he would walk in another store''s direction. After a few hours of shopping and traveling on the floating bus around the whole city, no one was suspicious of him. Finally, looking at the final hardware store, ''This is the last hardware store. After buying the last items, then I should leave and visit tomorrow,'' he said, bringing ropes and other pending hardware items simply. After passing the item name paper saying, "My father wants these items; here''s the money," the shop staff picked and packed those items without any suspicion. Also, they weren''t heavy, as he brought each item in small quantity from different hardware stores. Looking in the outside direction from the bus window and also buildings around, "Where I was, now where I am, I haven''t thought of such a possibility in my life," Eero murmured emotionally. After leaving the west city, he walked on the pathway calmly. After a while, he stopped looking at three people who appeared and stopped in his way; all three of them had guns in their waists, one with a black bandana was the boss in the middle, and two weird tattoo faces were beside him, all three with calm, playful, and evil expressions looking at him. Solemnity spread through the Eero heart. ''Where and how did these people follow me?'' As for traffickers, robbers, and killers, all those scenes are commonplace in the world of anime. Eero is not surprised by that; he is just puzzled. He didn''t notice those three today anywhere in the city. "Boss, it''s a surprise. We found a toddler at the entrance." One of the men with a square face spoke in weird pronunciation after glaring at Eero with an evil smile on his face. ''It seems these three have no good intentions,'' Eero thought to himself, looking at three of them solemnly. A little timidity appeared in his heart. ''Will I have to kill them like...'' ''It seems I should,'' ''Think of them as snakes, Eero. Think of them as snakes. Don''t hesitate. If they make a move...'' Preparing his heart, Eero asked with a curious expression, "Uncle, what do you need?" "Ha ha ha, boss, this kid calls us uncle." The man spoke again, grabbed him from the back collar, picked Eero up, and spoke fiercely, "Kid, give us everything you got." Eero controlled the urge to make a move because the other two were a little far from his reach domain and attack range. There are chances two will survive. He can make four strikes in a second after analyzing the strike speed and dual-layer domain ratio while killing the snake. Inside the dual layer, he has four seconds of reaction time, while outside it''s only one second. ''With 0.6 physical attributes, my reaction is half that of an adult man; in domain one layer, their reaction will slow down by half, almost equal to mine, and the second layer will make my reaction double from theirs.'' Chapter 10 Encounter #3 He is waiting for all three of them to come inside his two-meter domain; then he will have four-second reaction time and only one second will pass for them. Basically, his dual-layer time is only two seconds. He added an extra two because his reaction doubles in the dual layer. "Please put me down; I have 5 Zeni. I will give it to you." Eero spoke politely while relaxing his hands and feet in the air, without any struggle. "Do you think we are your parents; you are ordering us?" The man''s brow furrowed, he spoke evilly, left the Eero collar, let him fall down on the ground before letting him stabilize, and kicked him away. Eero slid on the ground, halted at a distance, scratching different places on his body. "Ahhhhh," Eero called out, felt unimaginable pain in his stomach, and bowed like a shrimp on the ground. His eyes turned red, and veins became visible in his eyes. ''It''s different. This guy is a lunatic. It seems my calculations will not work for him. Am I going to fail?'' ''No endure; there must be a chance one or two kicks are nothing.'' Eero thought firmly, "Now, kid, tell us why you are here, or I will beat you again," the man appeared beside Eero again, wanting to kick again. "Don''t beat me. I will tell you where I hide my money. I stole from my parents." Eero spoke hurriedly with fear in his red eyes and a desire to survive. The man halted, looking at the thirst for life on Eero''s face. "He he he, boss, this little fart said he had hidden some money." "Oh, it''s interesting. I haven''t seen such a desire for life in any kid." The boss spoke playfully and walked with his other colleague, who was silent from the start, looking at the frightened and hopeful expression on Eero''s little face. Then he sat down in front of Eero with a chilly smile and said, "Don''t fret, kid; he was just kidding. Tell me, you lied right in order to survive. It''s not good for a child to lie, or you will be punished." Looking at the boss in front of him chattering and two standing beside him leaning forward a little. ''Here is the chance, now or never.'' Domain! Dual Layer Two kitchen knives appeared in his hands instantly, piercing the boss''s both wide horror-filled eyes and inserting the knives fully without caring about blood. Stepping on the boss''s shoulder, he jumped. Another two knives appeared in his hand; he threw that, aiming at the eyes of the two gangsters. Landing with another two knives in his hand, he stabbed both of their feet and embedded the knife fully; even his hands and wrists became painful because of the collision of the knife and ground; thankfully, the ground is not cemented. The story has been taken without consent; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. Without caring about pain, he ran away as fast as he could without looking back. Suppressing the nausea and discomfort in his heart, he also urges to look at his bloody hands. All his actions took three seconds only. But it was only less than a second for those gangsters. He noticed another thing just now. Inside the dual-layer domain, his strength increased four times his basic strength. ''Probably because everything de-accelerates four times and my reaction produces four times more force or kinetic energy than normal.'' Eero thought while running. ''That''s why I could easily pierce the eyes of the snake and that boss despite my age. Probably those two kitchen knives I threw were also affected with four times force.'' ''But my strength is about 60% of an adult. With four times, it becomes 240%, a little more than two adults, which is not a huge difference.'' ''That''s why I aimed at eyes and feet. Eyes are a weak spot for any creature, and as for feet, making them unable to chase behind me if they somehow survive eye attack.'' ''Their boss is definitely dead, but I hope the other two survive, especially that hateful guy who kicked me. When I gain strength, if he survives and I don''t kick him a thousand times in the future, then I am a bastard.'' Ruthless color flashed through his eyes. Running a little away from the incident spot, he heard horrible cries. "Ahhhhhhhhhhhhhh," "ahhhh, little shit, I am going to kill you, definitely." ''It took a while. Probably they couldn''t decipher what happened to them,'' Eero thought to himself. ''Also, as expected, I heard two screams. The boss is dead; wait for me, you two huge shit.'' Taking a glimpse of the situation behind, both gangsters are sitting; he couldn''t see the boss; probably he is lying now. Both are grabbing their feet and faces; one of them is grabbing his eye; probably he was hit. Horrible screams were introduced into his ear constantly. He didn''t care; he ran away a little zigzagging because they had guns. He was also avoiding any aim and misfire, using his full force in running without caring about exhaustion of stamina. He didn''t stop or rest; he just paid attention behind him. After a considerable distance looking behind, confirming no one was following him, he sighed in relief, ''It seems that feet stabbing worked. With painful feet, they can''t chase me.'' He even changed his way toward the hill. It''s hard to follow him now. Halted near his resident hill, he sat down behind a huge rock, looking at blood marks on his body skin and bloody hands. He came through bushes and trees; those thorns almost made him a hodgepodge. Looking at the sun tilted a little at 110¡ã. ''It''s afternoon; I am very hungry and tired. Thankfully, I liked outdoor camping and forest survival vlogs a lot and learned a lot from them, or I would have been dead even after surviving the three bastard attacks.'' Grabbing onigiri through the storage panel, unwrapping, and starting to eat it. Then next, after eating the third, he controlled himself, leaving half room to let him stay awake. If he ate full or overate, he will probably sleep because of exhaustion. Now hunger will keep him awake. After resting for a while, Looking at the hill behind him, ''Now it''s time to go home and hide for a week or two and train here. No need to go to the city every day; this world is more dangerous than I thought.'' Eero thought to himself, suppressing his tiredness, After walking through the bushes and trees alertly, choosing the opposite path from the previous one, he finally appeared behind the hill, looking at the steep area, toward the residence area that belongs to him. ''Its time to check the assumption about kinetic energy and force I came up with.'' After thinking, I pulled out a rope, bound it with a small iron hook, rotated it, and threw it, but it didn''t reach the edge of the flat area above; it just missed near the corner. Rotated again, Domain! Double Layer Instantly domain shrouded, the rope wasn''t affected because it was in his hand. Threw it, and instantly it surpassed almost three times the distance and reached the flat area above. Eero pulled it, and suddenly the hook was stuck in a stone while he was checking the rope. Instantly he flinched and felt a chill as if some hunter were eyeing him¡ªnot one, a lot. ''Wolves,'' a thought flickered through his eyes. Without caring about anything, he grabbed the rope. Hurriedly started climbing up or running up on a vertical steep with both little feet while pulling rope quickly. ... Like my story; join patreon/ChaosGray Chapter 11 Will to Survive "Growl," "growlll," "grwwle." Three wolves appeared just under the place he was standing, jumped and bit his little bum but unfortunately missed by a few centimeters, and started moving around looking at him growlingly with horrible red eyes and mouths and scary teeth. Eero quickly climbed the rope, didn''t look down. He is controlling his piss hardly; he is sure if he looked down now, he will definitely piss his pants. Upon reaching the top somehow, he is surprised, relieved, and thankful. Whether it was a life-and-death situation or this critical moment, he was calm and composed. His first kill also didn''t affect him much, except a little discomfort. Also, climbing skills also worked. "Is it because of past life experience? My emotions were under my control all the time in 11 years; I despaired a lot but controlled myself and endured it silently and calmly. All that endurance is coming to fruition, I think," he muttered, then feeling his body on the verge of collapse. ''My body is different; no matter how much I push it, except tiredness and stress, I don''t feel anything else. Also, that kick attack just let me feel unimaginable pain; other organs or functions of the body aren''t affected much.'' ''If someone else endures as much as I did today, their kidney, liver, and bladder will malfunction, but I am fine; just the whole body is painful as hell, more stressed and heavy than yesterday, as if I had picked mountains. If it weren''t for my tough will, almost four times higher than an adult, I would have been lying on the ground now.'' Eero thought to himself, Even his hands and arms are numb; his body is creaking horribly, begging him to show mercy on this pitiful, small, and innocent self. Controlling the urge to lie down on the ground, she grabbed the rope, After pulling the rope up and collecting it inside the storage panel, looking at the huge gray-brown wolves growling and turning below, his heart trembled, ''I was almost eaten.'' Made a face at them sullenly, then walked inside the home after making the door and window visible again, taking a piss in the shower room, washing, eating, then jumped on the bed acrobatically, slept a few seconds later, snoring peacefully. Without caring about the chaos he had just created in a huge gang settling in a village near West City, Half an hour ago, nearby West City, In an old village located at the northeast of the West City, a few gangsters were playing solitaire while smoking and cursing each other. "Huh, who is that?" One of them tilted his head and glanced behind the fellow in front, looking at tiny figures far away. After a while, his frown turned into shock, looking at two people moving awkwardly in bandages while pulling a cart behind. "What is it? Come on, it''s your turn." This narrative has been purloined without the author''s approval. Report any appearances on Amazon. Others also turned around curiously and glanced in the direction after seeing their fellow''s shocked face. They were also shocked the next instance. "Is it the boss and them?" one of them muttered doubtfully. "It''s really them. Someone attacked them. Come on, inform everyone. We are under attack." The man jumped and ran toward the two awkwardly bandaged persons. "What happened?" he asked upon reaching, looking at the boss''s bloody eyebandage, which probably became corpse without a sigh. His heart trembled, then he asked solemnly, "Who killed the boss?" "Damn, it was a little shit. It''s a shame. After sneak attacking us, he ran away. I will definitely find him and shred him into two pieces," the evil man spoke, his eye in bandage aching still now. His remaining eye also turned bloody red with grievance and hatred. Such a loss he hadn''t suffered in his entire life. Looking at his companions'' shredded faces and bandages, he dodged the eye attack, backing away, but his cheek was shredded instead. Then she glanced at their bandaged feet. Then glimpsing at the boss''s corpse. At every glimpse, his heart burned more and more. The gangsters gathered around, looking at the evil man and the silent man, their miserable condition, and the boss''s more miserable death. They took a deep breath. A chill rushed through their spines. Horrible! Who did that? Everyone was confused, but looking at the dark, resentful vibe flickering around the evil man, they didn''t dare to ask. This guy is a notorious serial killer; he may end up killing the first person asked about their miserable situation, but how did they suffer a loss? Their gossip hearts were scratching. Soon the news spread, shaking the foundation of the village. The gang leader died at the hands of a child because of his carelessness, sneaked attacked by a six-year-old kid. The evil man became the next leader. Although he suffered a loss, no one doubted his ability and ruthlessness. ... Three days later, Early morning, Eero was sitting cross-legged in a meditation pose, taking deep breaths, feeling the morning warm sun rays on his body and the fresh oxygen content breeze caressing his small body. Rustling grass voices and his rhythmic breathing accompanied him. Instantly, he felt a refreshing coolness through his body, from head hair to toenails. Even his soul felt as if washed away, refreshed, and became more active. This meditation is from his previous life under the teaching of doctors. He has been doing it every week to release the mental stress gathered from the previous week. But in this world, it has an unexpected effect¡ªthat''s the Qi probably in his body, which spreads and enriches every particle of his body. Basically, he was always living alone in a confined room all year round. Mental health regulations were also mandatory for him, along with physical regulations. Opening his beautiful purple-gold eyes and clenching his fist, he glanced at his property panel. [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 1 Body: 3 (1 normal adult) Strength: 1 Agility: 1 Stamina: 1 Soul: 5.1 (1 normal adult) IQ: 1.7 - Spirit: 1.7 - Will: 1.7 [Note: All ratios of sub-stats will be kept balanced, under the rule of Infinity Talent.] "Physical properties are catching up with my soul attributes¡ªmore than double strength than an ordinary adult," Eero muttered with flickering eyes. Recalling two days ago, encountering that danger, he didn''t visit the west city again these days. But the next day, as expected, he stood up next morning like nothing happened. His body became more active than before, and his stats were improved three times more than before. Body stats reached 1.8 from 0.6, and soul reached 4.2 from 3.6. Soul stats were less than expected, but the thing that worries him is his stats increase progress became more slow in the next two days. Who wants to return to poverty after being rich? A situation like this is happening to him. Yesterday it became 2.4, and today it became 3, which is quite less in Eero''s opinion. Also, he felt his progress was slowing down more. Before, it was body potential or something like that. He exploited that potential, which gave him such a stat boost. "It seems life-and-death situations and critical moments increase my stats. Am I a Saiyan race? I don''t have any tail, though," Eero thought to himself, patting his little vertebrae. Chapter 12 Years Gone He shook his head, stood up, looked at the sun on the horizon, and said, "Good morning, fellow," waving his hand at it. Then he walked inside the house and prepared eggs and fried rice for breakfast, which he learned from the recipes behind the packets. After breakfast, he appeared outside again, near a huge rock about 3 meters in size. "Well, let''s confirm yesterday''s assumption. I can probably pick it up today." Gripping the broken sections of the stone, he picked up the stone weighing 300 kg using full force. "Heeup." He took a breath and raised it above his head. Then he threw it beside him again; the ground trembled. Taking a backrest with it thoughtfully, "As expected, today I can easily pick it up. So, as I assumed, one attribute is really equal to a standard hundred kg. My body has 300 kg of force. With Domain Dual Layers, it becomes 1200 kg." Eero muttered, estimatingly. Appearing beside the edge of a flat area looking at the forest below behind the hill, "It''s time to hunt," he muttered with a childish voice and a calm, sharp gaze; his clothes were rustling with the wind. Days gone, weeks gone, even years passed like chapters... Nine Years Later, Noise! Rustling! "Huff" "Huff" "Huff" "Grrr," "Grww," "Gerrr." Crack! Clk! Fast breathing and wood-breaking sound reverberated in this silent jungle; huge claws landed on tree-broken barks, cracking them. A huge group of gray-brown wolves is running. They are not chasing behind the prey but running away from being hunted. Once they were symbols of power in this jungle, embodiments of cruelty and fear. Today they can''t find a place to hide. from something more terrifying. Thud! Instantly one of the wolf corpses fell on the ground; other wolves became frightened with horror-filled eyes, avoiding their falling companions. Thud! Instantly a round stone appeared from an unknown direction; under the wide eyes of the wolf, it pierced his skull, leaving a see-through red hole, the corpse falling around. More and more stones appeared and pierced through their skulls one by one. After a while, the blood aura mixed in the air spread around in a huge area, tempting all dangerous beasts around, but no beast dared to make a noise, let alone make a move on those wolf corpses. Noise! Steps! Stepping and cracking sounds reverberated in the forest, but this time it was different. With each step, all the beasts ran away frighteningly; they didn''t even want to hear the footsteps. This narrative has been purloined without the author''s approval. Report any appearances on Amazon. "This shooting skill is really convenient," a youthful voice murmured in the whole forest. Similarly, a young boy with slim stature, about fifteen years old, revealed beside those wolf corpses. The most striking thing about this boy is his sharp look, consisting of a sharp youthful face, especially dark purple pupils with golden edges and dark black lengthy hairs, bound in the bandage behind him, leaving a single hair tendril hanging at the side of his cheek. There are white shades at the edge of his hair, which enhances his overall appearance. Maturity in his deep and sharp eyes lets everyone ignore his immature young face. Instead, he was harassed and proposed to by thousands of girls in West City Junior High School. Today he arrived in this settled place to say goodbye and hunt those wolves who ate his pet a few days ago, sighing sadly thinking of his sheep leaving two children behind. "It''s really the law of the jungle," muttered Eero walked away after storing all corpses of wolves inside the storage panel. After a while, Eero appeared in his flat residence area, looking at a reclining chair, a swimming pool, and other BBQ stands, a pet house, and rope stairs along the steep slope. After looking at everything around, he made all these himself in those 9 years to enjoy life, and he enjoyed a lot every second. "Baa," "Maa." Two little voices sound. Eero appeared beside the pet house, looking at two white little sheep''s calling differently. A smile appeared on his face. "Don''t worry, I have avenged your mother; she was an idiot though; she jumped outside the house I created for her and became food." Looking around at the surroundings, "Well, I am here to say goodbye." Eero spoke emotionally, selected detaching the portable home, and put it inside the storage panel. Picking two little pets in his arms, He appeared at the edge of the flat area, took a deep breath, and jumped below on the ground; this slope is around 10 to 12 meters. Landing calmly, looking at his residence area deeply, he walked away. ''If I ever decide to settle in this West City, I will stay here,'' he thought to himself, then walked away. "Baa" "Maa" Putting them on the front side seat, He appeared on the pathway, driving his hovercar toward the northeast direction. "There is a final thing I have to settle before leaving," Eero muttered, starting to steer the car while looking at his status panel. [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 2 Body: 99.99 Strength: 33.33 Agility: 33.33 Stamina: 33.33 Soul: 99.99 IQ: 33.33 Spirit: 33.33 - Will: 33.33 [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 16 Fold Passive Skill; [Instinct Max] [Breathing Max] [Tranquil Heart Max] [Sense +6] Active Skill; [Shooting Max] [Acting Max] [Shameless Max] [Swimming Max] [Climbing Max] [Parkour Max] [Camouflage +7] [Storage Panel] (Portable house)(887 million Zeni) (Wolf +25)(Sushi +123) (...)(...)(....)(00) "It''s been a month I am stuck at this 99; probably today I can cross it," Eero muttered. "Also, my domain is going to reach 32 fold after 100 attributes." Looking at 16 Fold on the cheat panel, when his physical and soul attributes reached 5 points, Domain upgraded to 4 Fold. When attributes reached 10, it became 8-fold. At 50, it became 16 fold. At 100, it will probably upgrade to 32 Fold and 64 Fold at 500 attributes; then the gap will get larger and larger. Eero sighed. Is it really so hard to upgrade? Anyway, he is not worried because of his 33.33 stamina; he can now use his domain for 333 seconds, about 5.5 minutes. 0.1 stamina attribute lets him use it for 1 second. From another perspective, it is 5.5 minutes. But Eero has almost 89 minutes in Domain, Double 178 minutes reaction time in Domain Dual Layers. His strength is now 9999 kg of force; with 16 fold, it becomes 159 tons of horror force; that''s equal to 159 normal cars'' weight. While thinking about his strength, looking at the receding surroundings. After a while, a hovercar slowed down near the village. Eero stepped out of the car looking at the village; a chilly smile appeared on his face. Walked inside the village, after passing through the villagers without caring about gangsters sitting around, appeared in front of an eye patch man. "Boy, who are..." "You are him, bastard; those purple eyes I will not forget," the patch man wanted to ask, instantly cursing; resentment appeared on his face, becoming red-purple, looking at Eero''s young face. Chapter 13 Leaving Looking at a red-purple resentful face. "I am happy to see you so resentful; I am here for returning that kick with nine years of interest." Eero said cynically, then raised his index finger and added, "Just roundabout 1000 kicks no less." "Ooh, that''s interesting. I am going to break your bones into 1000 pieces, little...sshhhhhh." The evil gangster spoke; the next second, he found himself floating in the air, emitting a long voice with a painful stomach and vein-filled eyeballs. After sliding on the ground, scratching his whole body, he grabbed his stomach like a shrimp, crying while blowing his lungs. "Ahhhhhhhhh," All the gangsters around became alert, grabbing their revolvers and aiming at Eero. Looking at a similar condition of the eye patch as himself, a smile appeared on Eero''s face. "How can you have so much strength?" Patch Man spoke with a load of resentment. "Do you think I am your parent? I will show mercy on you. Don''t worry; each kick will strike at the same force; you won''t die, probably," Eero spoke, walking toward him. "Shoot him, shoot this little bastard to death," the eye patch shouted and ordered angrily. Everyone pulled the trigger. Dadadada! Dual Domain! Eero looked at the revolvers in every gangster''s hands and shook his head. "If it were some sniper rifle, I would have avoided; revolvers are of no use." Eero, looking at the bullets entering around a 16-meter range. They became slow, floating like turtles; then their kinetic energy exhausted, falling to the ground one by one, not even traveling 1 meter inside the domain. Looking at the slow-motion resentful expression on the eye patch face in front of him, "Don''t resent me; I just am not an eunuch." Eero muttered, Raised his foot, kicked the side neck, then turned, kicking the other side of the neck, front chest, then the back wing, both side waist. Looking at the constantly changing expression on the gangster''s face, he didn''t care. After a while, the domain was retracted. air vibrated around, the eye patch body vibrated with a lot of clicking noise, like an afterimage occurring in the same place, Then lay flat on the ground like mud without breath. "I also added probably before." Eero muttered, looking at the eye patch breathless body, put the step down on the ground expressionlessly. "What happened? Why couldn''t our bullet reach him? Why did I feel as if I had been stuck in liquid for a few minutes?" "Can anyone explain what happened?" Few gangsters inside the domain were released, asked in horror, looking at Eero in dread. "He is a martial artist." Find this and other great novels on the author''s preferred platform. Support original creators! Those who were outside the domain were trembling; they saw something subversive. Just for five minutes, their constant bullets fell in a 16-meter range around that boy. Even some tried to run in his direction, but the next second frozen, becoming turtles inside that range. Then the next scene subverted their common sense; Eero, in front of their eyes, turned into a lot of afterimages, as if projection, kicking their leader from every direction and every angle. Each kick was solid, like beating drums. "Martial artist, this guy is a monster; run away; he is going to kill us all." One of the gangsters shouted and ran away toward outside the village. Other faces also changed and ran behind, leaving villagers confused around. Then next second, villagers faces also changed, looking at Eero picking shells from the ground and then throwing those shells with his nails and fingers, aiming at running gangsters''s. Swoosh! Instantly, air regressed around, shells piercing through skulls one by one, and the corpses of the gangsters fell to the ground one by one. Eero was looking at the round domain shrouded around his hand. After shooting something from inside toward the outside, its speed and power increased 16 fold. Inversely, when shooting something from outside to inside the domain, its speed and power are reduced by 16 fold. If there is not enough kinetic energy to accelerate the item, it will de-accelerate and fall to the ground because of the gravity effect inside the domain. Eero shot the gangsters one by one using shooting skills, piercing bullets through their skulls from all angles. Finally, looking at the rest of the villager and their frightened faces, he didn''t say anything. After starting his hovercar calmly, he left the village filled with around one hundred corpses. After a while, ''Who among them thought today would be their last day?'' One of the old villagers sighed, looking at Eero''s hovercar dissipating far away. "Let''s go, deal with their bodies; at least some of them were our relatives." Others were sad, but they couldn''t do anything; even gunmen weren''t opponents of that young man. ''Probably a top martial artist,'' everyone thought. ... Standing on hilly areas, looking at the map and directions, she then glanced at the direction of Satan City. "It seems that''s the direction," Eero muttered, also looking at the sunset. "Probably, tomorrow I will reach there; let''s rest for now." After adjusting the portable home, he started daily exercise in front of the hill after expanding his domain. Only 5.5 minutes passed outside; Eero was exercising for 88 minutes inside the domain. Retracting the domain, I wiped the sweat away, then walked inside the home. Early next morning, routinely sitting in front of the sunrise, closed eyes with rhythmic breathing. After a while, he opened his eyes, feeling the change in his body. A smile appeared on his face. "As expected, I passed through." [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 3 Body: 102 Strength: 34 Agility: 34 Stamina: 34 Soul: 102 IQ: 34. Spirit: 34 - Will: 34 [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 32 Fold Passive Skill; [Instinct Max] [Breathing Max] [Tranquil Heart Max] [Sense +6] Active Skill; [Shooting Max] [Acting Max] [Shameless Max] [Swimming Max] [Climbing Max] [Parkour Max] [Camouflage +7] "Finally, broke through 102; also, 32 Fold Domain." Muttered happily, nothing excites him more than the increasing of strength. Releasing the domain, it finally reached 32 meters, and 1 second outside is equal to 32 seconds inside the domain. After retracting the domain, Eero stood up, relaxed his muscles, and walked inside the house hummingly. After breakfast, I started navigating again toward Satan City. ... Looking at the city far away, similar to the one shown in the Dragon Ball anime, "I wonder how Qi will feel; I have been practicing for years, but I couldn''t find a way to it," Eero muttered, then navigated inside the city. He decided to leave West City in order to admit to Satan City Orange High School, meet Gohan, and learn Qi. Looking at the Satan picture with afro hair and victory gesture at the entrance. Eero speechlessly commented, "This guy is the most misunderstood person in the Dragon Ball world." Looking at the buildings around, there is not much difference between both cities in population; just West City is a little more advanced technologically. After driving through the roads, looking at buildings around, he halted at the signal in front of the Satan City bank: ''This bank is always robbed by robbers.'' After glancing at it, Eero thought funnily and then passed by it. Chapter 14 Meeting Eero appeared at the gate of Orange High School and stepped out of the hovercar; a commotion spread. Looking at the snatching scene far away, a gunman is aiming at the pedestrian, ''As expected of the most unreasonable city in DB. Domain! Dual Layer Instantly, a dual layer shrouded his body; his action increased by 32 times. Eero raised his hand, and a small coin appeared above his finger. He tossed it at the gangster with a swift sound. Zhoooom! Air regressed around. ''Oops, I overdid it; I should run away.'' Eero realized his force doubled, couldn''t control his strength, and ran inside the school; afterimages flashed. Outside, everyone was senseless, including the gangster. stared at the disappeared hand and shoulder section in a daze. Even behind him, a residence building was pierced through, leaving a small coin-sized hole with cracks around it. "Ahhhhhhhhh," a painful wailing echoed through the whole street. Everyone on the road halted, looking at the gangster lying on the ground, and his bloody body, empty wrist, and half-arc-shaped shoulder blood spilling out rendered the street. Everyone''s faces turned pale; it was so bloody. When did they have seen such a scene? Eero walked inside Orange High School, ignoring the lung-bursting creaks coming from outside. He looked at the students around curiously, especially those blondes with exposed white legs and figures with various hair colors and facial features. Eero then appeared inside the admissions building after asking about the directions. "So, you are a transfer from West City High School, and the reason for the transfer is settling in Satan City?" the administrator asked, looking at Eero''s certificates. "Yes," Eero replied calmly. "Well, I am surprised. Occasionally a student transfers from Orange City to the west for better education; you are inversely proportional." "Anyway, your grades are fine. We will be happy to admit a brilliant student like you. Do you want to apply for scholarships?" The administrator asked after giving the admission form, also giving precautions. "Here, fill it out if you want to apply for a scholarship; you can add details here." Eero nodded speechlessly, ''Why am I inversely proportional? Anyway, people in this city are blind.'' After filling out the rest of the form, Eero wrote "not applicable" in the parent and guardian sections. Love this novel? Read it on Royal Road to ensure the author gets credit. "Okay, you have an orphanage certificate, so your guardian and parents'' signatures are not required," the administrator spoke, looking at the empty scholarship form, asking with a frown, "You don''t need the scholarship; you can apply for one easily with your grades." "No thank you; I have enough Zeni for education. I can afford it," Eero denied the scholarship and replied calmly. "Okay, as you wish. Pay this fee, and after a week, it will be the first day of school. Be sure to collect your student card before that," the administrator spoke. Eero nodded thoughtfully, ''It was easier than I expected. I thought I would have to submit a lot of paperwork.'' Eero then appeared outside the school, started the hovercar, and drove away. After appearing in a hilly area outside Satan City, he stepped out of the car, looking for a place he was going to set up his portable house. Turning around, he glanced at the tree behind him far away in the distance and spoke thoughtfully. "Come out; I know you are here. I can sense your peeking gaze from miles." "Ha ha, you found out," a boy revealed himself from behind the tree, scratching his head with a wry smile. ''I didn''t expect I would meet him so soon. It seems he is also here to visit the city.'' Eero thought, then let down his guard, released his clenched fist, and the coin disappeared from his palm. then asked calmly, "Why are you following me?" Gohan was surprised, feeling Eero dropped his guard, then spoke with a naive smile, "I am Gohan. I saw you shoot that gangster near the school. Thank you for your help." Eero shook his head and replied, "I just wanted to stop the gangster, but I couldn''t control my force. Anyway, you saw my coin-shooting skill; I am impressed." ''Here, take the bait; I have already told you.'' Eero thought to himself. "It''s amazing. You are strong. Can you teach me that coin-shooting skill?" Gohan asked curiously, appearing beside Eero. "Also, you are going to study in Orange High School; I saw you going inside," he asked again. "I can teach you the shooting skill, as it''s nothing special. As for school, I am going to study at Orange School. Today, I got an admission," Eero replied. "Now it''s my turn to ask, are you a martial artist? Because I saw you flying while following me," Eero then asked thoughtfully, ''Come on, reveal it; then I am going to ask about Ki next.'' "He he, you saw it; I am a martial artist. Will you please keep it a secret for me?" Gohan scratched his head and nodded. ''It seems he doesn''t know I am Saiyan. As for martial artist, I have participated in a Budokai, so I am considered one.'' "Then you know about Ki," Eero then asked, sprinted beside him instantly, with lit-up eyes, a huge hope shrouded on his face. "Yes, I guess," Gohan nodded with an awkward expression; he couldn''t say no, looking at Eero''s hopeful face. "Ha ha ha, that''s good. Common, teach me how I can release my Ki, and I will teach you the coin-shooting technique," Eero patted Gohan''s shoulder, then laughed with a bright smile on his face. "What? You don''t know how to release Ki?" Gohan exclaimed, looking at Eero in absolute shock, feeling the heavy tapping on his shoulder. ''Is this guy a human? How can he have such great power without Ki, and how much potential does he have to reach such a level of strength without Ki?'' Gohan thought to himself in horror, yet he forgot he himself is a Saiyan. "No, I tried to find my Ki in Dantian, stomach, and brain, but I couldn''t locate it. I don''t know how to release it," Eero replied, shaking his head. Looking at Eero shaking his head, ''Really, it seems I guessed right,'' suppressing the shock, Gohan nodded with a smile, "Well, I will teach you; don''t worry." Eero nodded, then invited him, "Come with me inside my house; have lunch with me." ''House?'' Looking at the hill in front and trees in other hilly areas around, Gohan puzzled and scratched his head. "Where is your house?" "Here," Eero pointed at the arch-shaped door beside him embedded in the hillside. "Amazing, how did you do that? I am sure it was not here before." Gohan exclaimed, then asked doubtfully, "It''s based on technology, a portable home; I can place it anywhere I want," Eero replied calmly, then walked inside. Chapter 15 Gohan Gohan also followed in amazement, looking at the entrance area, removing his shoes inside the shoe rack, nice and clean flooring, also three rooms, and a kitchen, a lounge area with a screen on the wall lit up with a square-shaped item displayed over it; there are stairs leading toward the upper portion. "Amazing, is this a TV? It''s huge." Gohan was surprised looking at the widescreen. "Yes, it is something like that known as LED," Eero replied from the kitchen while heating lunch in the microwave. Gohan started touching it curiously; an animated movie played; he was surprised. "So clear a picture; it''s different from the TVs I saw before. Is this LED? "Yes, they are high-level technology compared to those TVs. Here''s the extra-large beef ramen, West City special." Eero appeared behind and placed two huge bowls on the table. "I understand. Are you from West City? My aunt also lives there," Gohan nodded and asked in surprise. "Yes, I am," Eero nodded and pointed at the bowls. "Eat it before it gets cold." "Ah, okay. Thanks for the food," Gohan nodded, picked up the chopsticks, and started eating. After a while, "So tell me, where does Ki lie in the human body?" Eero asked while eating, serving another bowl. "Thank you. You can find it in the center position. I heard the higher the potential, the harder it is to gather Ki. You have very high potential," Gohan replied thoughtfully while eating from the next bowl. "Oh," Eero muttered thoughtfully. "Well, close your eyes and focus on the center of your body. Eventually, you will find the Ki and guide it out," Gohan spoke, pointing at the place a little above the navel on his own body. Eero nodded, sat cross-legged, and focused on his stomach area, the center position. After a while, he felt a white light in his senses, but some kind of dark black veil prevented his consciousness from reaching this white light. ''It seems something is preventing me from exploring Ki in my body. That''s why I couldn''t sense my Ki all these years,'' Eero thought to himself. Then his mouth curved. ''But this is my body.'' Controlled his consciousness, hitting the black veil again and again. After trying a few hundred times, a dot-sized hollow appeared on the veil with flickering white light inside. Next instance, a drop of Ki flooded out, then threads of Ki. Slowly, it became Kifall; Ki Rivers rushed through his whole body, and his mind washed every corner of his body. The hollow widened to a huge size and expanded inexorably. A case of theft: this story is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. While Gohan had already finished eating the bowls, looking at Eero curiously, he wanted to remind him it would be harder for him to explore and excavate his Ki, as his strength and potential are very high. In the next instant, he was shocked, looking at a thin, invisible white layer shrouding his body. Then it became denser and denser, becoming a full, milky, viscous layer, and then it became thin again, almost invisible. Gohan focused on it, feeling something in Eero''s Ki. There is an extremely thin extra black layer on this white layer. He was surprised. Dual-color Ki, it''s rare. Eero opened his eyes with a smile on his face, looking at the invisible white and black shade aura flickering above his palm. His brow furrowed thoughtfully. Why is there a black layer? Black Ki is considered ominous in DB. Slowly, the black shade disappeared, leaving a single white Ki layer. Eero nodded. ''It seems I can control it, but the strength and sharpness of my Ki are reduced by half.'' Feeling the Ki properties after the black shade disappeared, thoughtfully. Looking at Gohan''s dazed expression, he spoke with a smile, "Thank you, Gohan. After today, you are my first friend." ''Friend?'' Gohan was startled looking at Eero, then nodded with a smile. "Well, I also consider you as a friend." Eero nodded, then stood up and spoke, "Let''s go outside. I will teach you shooting skills." Gohan nodded and followed expectantly. Outside the House, Eero first explained the principles of accuracy and precision, then demonstrated the key factor of this skill: finger bone locking, wrist locking, then releasing the wrist lock to produce kinetic force and releasing the finger bone lock the next instant to accelerate the kinetic force to eject the coin from his hand. Instantly, the coin ejected with an air boom around it and pierced the hill far away. Gohan was shocked and flew toward the pierced hill. Eero was also shocked. ''Why is it so fast? It was probably a hypersonic boom just now, but the coin is small in size; it doesn''t emit too much noise,'' he thought in surprise. Looking at his hand, ''It seems Ki increased my body strength.'' [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 3 Ki Power Level: 3030 Body: 303 - Strength: 101 - Agility: 101 - Stamina: 101 Soul: 303 - IQ: 101 - Spirit: 101 - Will: 101 [Cheat & Skill] Cheat: Time Domain Level: 32 Fold Passive Skill: [Instinct Max] [Breathing Max] [Tranquil Heart Max] [Sense +6] Active Skill: [Shooting Max] [Acting Max] [Shameless Max] [Swimming Max] [Climbing Max] [Parkour Max] [Camouflage +7] "As expected, strength almost tripled. Also, my Ki power is less than I expected. It''s only 3030," Eero muttered, looking at Gohan trying shooting skills following his demonstration. Eero then demonstrated a few times again. Gohan quickly learned it and became a little proficient. After a while, "Well, thank you, Eero. I will see you later. Also, visit Mount Paozu; I will let you meet my family," Gohan thanked with a smile and then flew away. "Sure, I will," Eero replied. Looking at his flying back, Eero became thoughtful about Ki''s flying technique. A white invisible layer shrouded Eero''s body, then rippled in motion from head toward the ground. Eero''s body flew up a little from the ground, stabilizing in the air and looking around. "It''s easier than I thought," he muttered. Then the next second, the Ki motion disturbed, and Eero landed on the ground. Looking at the Ki layer flickering above his palm, ''It seems the next direction is Ki control. Also, I will use Ki differently from the way it''s used in DB, where you send a thousand attacks of Ki and all are dodged by the opponent. All my Ki attacks must be precise and damaging,'' he thought to himself. ... Join Patreon.com/ChaosGray for advanced chapters. Chapter 16 First Day After walking inside the house, he climbed the stairs, appearing on the second floor. This portable home can be expanded, which he didn''t know about. He found the expansion option accidentally yesterday after walking inside with the pet house. After merging the pet house he prepared for his pets, a second floor appeared, which is empty with a sci-fi pet house at the corner. It is self-cleaning and automatically feeding, and he didn''t know about this feature all these years, which is ironic. After feeding two little sheep inside the pet house, also realizing living pets can stay alive in the pet house when stored away in the storage panel, "I didn''t know about it, or your mother wouldn''t have had to die," he muttered sadly while rubbing both little sheep''s heads. Both are white and cute. ??. "Baa" "Maa," they murmured in response, smelling his hand and then rubbing their little heads. A smile appeared on Eero''s face; he always liked sheep the most. They are innocent, friendly, loving, and unharmful. Also, interacting with them brings joy to the heart and mind. After feeding them pure milk and fruit, as both are not weaned yet, just a little above one week old. Eero then appeared outside the house and started exercising. After exercising, he sat down on a stone. "It''s time to start Ki training control. Gohan said I should train Ki control by blasting objects far away with Ki attack, which is not that useful in controlling Ki in my opinion," Eero muttered thoughtfully. Raised his hand; Ki gathered in his hand, and white irregular Ki condensed above his palm and then disappeared. After he condensed it again, similarly, it dissipated again, then condensed again. Finally, after countless tries on the verge of exhaustion, a sphere of invisible white shade Ki condensed above his palm. [Basic Ki Control +1] Eero sighed in relief, wiped the sweat, and glanced at the sphere. "This Ki control is harder than I expected. It took me a few hours to reach this stage; well, tomorrow I should try the next stage," feeling his exhausted Ki. Then I walked inside the house thoughtfully. ''I should also buy heavy equipment for training. My attributes doubled, and the previous weight training effect is reducing.'' After staying at home watching animated movies from different dimensions played on the LED in front, the most amazing thing is this LED can access all the entertainment from different dimensions. ''It''s a pity it''s accessing only entertainment, nothing else, or I would be browsing those famous exercises in advanced civilizations now. I can''t access anything related to strength through it,'' Eero thought disappointingly, then shook his head. ''Anyway, it''s better than nothing.'' If you discover this tale on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation. Eero then slept after eating dinner. Next Day, After morning meditation, Eero raised his hand; a ball of white Ki condensed above his palm. Then this ball turned into a figure, but before it could clear, it dissipated. Then again, he tried to condense it, and it dissipated again. After training Ki and exercising till sunset evening, taking a few rests in the middle for breakfast and lunch to restore Ki, also visited Satan City for heavy metal training kits. He asked a few blacksmiths to forge him a few training kits weighing a hundred kg. After paying, he left. A week later, "It seems I can''t upgrade it more," Eero muttered after looking at the white sphere in his palm, which turned into a lifelike whale. Then the whale divided into two clear sharks biting and moving around, but after dividing into four figures, the Ki scattered and dissipated. ''It seems it will take a lot of time to reach the third stage of Ki control,'' Eero sighed thoughtfully, looking at the status panel. [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 3 Ki Power Level: 3900 Body: 390 - Strength: 130 - Agility: 130 - Stamina: 130 Soul: 390 - Wisdom: 130 - Spirit: 130 - Will: 130 [Cheat & Skill] Cheat: Time Domain Level: 32 Fold Passive Skill: [Instinct Max] [Breathing Max] [Tranquil Heart Max] [Sense +7] [Basic Ki Control +2] Active Skill: [Shooting Max] [Acting Max] [Shameless Max] [Swimming Max] [Climbing Max] [Parkour Max] [Camouflage +7] A smile appeared on his face. ''I didn''t expect my universal body would have such a heaven-defying function. All my attributes will increase correspondingly if any of my attributes break through. For example, if my strength, agility, stamina, wisdom, spirit, will, or even Ki breaks through, whole body attributes will increase at a similar ratio.'' "In a week, my Ki increased a lot compared to other attributes, but other attributes also increased by leaps and bounds along with it," Eero muttered thoughtfully. ''It means even if physical exercises have no effect on attributes, still my Ki will push all attributes along with it. It''s truly a win-win situation.'' Looking at the sun on the horizon, "Also, today is the first day of school." He walked inside the home while he was having breakfast. Knock! Knock! Looking at Gohan at the door, with his iconic smile and head scratching in the same clothes, he watched him wear a few days ago. "Good morning, how are you doing these days?" "I am good. Come inside," Eero replied with a smile, invited him, walked, and appeared in the kitchen after filling a few more pieces of bread with fried eggs in butter, tomatoes, onions, and other mixed veggies. Gohan walked inside familiarly, sat down in the lounge, and looked around. After a while, Eero appeared at the table with fully stuffed huge breads and a jug filled with fruit shake. "Come have breakfast," invited Gohan. "Ooh, I am full. I have already eaten," Gohan shook his head, waving his hands embarrassedly. "Come on, don''t be polite with me," Eero spoke, then passed a bread in his hand and a glass filled with shake in front of him. Gohan glanced at the bread in his hand, then looked at Eero in surprise. ''This guy is so hospitable,'' he nodded, biting the bread, his eyes lit up. "It''s delicious, thanks for the food," he praised and then thanked. Eero nodded, then replied with a smile, "Of course, it''s delicious. I have been making it for years; practice makes men perfect." Looking at Gohan, ''Basically, this guy is the good character. Even Goku and others are positive characters; that''s why I get along with him well. If it were some other negative characters, I wouldn''t even invite them inside my house,'' Eero thought to himself. Chapter 17 Gravity Looking at Eero, Gohan realized something and spoke. "Eero, you have learned to hide the Ki presence so soon. I can''t even sense a little Ki from you." Eero nodded and replied calmly, "Hiding Ki is very simple, nothing special." Gohan was speechless, scratching his back head thoughtfully. ''Why does this guy''s personality remind me of Uncle Vegeta, emitting the same pride and calmness through his bones? No, he is a little better than Uncle Vegeta, at least not that scary''. "What are you thinking about?" Eero asked, pointing at the bread in his hand. "Eat it; finish the bread in your hand." "Yes, nothing. I was just thinking about school. It will be our first day; how will it look?" Gohan replied while eating the stuffed bread. ¡­ A hover car halted beside the Orange school; Eero stepped outside along with Gohan. "Kyaa" "Look at the handsome guy," "No, two of them," Hearing the comments of schoolgirls around, Eero closed his senses, ignoring the exclamations around, and looked at Gohan''s red face. He was speechless. ''Why is this guy so sissy? It seems I should stay away from him inside the school, lest his sissy attributes transfer to me.'' After shaking his head, he walked beside the assigned class. "It seems we are assigned to the same class," Gohan spoke, looking at the class and Eero beside him. Eero nodded, walked inside, looked around, appeared beside the teacher, and then introduced himself, "Hi, I am Eero, please take care." ''So short,'' the whole class of females flinched. Eero ignored every female creature''s dissatisfaction, appeared at the corner seat near the window, and sat down. "Hi, I am Gohan. Nice to meet you; please take care of me in the future." "Here," a blonde girl called Gohan, probably knew him before. Also, a black-haired girl was looking at him suspiciously. Gohan nodded, looking at the empty seats beside Eero, disappointed, and sat beside the blonde girl who was calling him. "Hi, I am Arasa; this is Videl." The blonde girl introduced herself, then her girlfriend beside her. Gohan was already surprised looking at Videl when he entered the class; it was the girl he saved before. Eero was looking at them, then turned his gaze at the teacher in front. Although Videl is a beauty, he is not interested in other people''s wives, especially if he called him a friend. The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement. Anyway, if there is someone worthy of him, he will eventually encounter her. ''Also, Gohan had been visiting the city these days. He is quite famous as a golden warrior. I have to hurry up and increase my strengt''h. ''Soon both the Supreme Kai and his subordinate will arrive, and Majin Boo will be released. Then Majin Boo will kill all Earth creatures. If I am not strong enough, I will probably hide in my portable home like a coward,'' Eero thought while clenching his fist, then turned his palm around, under the table, while no one noticed he started training Ki. Gohan flinched, turned around, glanced in Eero''s direction in surprise, then became thoughtful and started looking at the board. Soon after school, Eero met with Videl and Arasa and talked with them for a while. "Handsome guy, can I have your number?" Arasa asked with lit-up eyes. "I don''t have a video phone," Eero shook his head. "Ooh, that''s a pity. Here, keep my number; if you buy yourself one, then contact me." Arasa then wrote her number and gave it to him. Eero nodded calmly, then spoke, "Gohan, I have something to do; you can go by yourself." Gohan nodded with a smile, "I understand." "Well, see you later," Eero left after speaking to them. Videl and Arasa nodded in return. Looking at Eero''s back, Arasa spoke thoughtfully, "Gohan, is he always like that?" Gohan was confused. ''Like what?'' Looking at Gohan''s confused face, Arasa shook her head. ''This guy is a simpleton.'' Eero then appeared in a grocery store, bought the required ingredients and training sets; they were ready. After storing everything in the storage panel, he left the city toward the house. ¡­ "It seems I have to find other ways to increase physical strength; the weight exercises are not working anymore." Eero commented after exercising on a hilltop, wearing a triple load, then Ki controlling exercise, which he was doing almost for the entire day. Just dividing Ki into four and controlling each portion perfectly; it''s ten times, no, a hundred times harder than the previous 2nd division stage. "I don''t know what the limits of my body are. I hope it doesn''t reach any limit, or it would be no fun," he muttered, thinking of human body limits. Raising his hand, his Ki turned into an arc shape dist above his palm. Zhing! Instantly shot the stone far away, cleaving it in the middle. "As expected, the higher the control, the more the range of attack and the less the consumption," muttered Eero, feeling the power of this normal attack. ¡­ "The x power is divided... Like this, you can multiply¡­" Looking at the teacher explaining the math lesson on the board, then glancing at Gohan, who was listening to this boring lecture attentively. ''It''s so simple; I am bored,'' thought Eero. Looking at the math questions on the board and the different types and ways of solution appearing in his mind, even further calculations exceeding the textbook solutions, Eero became thoughtful. ''I should use this IQ, or I would become useless,'' he thought, then his eyes lit up. ''Why don''t I make a gravity machine for myself?'' Then he shook his head. ''Although my wisdom and IQ became extremely high, I still need a direction to simulate gravity or learn some basic knowledge.'' After a while, he appeared inside the library and started looking through every type of book related to science, physics, and chemistry. ''It seems West City has better knowledge, but it doesn''t matter. I am here to learn the basics; I can infer advanced knowledge using that,'' Eero thought to himself. After skimming through all the books until night, Eero left toward the market to buy the things he wanted for experiments; anyway, he has a lot of money now. After walking through the whole market, he bought all the things he wanted¡ªtools and other products¡ªexcept he couldn''t find a few of the latest tech items. "It seems I would have to visit West City to find the latest material and technology," Eero muttered thoughtfully. Chapter 18 Visiting Then he appeared beside his home. Looking around, I walked inside the home and appeared on the second floor. Feeding the two little guys, he started setting up a separate area on the second floor, merged and adjusted all the machines and tools he brought from the market. After a while, looking at the adjusted machines around, he nodded, satisfied. "Well, let''s start on the anti-gravity theory. Anyway, anti-gravity is already used inside the hovercars and other flying vehicles. It''s nothing difficult, but increasing the gravity simulation will be a challenge; also, I have to create a device that can adjust its attraction in order to affect my outrageous stats." Eero muttered thoughtfully. After opening the two anti-gravity engines he brought, then modifying them after understanding the mechanism, a few months passed inside the domain, and a few days passed outside. (Time Domain: It slows the time inside the domain at 32-fold; Eero has 32 seconds inside the domain while only one second passed outside, which gives him 32-fold more time for extracurricular activities, like studying, researching, and training.) (In the future, the domain will increase along with more and more time he will have for activities.) He studied and researched, and a small 10x10 meter flat gravity device was manufactured. "I hope it works." Eero plugged in the power; visibly, nothing happened; just an indicator with numbers lit up on the small screen, showing 2 F. Eero appeared and stood up above the plate surface; instantly the device was adjusted to his mass and force; he suddenly felt extreme pressure and felt his attributes and strength reduced to 50%. A smile appeared on his face. Raised his hand, clenched his fist; more gravity effect, more suppressed his strength would be, just like now the 2-fold means double gravity, his 450 attributes reduced to 225. It''s because the device below can adjust to his 450 stats and then attract him at double force to reduce his attributes by half; it''s different from conventional gravity machines out there. If he increases the gravity to 4-fold, then his attributes will further suppress 25% at 112.5. At 8-fold gravity, it will reduce 12.5% to 66.25. Although it will not return to zero because of mass, 8-fold gravity, and a heavy load kit of 100 kg will increase his physical attributes training by leaps and bounds. "But for now, I can only manufacture an 8-fold gravity machine with available materials. After a few days, I will visit the west city, and then I will be able to increase it hundreds of times," Eero muttered, thinking about Capsule Corp and other latest tech companies in west city. Eero then started training above the gravity plate he manufactured. After exercising for a while, he felt extremely tired, as if lifting mountains on his back. He then closed the gravity machine, walked downstairs, started eating a nutritious dinner, and then went to sleep. Stolen content warning: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences. The next morning, "Today is a holiday. I should visit Mount Paozu and meet those main characters," Eero muttered thoughtfully, looking at the peaceful scenery around. "Also, after just a little training on the gravity plate, as expected, my attributes increased a lot compared to a few days ago. Also, because of Ki unlocking, my strength increase became extremely fast." Looking at his status panel, [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 3 Ki Power Level: 4800 Body: 480 - Strength: 160 - Agility: 160 - Stamina: 160 Soul: 480 - Wisdom: 160 - Spirit: 160 - Will: 160 "What does this level mean? It seems the next four levels are at 1000 attributes," Eero thought. He then stood up, ate breakfast, and fed the little pets. He appeared outside the house, spread his domain, and instantly his domain shrouded a 32-kilometer area. Feeling the 32-kilometer range shrouded in his domain, Eero smiled happily. Due to awakening Ki, his senses increased by leaps and bounds, and along with it, his domain also increased. Time domain now depends on his senses, Ki and Stamina, and the range of the domain increased, which started consuming his Ki along with stamina. However, it didn''t affect him much; he already has a lot of stamina and Ki, so he can use it for hours. Eero increased his movement and then flew toward Mount Paozu using the Ki flying technique. His normal speed is around 160 meters per second, but after using the domain, it increased by 32 times to 5120 meters or 5 km/second. Mount Paozu is 1000 km away, and it took him a few minutes to reach the vicinity of Mount Paozu. Inside Mount Paozu, Gohan and Goten were sitting inside the house talking with their mother, Chi-Chi, while eating breakfast. "Huh?" Gohan flinched, raised his head, stood up with a smile, and walked outside his house. "Gohan, where are you going in the middle of breakfast?" Chi-Chi spoke with a throbbing vein on her forehead. Goten was also curious, looking at Gohan''s back. "Mother, it''s my school friend. He is coming to our house," Gohan spoke with a smile while scratching his head. Chi-Chi was surprised. "What? Your school friend? You were talking about." "Brother said he is strong. I will fight him," six-year-old Goten spoke with a looking-forward expression. Both Gohan and Goten appeared outside. At first glance, they saw Eero far away, walking toward their house and looking around. Eero was looking at the surrounding scenery thoughtfully. ''This Mount Paozu is really dangerous, as shown in the anime. There are huge animals and beasts, especially those dinosaurs, centipedes, crocodiles, and snakes enriching the mountains I saw on the wa''y. "Eero, here," listening to his name, Eero glanced forward at Gohan waving his hand at him. Also, his little brother, Goten, was standing beside him. Eero smiled and walked toward them. "Is this your little brother?" Eero asked, glancing at Goten curiously. "Yes, he is my little brother, Goten, six years old," Gohan replied with a smile and then invited him inside. Eero nodded and walked inside, looking at Chi-Chi standing in the lounge. Eero greeted her politely with a smile. "Hello, I am Eero, Gohan''s school friend. Here, I have brought some gifts for you. I don''t like to visit friends'' homes empty-handed." Gohan and Goten''s expressions froze. ''This guy was surely empty-handed. Where did this package pop up from?'' Both were curious. Chi-Chi was surprised, grabbing the package and looking at the perfume and lady skincare products inside. She became extremely happy. "Eero, such a nice name. Sit down, please. Please consider it as your home," Chi-Chi replied enthusiastically, letting Eero sit down on the chair. Gohan and Goten were petrified. ''Is this our mother?'' Thinking of the always angry and horrible expressions of their mother, such a contrast is unacceptable. ''What kind of gift does this guy give?'' Both then turned and glanced at Eero curiously and in admiration. Chapter 19 Mount Paozu Chi-Chi then glanced at Gohan and Goten and spoke angrily, "Come on, Gohan, Goten, finish your breakfast quickly." She then glanced at Eero with a kind smile. "Little Eero, come have breakfast with us." Hearing "Little Eero," instantly, Eero''s eyes widened; something triggered through his mind and soul. "You are my little Eero." "Little brother Eero." "Little Eero, what do you like about your elder sister?" A soft, nostalgic female voice flashed back through his head with a few pictures of a smiling, youthful face of a female he can''t recognize. Eero''s face became thoughtful, feeling the flashback memory. His brow furrowed, ''Who is calling me little brother, elder sister? When did I have an elder sister?'' Wiping away the face and looking at the wet palm, ''I am crying. How is this possible?'' Eero was extremely shocked; his heart trembled because he forgot to cry in those 10 years. "What happened? Are you fine, little Eero?" Chi-Chi asked, looking at him concerningly. Eero snapped out of his thought, shook his head hurriedly, glanced at Chi-Chi and Gohan with a concerned look, suppressing the shock in his heart, and replied calmly, "Nothing. It''s just that I suddenly remembered something. Thank you." Chi-Chi nodded, then spoke with a smile, "Sit down and have breakfast with us." Eero nodded and sat down at the dinner table, looking at Gohan and Goten with a thoughtful expression. ''These guys at least have a mother by their side.'' After breakfast, talking with Gohan''s mother and reporting about Gohan''s conduct in school, Eero appeared outside the house, looking at Gohan standing beside him, then glanced at the mountains and lakes around. "You live in a very beautiful, yet dangerous, place," Eero commented. Gohan nodded, then replied with a wry smile, "My grandpa used to live here." "Eero, Gohan said you are strong. I want to challenge you," a childish voice sounded, and Goten appeared from behind and challenged. Eero was speechless, looking at small Goten with a similar hairstyle to Goku, ''It seems Goku''s genes are pulsating.'' "Goten, you can''t challenge the guest." Gohan spoke reprimanded, but he didn''t force it; it seems he also wanted to know the true strength of Eero. Unauthorized duplication: this tale has been taken without consent. Report sightings. Eero was speechless. ''These guys are really Saiyan; without a fight, they can''t be satisfied, no matter what.'' Nodding thoughtfully and glancing at Goten, Eero responded, "I will accept your challenge, but you have to promise me something in return: you must call me big brother Eero in the future." Eero''s mouth evoked an arc; Gohan beside him shivered. Goten became happy, nodded, and replied, "Anything you want." Eero nodded, then spoke without moving, "Okay, attack." Goten got ready, looking at Eero standing in the same place without moving, thoughtfully, ''He is underestimating me because I am a child; wait, let me teach him a lesson.'' Looking at the carefree expression of Eero, Gohan wanted to remind but fell silent looking at both of them. "Here I come," Goten spoke; his body flickered, appearing in front of Eero instantly, punching toward his stomach, popping the air in front of his fist, Eero''s mouth twitched. ''This kid is ruthless.'' Domain! Instantly, everything in a 32 km range decelerated; Goten''s movements were reduced by 32 times. Still, Eero was surprised looking at a little motion movement of his body. Even Gohan was motionless far away in the domain, but his eyes were following both of them. ''As expected of Saiyan, he can''t be underestimated,'' Eero thoughtfully sidestepped, stood beside Goten, patted his head, messing his hairstyle. Domain disappeared. "Huh?" Both Gohan and Goten were shocked, looking at Eero''s afterimage flashing and walking beside Goten as if in frame rate, and started rubbing his head. ''He is so fast.'' A thought flickered through their mind. "You lost. If I had any sharp object, you would probably be dead," Eero spoke calmly. "No, I haven''t lost," Goten spoke loudly and attacked again; this time he used full power; each of his small punches regressed the air around him forcefully. Domain! Eero sighed, instantly dodged all his attacks using the domain, and an afterimage flickered in Gohan''s and Goten''s eyes, dodging all attacks that appeared around him, pointing at his temple each time, reminding with a smile, "You lost." "Ahhhh," Goten became angry after missing a few hundred shots; his hair turned golden. "No, Goten," Gohan exclaimed, looking at Goten''s Super Saiyan form. Eero was speechless. ''Why is this kid so angry? I am not beating him because of Gohan''s face. Also, this guy is more talented than Gohan; he went Super Saiyan when he was three years old.'' Looking at Goten in golden form, I reminded him calmly, "I was going easy because my powers were under control, but if I fight you now, I won''t be able to hold back." Gohan''s face changed, appearing beside Goten, grabbing him from both arms and pulling him up, and speaking solemnly, "Goten, it''s enough. You have lost quickly; apologize; you are crossing the limits." "Brother Gohan," looking at Gohan''s serious face, ''I haven''t seen Brother Gohan so serious before,'' Goten thought, then his golden form disappeared; he nodded, and then he glanced at Eero and apologized, "I am sorry, Eero, big brother." "Eero, I apologize for my brother''s recklessness," Gohan apologized politely. Eero shook his head. "Don''t worry. I think I received a fighting maniac little brother. Also, I didn''t expect you to be Saiyan in those rumors." "He he he," Gohan gave a wry smile, and Goten was also embarrassed. Eero smiled, then glanced at Gohan thoughtfully. ''Someday I want to fight this guy using full powers. I want to see my limits.'' Then he glanced at Goten, ''It seems I wasn''t the opponent of his golden form. Although I could dodge using the domain, a first Super Saiyan mode can increase power and movement by 50 folds. Only Dual-layer Domain can react and fight him. As for Gohan, this guy is stronger than Goku in this arc before Goku becomes Super Saiyan Three.'' Eero thought to himself. ¡­ After a few hours, "See you later," Gohan waved his hand. Eero left after flying away, looking at the Mount Paozu scenery below, "It seems I also have to settle somewhere on this mountain; it is a good place for relaxation." "Before that, I have to go to the West City in order to get the items I wanted to buy," He muttered, then expanded his domain; his figure flickered and disappeared. Chapter 20 Chamber After a while, At the edge of West City, Eero''s figure flickered and landed on the ground; the Ki layer on his body disappeared. He walked inside the city. Appeared in the marketplace, looking through his video phone, the list of companies and outlets offering the items he is looking for. "This Hovocore outlet is best for winding wires and coils and also other hardware tools. Also, I should buy metallurgy engineering tools and anti-gravity engines from Capsule Corps. Hardware materials and assembling tools can be bought from Zemo." Looking through the list, murmuring, Eero walked through the outlets one by one and ordered all the items after paying. He will receive them later. Finally, he appeared in front of Capsule Corp. He is going to use Gohan''s name, although it''s a little shameless, but he is not here to harm anyone, just buying something important that he can''t get normally. Looking at Vegeta standing at the entrance with six-year-old Trunks, Eero became speechless. ''What the hell? I haven''t even entered, yet I encountered this bodyguar''d. Vegeta flinched, his brow furrowed, feeling a gaze, turned around, and glanced at Eero walking toward the headquarters residence. "Hello, does Miss Bulma live here?" Eero appeared beside them and politely asked, looking at Vegeta and Trunks, especially Vegeta, "Looks like a proper villain type, exuding a stingy aura. "What do you want?" Vegeta asked with a frown, looking at Eero''s thoughtful expression and handsome face. "I am here to buy something important for my invention, which I can''t get from the market easily. Also, Gohan recommended the Capsule Corp; he said I should meet his aunt Bulma," Eero replied calmly. Vegeta and Trunks were surprised looking at Eero. "You know Gohan?" "I am his friend." Eero nodded and replied. "My mother is gone somewhere; wait for a while; she will return soon," Trunks spoke. Vegeta gave a hmph, turned, and left like a tsundere. Eero was speechless. ''This guy is really a masterpiece. Also, even if he can''t sense my Ki, it seems my black Ki has a special ability to conceal Ki.'' He thought to himself, then waited for a while inside the waiting room. After a while, "Hello, I am Bulma. What do you need for your invention?" Bulma appeared with Trunks, curiously looking at Eero. Eero glanced at Bulma, similar in the anime, with blue hair, a mature figure, and an easy-going personality. Also, her brain works very well; beauty with brains, huh? But her choice is very bad. Who will love someone like Vegeta? This tale has been pilfered from Royal Road. If found on Amazon, kindly file a report. "Hello, I am Eero, Gohan''s friend. I need those items for my invention." Eero passed the tech items list. Bulma nodded with a smile and glanced at the list on the paper. The more she scanned, the more surprised she was, and the more solemn her expression became. She glanced at Eero curiously and asked, "Are you inventing the Gravity Chamber?" Eero nodded and replied calmly, "Yes, I have already manufactured an 8-fold one. In order to increase the effects, I need these technologies." "Amazing, you are a little genius. Can I ask you why you are manufacturing a gravity machine? I can''t think of any big use of such high gravity," Bulma asked again suspiciously. "It''s for physical training purposes," Eero replied. "What? But that is not applicable for the human body. Are you making it for yourself?" Bulma was surprised, then asked doubtfully. Eero nodded with a calm expression. Looking at Eero nodding calmly, Bulma''s expression became strange, then he hesitated a little; after a while, he nodded, "Wait for a while; I will arrange these items, then you can take them away." Eero nodded with a smile and then replied, "Please give me an account number. I will send the payment." Bulma wanted to reject payment, but Eero insisted, and then she had to accept it. Eero was looking at her thoughtfully. ''She also had created a gravity machine for Vegeta in this arc, I think; I should ask her about some theories and precautions.'' Eero then asked about gravity increase proportions and other related queries and precautions. Bulma was extremely surprised by Eero''s inference and ideas about gravity machines. After a while, Eero left Capsule Corp., thoughtfully, ''It seems my idea about gravity was right. 2-fold earth gravity can reduce physical strength by half, 50%; 4-fold can reduce it to 25%; 8-fold gravity can reduce it to 12.5%, 16-fold gravity to 6.25%, 32-fold gravity to 3.125%, and 64-fold gravity to 1.5625%. Finally, at 128-fold gravity, it can reduce below 1%.'' "I will try to create a 128-fold chamber first, which will be enough for me for a long time, and I can easily save myself in front of Majin Boo," Eero muttered thoughtfully. After buying famous dishes and ingredient products from West City, he flew back toward his home thoughtfully. ... A few days passed, Gohan was busy as a golden warrior, and Videl also participated in a lot of heroic activities. Eero, on the other hand, didn''t care. He just brought the ordered items from West City and started his research and gravity chamber manufacturing process. It took him a few days outside and a few months inside the domain to create a gravity chamber. Also, to his surprise, a merge option appeared after his creation. He clicked it, and instantly a basement layer appeared attached below his portable home. This area is huge, 1000 square feet; similarly, his house, which also became larger, upgraded to a four-room house with two portions and a basement. The second portion became a pet area and lab area, a rest area with an artificial grass lawn, recliner, and an indoor small swimming pool. "It seems my portable home can upgrade after each merging," Eero muttered thoughtfully, looking at four rooms, including a guest room and a huge lounge area. "It became a proper portable villa instead of a portable home." Eero appeared in the basement, looking at the white and blue coloring and square-shaped tile design on the whole basement walls and floors. Eero patted the walls, feeling non-metal material but extremely hard. He was confused. "What kind of material is this?" Then he shook his head and glanced at the small touch display just beside the door. Eero clicked it. Instantly, different Gravity options appeared on the screen. Eero clicked the gravity increase arrow twice to 2-fold. ... Join Patreon.com/ChaosGray for advanced chapters. Chapter 21 Training Just as Eero adjusted the Gravity to 2-fold, Instantly, he felt an extremely heavy pressure on his body, which was bearable. Then, he increased it more to 4-fold, 8-fold, and 16-fold, reaching 32-fold; he stopped because his forehead started sweating, with a visible vein. He couldn''t even move; his blood movement and heart pumping inside the body felt like lead and mercury moving through his muscles and veins. "Why is there no limit to the gravity range on this screen? Can it simulate unlimitedly?" Eero thought in surprise, looking at a + sign beside 32 Fold Gravity Option and no other information. ''Well, anyway, I will find out later. Also, I shouldn''t use Ki while training inside the gravity machine in order to maximize the gravity body training effect,'' Eero thought, then started expanding his domain and started exercising. Training inside the domain gives him more time. After regular exercise, Eero appeared outside the basement with trembling legs and sat down on the stairs helplessly. "It seems I overdid the training in excitement, but I can feel it has an unimaginable effect on my body compared to those load exercises. Every corner of my body is pulsating, like it has been beaten by iron, and I am feeling a lot lighter," Eero muttered, feeling his light body and clenching his fist. After he appeared on the second floor, he started training Ki control in a separate area. After a few hours of Ki division training, looking at four lifelike white dolphins swimming and moving in different directions and styles above his palm. [Time Domain; 128 Fold] [Ki Control +3] A smile appeared on Eero''s face, looking at the two notifications and the attributes. Level: 4 Ki Power: 10,020 Body: 1002 (Hidden) Soul: 1002 (Hidden) "My basic Ki power reading reached 10,020, but if it is multiplied by a 128-fold time domain, it will become more than 1.2 million. I officially surpassed the First Super Saiyan form," Eero muttered thoughtfully, then shook his head. ''Still a lot behind. A few months later, two Kai''s will arrive, and Majin Boo will be released after that. I don''t know the exact timing.'' ''I have to keep up and surpass everything. If I can''t crush any opponent with absolute strength, then I will be doing a useless struggle against them,'' Eero thought to himself. Unauthorized use of content: if you find this story on Amazon, report the violation. Time Flies, Eero started training routinely for almost a year inside the domain, and a few months passed outside the domain. Until he received the news about the Budokai tournament. Eero''s mouth curved, a smile spread on his face; whether it was because of the domain, gravity chamber, or because of his universal body, his attributes increased unimaginably; his strength increased by leaps and bounds in almost a year''s time. Looking at the sun, which is going to set, ''Finally, the tournament time arrived, and those Supreme Kai would also visit this earth,'' he thought to himself. Looking at his status panel, [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 5 Ki Power: 333,000 Body: 33,300 - Strength: 11,100 - Agility: 11,100 - Stamina: 11,100 Soul: 33,300 - IQ: 11,100 - Spirit: 11,100 - Will: 11,100 [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 512 Fold (256-fold at 5000 attributes, 512-fold at 10,000) Passive Skill: [Instinct Max] [Breathing Max] [Tranquil Heart Max] [Sense +8] [Ki Control +4] Active Skill: [Shooting Max] [Acting Max] [Shameless Max] [Swimming Max] [Climbing Max] [Parkour Max] [Camouflage +8] Eero nodded calmly; he can divide his four Ki dolphins into eight Ki octopuses; now he has some self-protection in this world. Also, the 512-fold time domain made him almost invincible on Earth; even those Saiyans like Goku and Vegeta will be affected in a 512-fold domain. Also, if his 333,000 Ki power is multiplied by a 512-fold time domain, then it''s almost 170 million Ki power force. "It seems my universal human body is special; no normal human body can achieve such results through training, also in just a year''s time," Eero muttered thoughtfully. ''It''s time to meet Gohan and participate in this 25th Budokai tournament,'' Eero thought to himself. He appeared on the second floor, looking at two little sheep, or now we should say two big sheep. After a few months, they have grown up a lot, almost reaching 1 meter in height. "Baa" and "Ba a" both called after watching Eero on the second floor, ran toward him, and started rubbing their heads with him. "He he he, it seems you kept the lawn and 2nd floor clean; I should award you," Eero spoke, looking at the clean lawn around. Basically, now they both can move inside this lawn area; before, they created a lot of mess, as every normal sheep creates. Then Eero trained them; slowly, both realized keeping the house clean will be rewarded. Now they create a mess inside the pet house only, which has an automatic cleaning function. "Here," Eero called and gave each of them a bowl full of dry fruits. Both started calling and eating happily, rubbing their heads with a smile. After closing both of them inside the pet house, he appeared outside the house, looking at the hilly area around. His house is now located near Mount Paozu. "This Mount Paozu has really an amazing view," Eero muttered, then glanced at the east direction and spread his domain. Instantly Ki layer shrouded, his body flickered, flew through the air, and appeared beside the West City tournament area in a few seconds. He landed calmly, looking at Gohan and others far away. He walked toward them. "Huh?" Instantly, a few figures flinched and glanced in Eero''s direction in surprise. ''How did this guy appear so suddenly? Why did his Ki disappear suddenly? What a mysterious man''. Few figures thought. "Eero, you are here," Gohan exclaimed with a smile, appearing beside him. Eero nodded, shook hands, then glanced at Goku with an Angel Ring, Trunks, Goten, Vegeta, Android 18, Krillin, and Piccolo, also Chi-Chi, Videl, and Bulma. Gohan then introduced Eero to them, "This is my friend Eero; he will also participate in the tournament." "Eero, this is my father Goku and Uncle Piccolo; he is Namekian, and this is Krillin and Android 18, his wife. This is Trunks and my Uncle Vegeta," Gohan then introduced them one by one. Eero nodded and glanced at Piccolo, Android 18, Krillin, Vegeta, and Trunks. "Nice to meet you all; please take care," he greeted politely. "Nice to meet you," Krillin replied with a smile. Android 18 also nodded. "Little Eero, how are you? You should visit our house more often," Chi-Chi spoke. Eero nodded in return and replied with a smile, "I am fine. I surely will visit.'' Goku was also surprised looking at his wife''s enthusiastic expression, then glanced at Eero with a smile and nodded at him. "Nice to meet you." Chapter 22 25th Budokai Eero replied and talked with Goku and others as for Piccolo and Vegeta standing far away stingily. Eero didn''t care about them, just glanced at others, then looking at Videl, spoke, "I didn''t expect you would abduct the class beauty''s Gohan." Gohan scratched his head with a shy smile. Looking at Videl, her face also turned red in anger looking at Eero. ''This guy is rude; what do you mean by abduct?'' Eero was speechless looking at Gohan and Videl thoughtfully, ''Shy sissy and an always angry tomboy, what a rare combination.'' "Your name is Eero, right? It seems you are participating for the first time in the tournament. Be careful about other martial artists; you don''t look so strong," Krillin reminded with a big smile. Eero nodded with a smile, "I just want to have fun; if I am not an opponent, I will simply admit defeat." Everyone was speechless around, especially Vegeta, who shook his head and spoke, "Cowards only admit defeats." Eero was speechless looking at wry smiles on everyone''s faces, then glanced at Vegeta. ''What''s wrong with this tsundere? Why is he so upset? It seems this guy doesn''t like me''. Eero then didn''t care; he just glanced at the ground thoughtfully. ''I don''t care if someone behaves badly; I wouldn''t give him a second look, whether he is some prince or king; all are beneath my feet. Even as a normal human, I am much nobler than any noble and arrogant in this dimension.'' Eero then started looking around calmly, looking at other participants coming and joining the tournament curiously. "Let''s go; we are getting late," Gohan spoke. Eero nodded and then went along with them toward the tournament field. ¡­ Looking at the two groups of teams, one is the junior warrior division, and the other is the senior warrior division. Participants under age 15 are allotted to the junior competition, including Trunks and Goten. ''So this is the tournament atmosphere; it''s surely fun.'' Eero became intrigued looking at the fighting arena and the audience around. It''s the first time he is participating in such a tournament. After a while, the tournament begins with the Junior group first and then the Adult group. Goten and Trunks, who are in the Junior Division, easily defeat their opponents and make it all the way to the finals. In the final round, they fight each other. Both boys cheated countless times, such as using energy to attack each other. Eero was interestingly looking at their figure while all the audience around were shocked with dislocated jaws. This novel is published on a different platform. Support the original author by finding the official source. Chi-Chi and Bulma argue whose son will win. In the midst of the battle, Eero was listening to their arguments and interaction become thoughtful. ''I remember I also have a mother. Will she be happy if I ever find her?'' Then Eero shook his head; his eyes became deeper. ''Maybe not; the race I belong to may not have emotions. That''s why I didn''t want to activate my original body. If I find my mother and she denies recognizing me, then it will be very painful.'' Taking a deep breath and looking at Trunks and Goten on stage, Trunks grabbed and locked Goten''s neck, but Goten transformed into Super Saiyan, which broke their pact that they must not transform in order to avoid unnecessary attention. Otherwise, humans will recognize them as golden warriors who destroyed Cell six years ago, during the 19th Budokai tournament. As expected, the audience was shocked looking at Goten, especially Satan, who was horrified to see that the boy resembled the blonde-haired warrior who beat Cell. While Eero was looking at Trunks and Goten further fight, he shook his head, ''These guys'' usage of Ki is very rough and repugnant.'' Trunks bet that he could beat Goten without using his left arm, but this gave Goten the advantage. In the end, Trunks won by transforming and using an energy blast to push Goten out of the arena. Trunks became the Junior Champion. Eero sighed; thankfully, everything is over. Then, he became a little excited; finally, it''s his turn. Waiting for a while, a list of Senior Division Versus battles was announced. Looking at a lot of names in front of his name, Eero was speechless. It seems a lot of martial artists signed up for this competition. After a while, the competition started. Looking at Z warriors defeating their opponents effortlessly with a light punch, kick, and punches, even Videl is doing well. ''As expected of Tombay personality,'' Eero thought to himself. Eero vs. Genih Eero was speechless looking at the name; he thought he was fighting a genie, such weird names. Walked and appeared on stage. Looking at Eero''s slim body structure and Genih''s burly muscular body, the audience was disappointed. ''This match he will lose; I bet on Genih.'' A lot of audience are betting against Eero. Z warriors were also looking at the stage interestingly. "Hmph, your friend should admit defeat," Vegeta spoke. Gohan scratched his head embarrassingly. Eero was looking at Genih curiously, a burly man about 40 to 45 years old, just muscles, nothing else. Genih smiled evilly, looking at Eero, and reminded, "Little kid, hurry up, get lost, or you will break some of your bones." Eero raised his brow, gazed around, and asked curiously, "I can''t see your father around; who are you talking to?" The audience was also puzzled. Genih spoke more evilly, "I am talking to you." "Pufft," the referee controlled his laughter; a few audience members started laughing. After a while, a lot of people realized and started laughing loudly. Eero was speechless. ''This guy is brainless.'' Genih came back to his senses; his face turned red and blue. "Bastard, how dare you make fun of me?" Spoke gritting his teeth, "I will teach you a lesson." Spoke and then ran in the direction of Eero to attack. Instantly his fist halted in front of Eero; he couldn''t move forward; he felt as if some invisible barrier was stopping his punch. Genih''s face changed. "What''s with this Ki?" he exclaimed in horror. "Let me show you the correct usage of Ki," Eero spoke calmly with his hands in his pockets and glanced in frozen Genih''s direction, who was trying to forcefully break his Ki blockage in order to punch him. In the next instant, an invisible layer of Ki separated from Eero''s body and blasted the Genih; a punch-shaped dent appeared on his chest. An invisible ripple spread through his body and scattered from the back direction in the surrounding area; even the air regressed and scattered around him, and the arena below cracked. Genih''s eyeball protruded out with visible red veins, and he spat liquid from his mouth; he flew back sky-high like a cotton and fell outside the ring. Thud! Dust splattered. The referee and audience took a breath instantly, looking at the huge blue punch mark on Genih''s wide dented chest in horror. ''What happened?'' Chapter 23 Ki Form Z warriors'' expressions also changed, including Goku''s and Vegeta''s. Other audiences didn''t understand what happened, but they knew clearly. It was Ki and a way of using Ki they didn''t even know about; in just a split second, an invisible huge palm separated from Eero''s body and stopped Genih''s attack. Then the next instant, a similar huge fist condensed from his Ki, separated from his body, and blasted Genih''s chest. It looks simple, but such a fine control of Ki and Ki shape changing they haven''t seen or thought of before. Except for some disk- or ball-shaped attacks, they can''t change Ki into any other forms. "Gohan, I didn''t expect your friend to be a martial arts genius," Krillin commented solemnly. As a Shaolin disciple, he knows how much talent is required to control the Ki to such a degree; even he and Goku''s master can''t control it to such a degree. "He he he," Gohan laughed awkwardly. ''I found it myself just now?'' he thought to himself. Looking at Eero walking off the stage. "Not bad," Vegeta nodded and gave a compliment with an intrigued expression. "This guy is interesting; I hope his strength is also strong so I can challenge him," Goku spoke with a smile. Eero left the stage; in the next stage, he similarly defeated those arrogant competitors, and other Z warriors also fought all the way to the final round. ... In the midst of the competition, Goku and the Z Fighters meet an unusual pair of beings who go by the name Shin and Kibito. Eero was looking at them from far away, ''Here they are, Supreme Kai and his subordinate Kibito. Well, this Dragon Ball world ranking is really strange; a Supreme Kai''s life is linked with the God of Destruction. If one dies, the other will also die; also, these Supreme Kai are really a bunch of weaklings compared to the God of Destruction.'' Shin turned and glanced at Eero, feeling his gaze, then turned around and left with Kibito. ''It''s getting interesting; soon Majin Boo will be revived,'' Eero thought to himself. The final eight versus list was also announced. 1. Krillin vs. Pintar 2. Piccolo vs. Shin 3. Eero vs. Spopovich 4. Gohan vs. Kibito 5. Mr. Satan vs. Android 18 6. Goku vs. Vegeta 7. Mighty Mask vs. Yamu This story has been unlawfully obtained without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon. 8. Vidal vs. Killa Eero was looking at the list thoughtfully. ''It seems my arrival changed the history of the competition. Videl reached the last place; will she still be seriously injured near death, similar to the original? Looking at Spopovich''s name in front of his name, Eero muttered thoughtfully, "This guy is one of the antagonists along with Yamu; he was the one who beat Videl half dead." Soon the competition started. Vegeta is very excited about being matched with Goku, who is equally interested. Krillin comes out victorious from his match with Pintar. Piccolo is matched against the mysterious Shin, who reveals his true identity. Seemingly terrified, Piccolo withdraws from the match, telling Goku and the others that he believes Shin is actually the Supreme Kai, which shocks everyone because the Supreme Kai was thought to be a myth. Eero was speechlessly looking at everything progressing in the original direction; he can''t change anything, or he would have already changed the history. He is just going with the flow. Soon it was his turn against Spopovich. Eero appeared on stage calmly, looking at muscular Spopovich in front. "I know your trick, but your Ki can''t break through my Ki defense," Spopovich spoke with an evil expression on his face, looking at Eero. "Well, I will try to make you feel pain," Eero replied calmly, walking toward him and expanding his domain in just the stage area. Domain x512! Instantly the expression and body of Spopovich froze, just moving negligibly mm by mm. Eero appeared beside him, raised his hand, and flicked his finger lightly on his chest. A wave spread through his body from the chest, scattering through all his body. Domain disappeared. "Ahhhhhhhhh," a horrible cry spread around. The audiences were shocked looking at Eero, who instantly flickered and appeared in front of Spopovich. Spopovich is kneeling on the stage, grabbing his chest and crying horribly, as if feeling extreme pain. "Ooh, I forgot to tell you one more thing: the tougher your Ki layer, the more painful you will feel. When the 500-fold kinetic force travels through your body, Ki can save you from instant external attacks, not from the constant internal damage you experience." Eero reminded, looking at Spopovich, still crying horribly. ''This guy will cry like this for a few seconds probably. The kinetic force is traveling through his body at 500-fold lower speed; he feels like he''s in hell this time. After this, his whole body will freeze; every muscle will cramp, cells will oscillate at high frequency, a lot of cells will be destroyed, and even bones will be filled with small cracks.'' Eero was looking at him expressionlessly. After a few seconds, Spopovich''s eyeballs turned, his muscles contracted, veins bulged, and he stiffly fell on the stage, similar to a wood piece. "What happened? What has he done?" The audiences were extremely puzzled looking at Eero and Spopovich lying on the stage with visible veins and contracted muscles. Probably muscle cramps happened in every muscle of his body, but no one understood his situation except Eero. ''It seems this experiment is successful; I can also slow down the speed of my attack damage while increasing their powers, just like now. I used kinetic force attack using pure physical strength; power increased by 512 times in domain, and speed of kinetic force scattering slowed down by me instead,'' Eero thought to himself, walking off the stage calmly, leaving confused and scratching the audience. Goku and Vegeta both became thoughtful, looking at Eero. ''How did he do it? Is it some kind of special talent?'' Eero appeared in the rest area, feeling some gazes, and glanced in that direction. Looking at all the Z warriors looking at him curiously, he smiled at them, looking at Goku smiling at him back, ''I wonder what kind of effect my domain will have on the ultra instinct of Goku.'' "It seems I should also try to learn the Ultra Instinct; it is a perfect match for my domain and my powers." Eero muttered thoughtfully, ''Probably after upgrading my senses skill to max, I will achieve Ultra Instinct after merging senses with instinct. That''s why I was always heightening my senses.'' ''According to my analysis, the first criterion of Ultra Instinct is a calm mind, which I already achieved, and the second is extreme instinct, also achieved.'' ''Finally, the third criterion is extreme senses. I will probably achieve it soon,'' Eero thought to himself. Chapter 24 Z Fighters After a while, Gohan steps into the ring against Kibito, who demands that he transform into a Super Saiyan. Eero watches Gohan''s bandana and cape thoughtfully. "This guy looks like a kid now, and what''s with his robot-shaped costume? It looks like a flashy robot toy with a flashy cape." A picture appears in Eero''s mind. "If I were to wear this costume," thinking of his face instead of a toy mask, he shudders, shakes his head, and discards such speechless thoughts. "I like the costume of Commander Zod and his armor in the Superman movie. If I had to wear a costume, that would be the best option." Suddenly, both Gohan''s bandana and cape fall off. Eero is speechless and pats his forehead. "This guy is unbelievable." Gohan realizes that he won''t be needing the sunglasses anymore, decides to discard them, and reveals his true identity to his classmates. He then decides to fight Kibito seriously. "I accept your challenge, but I will take it to the next level: Super Saiyan." Gohan speaks solemnly, and a golden aura starts flickering; then the aura more than doubles, reaching the 2nd Super Saiyan stage. "This is called 2nd Super Saiyan," Gohan spoke, looking at the shocked Kibito. Surprising everyone, Eero also looks at the 2nd form intriguingly. Then, something unexpected happens: Gohan is instantly assaulted by Yamu and another person, who proceed to drain his energy and then fly off before anyone can react. "It seems the plot hasn''t changed. I thought if I beat Spopovich half-dead, it would change the plot a little, but it seems I was wrong," Eero thinks to himself. Following a similar plot, Supreme Kai (Shin) decides to follow the two, and Goku, Krillin, and Piccolo decide to help Shin. This is followed by the same Vegeta and Goku arguments over their match. Goku tells Kibito to make sure Gohan is healed, and Kibito agrees. Krillin tells Android 18 to continue to participate, and Android 18 agrees. Videl decides to come along after Gohan is healed, and the three take flight as Erasa and Sharpner see Gohan and Videl flying. Shin finally reveals himself as a Supreme Kai and tells them of the wizard Babidi''s plan to resurrect the evil Majin Buu, who is supposedly the most powerful being in the universe. Yamu and two of his minions, in order to restore Majin Buu, must collect large amounts of energy. Supreme Kai intends to give them just that so that they would lead him to Babidi''s spaceship, which is obviously hidden somewhere out of sight. Kibito heals Gohan, and they (along with Piccolo, Vegeta, Goku, Supreme Kai, Krillin, and Videl) fly off after Yamu to locate Babidi''s ship. The author''s narrative has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. Eero looked at everything from the sidelines, not participating. He was going to join the competition only, letting Z warriors deal with villains like Babidi. He didn''t like meddling in other people''s business. If Z warriors could handle them easily, there was no need to tire himself. Soon, four participants remained: Android 18, Satan, Gotenks in disguise, and Eero. Satan proposed a group battle, which passed. Eero, along with other participants, appeared on stage. Eero glanced at Goten and Trunks in disguise and Android 18. As for Satan, he didn''t pay attention to him. Using Time Domain, Eero dodged the attacks of Mighty Mask and Android 18. Android 18 soon discovered that Mighty Mask was Goten and Trunks in disguise during battle because of the voices they emitted with every attack. Android 18 shot a Ki attack in their direction, disqualifying them as teams were not allowed in the tournament. Eero then glanced at Android 18 and Satan, saying, "So only Android 18 and Satan are left." Android 18 gazed at Eero, then grabbed Satan from the neck, locking his huge head. She proposed in his ears, "Give me 20 million; I will admit defeat. I don''t want any fame." Eero smiled, listening to Android 18''s proposal intriguingly. "Okay, I will. Thank you; please show mercy." Satan spoke a little relieved. "Okay, attack me with your strongest move," Android 18 said. Satan nodded, using his Miracle Special Ultra Super Megaton Punch, pretending to knock her out of the ring. Eero was speechless, looking at Android 18 acting up, flying outside the ring, and falling. Looking at Satan, Eero covered the whole arena in his domain, appearing beside Satan. "You have struck a deal. Here is another deal: 50 million, and I am also outside the tournament," Eero spoke wickedly, after letting the domain not affect Satan. Satan was shocked, looking at everything frozen around, glancing at Eero''s curved mouth in horror, and nodding. "I accept your offer," he replied timidly. Eero nodded, retracted the domain, put his hands up, walked off the stage, and said, "Not an opponent; I admit defeat," walking away amid complaining audience and some cheering for Satan. ''Fools, although it''s 50 million, this amount is good enough for the first-time earnings in my whole life,'' Eero ignored the cheers of the audience around. He walked toward the rest area to wait for the next true show. After fleeing from the tournament, Goten and Trunks see Videl, who tells them what''s going on. Goten and Trunks decide to go see what Goku, Vegeta, and Gohan are doing and transform into Super Saiyan before flying off. On the other hand, The Z Team is still searching for Yamu. They come across a spaceship and watch secretly as Yamu meets Pui Pui, followed by the Demon King Dabura and the wizard Babidi. Babidi takes the energy the two fighters have brought to him and kills them. After sensing the hidden Z Fighters, Dabura and Babidi plan to lure the Z Fighters to drain them of their energy needed to revive a powerful foe shown sealed in a pink ball. Dabura engages the Z Fighters and easily kills Kibito in the process. After brief fighting, Dabura manages to turn Krillin and Piccolo into stone with his spit. Supreme Kai tells the remaining Z Fighters that the only way to have Piccolo and Krillin restored to normal is to kill Dabura. Dabura finally retreats back to the spaceship, leaving the remaining Z Fighters wondering what to do next. Chapter 25 Majin Supreme Kai explains that in order to return Krillin and Piccolo back to their normal state, they must defeat Dabura. Supreme Kai, Gohan, Goku, and Vegeta enter the ship in order to stop Babidi''s plans and avenge their friends. Inside the spaceship, Pui Pui explains that they must defeat 3 fighters to get to Babidi, and that he is the first. The Z Fighters agree and use the Rock, Paper, Scissors method to see who will fight Pui Pui, and Vegeta wins. Babidi teleports Pui Pui and Vegeta to Pui Pui''s home planet (since the planet has a gravity of ten times the level on Earth) to give Pui Pui the advantage. However, Vegeta, being accustomed to training at at least 450 times normal gravity, easily kills Pui Pui with little effort. On the next level of the ship, it is Goku''s turn next to fight a monster called Yakon. After a brief skirmish, Babidi teleports them to Yakon''s planet of darkness. Yakon is able to eat light energy, so when Goku turns Super Saiyan in order to see, Yakon begins to eat his energy and becomes even more powerful. However, Goku uses this to his advantage, generating more power than Yakon can handle by transforming into his Super Saiyan 2 form. This causes Yakon to eat so much energy that, as a result, he explodes. This causes Vegeta to realize that Goku has also surpassed the Super Saiyan limits. Meanwhile, on the third level of the ship, it is Gohan''s turn to fight Dabura, as he is the third remaining warrior protecting Babidi. They are transported to a mountainous range and engage in battle. At first Gohan is a little rusty with his fighting skills, allowing Dabura to best him for a while until he transforms into a Super Saiyan 2 and becomes roughly equal with Dabura. Doubtful of Gohan''s ability to beat Dabura, Vegeta argues with Goku that he wishes to fight Dabura himself, and Goku tells him not, but Vegeta refuses, saying that he came to the World Tournament to defeat Goku. Dabura notices the argument and asks Babidi to teleport them back as the match between Gohan and Dabura is cancelled. Dabura tells the others that they must get prepared for the new recruit before going to see Babidi. Dabura tells Babidi about the discovery, which will give the sealed ball full power, and Babidi thinks that this is a brilliant idea. Back at the ship, Vegeta berates Gohan for not defeating Dabura and tells him that he should''ve fought Dabura and Krillin and Piccolo would''ve been restored back to normal. After Goku breaks the two up and tells Vegeta that Gohan hadn''t done anything wrong. Love this story? Find the genuine version on the author''s preferred platform and support their work! Vegeta threatens to blow up the ship, but Goku stops him and tells Vegeta that they should move forward from this as Vegeta reluctantly agrees. Supreme Kai then learns that Vegeta is the new recruit that Dabura was talking about. Meanwhile, Dabura and Babidi discuss that Vegeta does not have a pure heart and could be used to their advantage. Babidi uses his magic to try to take control of Vegeta and is successful, albeit with difficulty, transforming him into Majin Vegeta, which improves his power and turns him against his friends. Babidi transports the Z Warriors (including Majin Vegeta) back to the World Tournament arena, where there is still a celebration over Mr. Satan''s apparent victory of the tournament. Eero was waiting in the resting area; instantly, he felt a vibration in the whole building around him, and a crack spread through the walls and floor below. Dual Domain x512 Instantly, the dual-layer domain shrouded everything, and Eero instantly appeared in the main stadium hall. Looking at Vegeta with an M written on his forehead floating above the stadium, There is also Goku in front of him. Majin Vegeta destroys portions of the stadium, killing people in the process to convince Goku to fight him. Looking at dead people under Vegeta''s Ki attacks, Eero assessed the whole situation and sighed thoughtfully, ''In dual-layer domain, my speed and power increase by 1024 times; my normal speed is 1.5 km per second. With Dual Domain, it''s now increased to around 1600 km per second. I can save a lot of humans. Before Vegeta and Goku realize my domain effect, I have 100 seconds only or less. '' Eero thought while running, jumping, and parkouring on slow and almost halted construction debris, grabbing humans one by one and throwing them outside the stadium like flying cotton, including Chi-Chi and the fainted Bulma, who were thrown outside. Then he appeared outside the stadium; he took a round outside the stadium, catching the thrown people and putting them down on the ground one by one. Domain retracted! "Huh!!" x2 Both Vegeta and Goku were startled, looking at empty seats below in the seats section. ''What happened?'' x2 "Wait" x2. Both realized and glanced in Eero''s direction outside the stadium, observing running-away humans. ''It''s him.'' x2. Both were surprised. "He he he, interesting! How dare a mere human ant intervene in my battle?" Vegeta spoke, raised his hand, and threw a few Ki ball attacks in Eero''s direction, who was ordering the survivors to run away. "Don''t do it, Vegeta," Goku spoke hurriedly, wanting to stop the attack, but it was already late. He then grabbed Vegeta''s shoulder and disappeared along with him. Eero flinched, feeling a crisis. He instantly used the domain again. Dual Domain x512 Suddenly, a few pink balls halted near him and progressed toward him at a slow pace. Eero glanced at the energy ball attacks; his expression turned cold. He raised his finger, releasing a few + shaped Ki bullets that pierced through those energy balls. Those bullets expanded after reaching the middle, cleaving and bursting the Ki ball structure from inside, scattering them in the air. Domain disappeared. Eero glanced expressionlessly in the empty stadium direction, released his clenched fist, and turned around to see Chi-Chi taking care of the fainted Bulma. "She is fine; she will wake up after a while. She is just sorrowful." "Thank you, little Eero, for saving everyone," Chi-Chi spoke and thanked sadly. Eero shook his head, replying expressionlessly, "It''s nothing." ... Join Patreon.com/ChaosGray for advanced chapters. Chapter 26 Awakened Looking at bloody stage and dead humans, Eero becomes thoughtful. ''So in some dimensions, human life is like grass¡ªanyone can trample and weed it out. I want to become so strong that I can trample all those tramplers. Eero''s heart became firm. His form will become tougher; an instantly warm current spread through his soul and body; his Ki and body strength increased by leaps and bounds. [Universal Human Body Awakened] An introduction about his body appeared in his mind. (Universal Human Body; the more you have, the stronger it will become. Material, knowledge, realization, sentiment, exhaustion, pain, fortune, luck, good, evil emotions, and many more are fuels to make this body stronger without limits. Eero took a deep breath in horror. "What the hell is this body? That infinity bastard! I asked him to choose!" Instantly, his eyes widened, and he patted his forehead in realization. ''Just give me any human form you think is good.'' This was his command while choosing a human body among all those infinite options. So what types of human bodies can be good at infinite thinking? ''Of course, this will be the result. It seems I should give commands carefully in the future,'' Eero thought to himself. Looking at his palm, a universal human body made perfectly for his Infinity talent. This body can increase in strength without limit with everything. If he has an infinite amount of everything, then how strong will it become? Then Eero''s mouth curved with a smile. ''Anyway, it''s good. I like this body very much. Also, how much power I have increased. It seems my will increased and became more firm; that''s why it awakened.'' Looking at the Status Panel, [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 5 Ki Power: 752,400 Body: 75,240 - Strength: 25,080 - Agility: 25,080 - Stamina: 25,080 Soul: 75,240 - IQ: 25,080 - Spirit: 25,080 - Will: 25,080 [Cheat & Skill] Unlawfully taken from Royal Road, this story should be reported if seen on Amazon. Cheat; Time Domain Level: 1024 Fold Passive Skill: [Instinct Max] [Breathing Max] [Tranquil Heart Max] [Sense +9] [Ki Control +4] Active Skill: [Shooting Max] [Acting Max] [Shameless Max] [Swimming Max] [Climbing Max] [Parkour Max] [Camouflage +8] ''More than double,'' Eero''s eyes lit up, feeling increased Ki and physical attributes. Also, Time Domain increased to 1024-fold after crossing 50,000 attribute points," Eero thought to himself. On the other side, somewhere in the desert, Goku and Majin Vegeta were fighting a fierce battle. Goku used his Super Saiyan 2 form to fight Majin Vegeta, and they seemed evenly matched. Majin Vegeta and Goku continued to battle while Gohan and Supreme Kai went off to fight Babidi. Majin Vegeta announced that he had not completely succumbed to Babidi''s control; he only allowed Babidi to turn him evil by his desire to return to his old ways. He was ashamed of settling down, growing to love his new family, and being second to Goku in strength. Back at the spaceship, Gohan and Supreme Kai were about to fight Dabura and Babidi, but before they could, it was revealed that the machine had reached full power, which would open up the Sealed Ball. "Gohan, hurry up, destroy it," Supreme Kai shouted in horror. Gohan shot a Kamehameha wave and managed to stop the sealed ball. As the sealed ball opened, it showed that there was nothing inside, much to Babidi''s and Dabura''s shock. Supreme Kai wiped the sweat and congratulated Gohan for stopping the Sealed Ball. Still, Gohan realized that it didn''t work as the pink puff of smoke, resembling cotton candy, floated in the air, and thus, Majin Buu was awakened. Upon being released, the cotton candy turned into a fluffy, round-shaped pink beam. Innocent Buu pranced around in an infantile manner. "How is this possible? This is Majin Buu!" Supreme Kai''s eyes widened in horror, looking at Buu jumping around like a horse in the air, appearing very childish, but he could feel a horrifying magical energy wave from him. When Majin Buu came out of the Sealed Ball, Goku and Majin Vegeta sensed his energy, and Goku begged Majin Vegeta to postpone their fight. Even when told Majin Buu would kill everyone, including his family, Majin Vegeta refused and insisted he no longer cared about them. Goku berated him for lying and knocked him down. Realizing the danger of Majin Buu, Majin Vegeta agreed to end the fight, telling Goku that he had won so they could go find Majin Buu. Still, he tricked Goku into letting down his guard and attacked him from the back, knocking him unconscious after Vegeta realized that letting Buu out of his shell was the right decision. He then took a Senzu Bean and flew off to fight Majin Buu alone without Goku''s interference, intending to defeat Majin Buu to atone for his betrayal. Near the arena, as Eero sensed heightened, he glanced in the direction of Majin Buu''s horrifying aura, which had just been released. His expression became thoughtful. "It seems I am not an opponent, but still, I can fight and test my awakened universal human body; how can everything make me stronger?" Eero flew and appeared near the Babidi spaceship, looking at the pink balloon hopping around. His brow furrowed, ''This guy really has a horrifying amount of Ki. Initially, I should assess his strength with my eyes and then confront him,'' Eero thought. Camouflage! Instantly, his figure merged with the surroundings; the black Ki layer shrouded his body, becoming invisible. No sense or sight could glimpse at him now while he was paying attention to the pink figure far away. Initially, the most surprising thing about Majin Buu is his childlike manner. He dances around the place, making unfunny jokes that only he finds amusing and speaks in a high-pitched voice. Many of the Dragon Team underestimate Majin Buu because of his actions. Dabura, the evil king of the Demon World, makes this mistake and attacks Majin Buu, and in this conflict, Eero begins to understand the creature''s powers. Majin Buu has amazing regenerative capabilities. Any damage done to his body can be almost instantly repaired. When a hole is blown in Majin Buu''s stomach, it is repaired quickly, and it seems nothing ever happened to him. Chapter 27 Analyzing Gohan tries to fight Buu after Supreme Kai is knocked out, but Buu uses his Vaporize! to blast Gohan away. Supreme Kai manages to save Gohan by using his Invisible Eye Blast to destroy the blast, and Gohan''s body lands in a forest before he crumbles to the ground. Babidi glanced at dead Gohan. "Congratulations and good job for killing one enemy, he he he," Babidi congratulated and praised Majin Buu. On the other side, Eero frowned, looking at Gohan''s horrible death. He started feeling a headache in annoyance, ''Why are these Saiyans so brainless? They always start fighting tough opponents without using full strength and end up being abused and dying; how ironic? Is this the strongest race in this universe?'' Looking at Majin Buu thoughtfully, ''This guy is truly a monster. How should I puncture, I mean defeat, this pink balloon?'' Looking at Dabura fighting with Majin Buu, Eero becomes thoughtful. ''First let them deal with him.'' Dabura tries a few attacks against Majin Buu. First, he unleashes a combination of kicks and punches, which fail to eliminate the tubby warrior. He then unleashes his spit, but Majin Buu dodges the attack. Dabura is defeated quickly with Majin Buu''s favorite technique, the Transfiguration Beam, to turn Dabura into a cookie and gobble him up, causing Krillin and Piccolo to return to normal. ''He can turn everyone into chocolate; what a weird technique,'' Eero became thoughtful. ''Will I also turn into chocolate under his attack?'' He shuddered. The next second he saw a figure flying toward this direction and appearing in front of Majin Boo, Majin Vegeta finally makes his way to the location of Majin Buu and Babidi''s spaceship and believes Gohan has been killed because he is unable to sense Gohan''s Ki. Showing sincere remorse for Gohan and desiring to avenge him, Majin Vegeta continues his pursuit towards Majin Buu, but his entrance does not go unnoticed. He completely destroys Babidi''s ship and discovers that Majin Buu, "You are the one who killed Gohan," looking at Majin Buu, spoke coldly. "He he he, who are you?" Majin Buu asked in return with high pitch voice. Majin Vegeta started attacking without replying. Majin Buu also goes up against Majin Vegeta; Vegeta manages to violently beat Majin Buu. Majin Vegeta, whose abilities are equivalent to a Super Saiyan 2, continues to best Majin Buu in hand-to-hand combat, but Majin Buu keeps regenerating. Love this novel? Read it on Royal Road to ensure the author gets credit. ''That''s some horrible regeneration ability; this guy can regenerate like bubble gum.'' Eero thoughtfully analyzing Vegeta''s and Majin Buu''s fighting capabilities, Frustrated at his inability to hurt his opponent, Majin Vegeta begins to verbally assault Majin Buu, which succeeds in angering the pink monster. Majin Buu powers up and injures Majin Vegeta badly. Majin Buu then attacks the injured Vegeta and angrily beats him to a pulp. ''These Saiyans are really a brain-dead race; why mock a stronger opponent in order to get abused?'' Eero sighed, looking at Vegeta''s embarrassing body. ''Anyway, I don''t like this guy; he attacked me before.'' "Father!!!" An exclamation sounded, Eero glanced at Trunks, and Goten appeared in his sight, and Trunks is the one who exclaimed, Enraged to see his father being tortured, Trunks saves Vegeta with Goten''s help and kicks Majin Buu away. Piccolo slices Babidi in half after he taunts Vegeta for being defeated, despite the wizard''s best attempt to shield himself. Vegeta comes to the conclusion that he must do everything he can to safeguard his family and adoptive home. For the first time, Vegeta tells Trunks that he is proud of him and hugs his son for a final goodbye and knocks out both him and Goten as they try to convince him to let them help. He asks Piccolo to take the boys to safety. Piccolo warns Vegeta that he is going to die. Vegeta asks Piccolo if he is still going to see Goku in the Other World. Piccolo tells Vegeta that because of Goku''s heroism and selfless nature, he was allowed to keep his body and travel to King Kai''s planet. He then tells Vegeta that when he dies, he will not receive the same reward as Goku, as he lived his life for his own selfish gains. Vegeta says he doesn''t care and tells Piccolo to leave with the boys. Eero felt a crisis, looking at Vegeta''s firm expression. ''This guy is going to blow himself up.'' Domain x1024 Eero expanded his domain and disappeared with a flick. Vegeta and Buu both flinched, turned, and glanced in Eero''s direction thoughtfully, then Vegeta condensed his Ki to the extreme while Buu was distracted. Boom! Piccolo is also carrying the unconscious Trunks and Goten, and Krillin races away from the area as Vegeta attempts to kill Majin Buu with a massive blast that blows Majin Buu to pieces. Despite this heroic effort, Majin Buu regenerates and also heals Babidi from Piccolo''s attack, rendering the late Saiyan Prince''s sacrifice a vain one. On the other hand, Bulma sobered up, looking at the stadium and all the terrible things her husband did. To remedy this, she and the others speed off to collect the Dragon Balls. They summon Shenron and make the first wish that everyone who died since the morning of the World Martial Arts Tournament can come back to life except for the evil ones. All the people killed by Majin Vegeta and Dabura come back to life. Meanwhile, on the battlefield, Goku wakes up and regains consciousness and does not sense Vegeta or Gohan anywhere, meaning that they are dead. He teleports to the lookout. After Goku is fully healed, Krillin and Piccolo explain to Goku what happened while he was unconscious and also tell him about what happened to Gohan and Vegeta. Goku witnessed that Shenron was summoned and decided to go to Capsule Corp to put a stop to it. Goku then teleports there and stops them from making the next wish, telling them to save the wish for him, Gohan, and Vegeta. Then Shenron goes away for 4 months instead of a whole year. He teleports them all to The Lookout, a safe, hidden place, meeting with his wife and Bulma. Chi-Chi asked worriedly, "Dear, where are Gohan and Goten? Also, Vegeta and Trunks?" Bulma is also looking at him worriedly. Goku, scratching his head, tells them that Goten and Trunks are safe and alright, but Gohan and Vegeta are dead because Majin Buu destroyed them both. Everyone is shocked; Chi-Chi faints after hearing about Gohan''s death, Bulma screams and cries for Vegeta, and Videl becomes heartbroken and cries but refuses to believe that Gohan is dead. Chapter 28 Analyzing #2 During this time, Supreme Kai has been desperately trying to find Gohan when the recently returned to life Kibito finds both and heals them. Supreme Kai then teleports them all to his own planet. The first mortal to actually step foot on the Sacred World of the Kai, Gohan begins training with the Z Sword after pulling it from the stone. Meanwhile, Goten and Trunks wake up, and Goku tells them about Gohan and Vegeta, which makes them cry about their deaths but are angry at Goku for not saving them, even though this is actually not Goku''s fault. Goku calms them down by repeating his belief they can face Majin Buu. Goku subsequently begins to teach Goten and Trunks how to do the Fusion Dance. Goku has learned this technique from an alien race called the Metamori during the seven years after Super Perfect Cell''s defeat in the Other World. They will take a long time to learn this, more time than Goku has. Since Goku is pressed for time, he ends up showing Piccolo the dance so that he can continue the training. Meanwhile, Babidi desperately threatens to return Majin Buu to his ball unless Majin Buu complies with his orders. Babidi is on a mission to find Piccolo, Goten, and Trunks because of their earlier interference. To help speed this process, Babidi telepathically communicates with the people of Earth, forcing them to watch Majin Buu as he attacks a city. Majin Buu converts the entire population into jawbreakers, which he sucks up in one mighty gasp and eats. He then levels the city, much to Babidi''s delight. The next city suffers the same fate, as he turns the population into chocolate bars. Babidi soon learns where Trunks lives and telepathically tells the group that he is on his way to kill the boy. Bulma alerts Goku that her parents are about to be killed and also mentions that she left her Dragon Radar at her house. Goku asks Trunks to go to West City and get the Dragon Radar before the city is destroyed. In order to buy time for Trunks to get the Dragon Radar, Goku approaches Majin Buu and Babidi and starts giving them a show of his strength. He figures this will be enough to impress Babidi, stall him, and keep Majin Buu occupied, also stalling him. Goku transforms into a Super Saiyan, then a Super Saiyan 2, and finally transforms into the long-haired Super Saiyan 3. The energy unleashed in this form startles everyone across the planet. Even Tien and Chiaotzu feel the power of the Super Saiyan 3. Babidi does not seem too impressed with the first two forms since he has already witnessed them in Vegeta and Gohan, but the third one has a different effect. This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. This still does not give Trunks enough time, so Goku decides to battle against Majin Buu. The battle starts off at a quick pace as Goku demonstrates his new powers. Goku once again holds back his efforts because he knows that it is not his job to save the Earth anymore, and he wants to let the new generation, Goten and Trunks, take over for the planet''s protection. Eero was speechless looking at Goku not doing well. ''This guy is really retarded; he is training his younger generation against an opponent that they can''t defeat.'' During this battle, Goku is able to obtain the upper hand but cannot cause any permanent damage to Majin Buu, who regenerates from his every attack and even shocks Goku by performing one of Vegeta''s techniques. After a while, Trunks finds the Dragon Radar after Dr. Briefs tells him it was in one of the capsules, and Goku senses him returning to the Lookout. Goku returns to his normal state, admitting he can''t defeat Majin Buu, and asks Babidi to wait two days without killing people so Trunks and Goten can complete their training and fight Majin Buu. Babidi refuses, but Majin Buu is eager, so Goku leaves to return to the Lookout. Babidi berates Majin Buu for letting Goku escape, but Majin Buu grows tired of Babidi and, through simple trickery, is able to dispose of the wizard by punching his head off and then disintegrating his body. In between bouts of mass destruction and his childish-like acts, the Majin builds a house and meets Mr. Satan. Eero was assessing and analyzing all the attacks and flights, learning the new use of Qi and technique. ''It seems watching these battles is really rewarding. Also, why am I feeling that I can defeat this guy easily?'' Eero thought to himself, Trunks returns to the lookout with the Dragon Radar, and Piccolo asks Goku why he didn''t defeat Majin Buu. Goku tells Piccolo that his Super Saiyan 3 transformation is a short transformation, and it isn''t his battle to win. Eero also appeared on the lookout after witnessing the destruction of cities and Majin Buu walking inside Satan City. Piccolo tells Goku that when he returns to the Other World and sees Gohan there, Piccolo asks Goku to tell him that he is proud of him. With the Dragon Radar safe, Goten and Trunks continue practicing fusion but want to see Goku''s Super Saiyan 3 transformation, and Goku reluctantly agrees as Goten and Trunks promise to train harder. However, the Super Saiyan 3 transformation has decreased Goku''s time on Earth, so when he arrives at the lookout, it is already too late as Fortuneteller Baba tells Goku that his 24 hours are up. He must go back to the Other World and allows Piccolo to pick up where he left off as Piccolo agrees and also tells the others that he will find Gohan in the Other World after giving Chi-Chi and Goten one final hug and telling them that he will tell Gohan that he said hi when he sees him in the Other World after Chi-Chi asks what she is going to do now that Gohan is gone, but Videl thinks that Gohan is still alive, and Goku says goodbye to his friends and family before he returns to the Other World. Piccolo continues to teach the boys the Fusion Dance, and after two mishaps where they fail miserably, they successfully fuse to make the warrior Gotenks. Gotenks then flies off to fight Majin Buu, who still proves to be stronger and subsequently beats him. In Other World, Goku asks King Yemma to see if Gohan checked in but finds that Gohan is still alive, just like Videl said. He senses Gohan on the Sacred World of the Kai and teleports there to help Gohan with his training as Gohan asks his father. What''s he doing here, and that his 24 hours are not up yet? Chapter 29 No Choice The Z Sword breaks due to a training-related accident with the strongest metal in the universe, Katchin. Old Kai comes out but becomes hostile towards Goku for playfully attacking him with an energy blast. Old Kai is capable of unlocking Gohan''s inner latent potential called the "Mystic Powers," but he refuses to. Goku tries to bribe him with an offer to kiss an Earthling woman (his first choice was Videl, but Gohan refused because Videl is his girlfriend, and Goku settles on Bulma even though Gohan is afraid of her reaction). Old pervert Kai agrees and begins training Gohan. Because Mr. Satan claimed to have destroyed Super Perfect Cell several years ago and now that the Earth is in danger again, the people turn to him for help. Arriving at Majin Buu''s house, Mr. Satan befriends the pink monster and even convinces him to give up killing. Majin Buu adopts a puppy he decides to call Bee, and things seem to be going well. Then, the two mad men, Van Zant and Smitty, arrive and shoot Bee. After Van Zant and Smitty shoot Bee and later Mr. Satan, Fat Buu becomes more enraged than he has ever been after healing Bee and Mr. Satan. In order to keep control, He uses fission to expel all the inner evil from his body. The evil leaves Buu in the form of a giant cloud, taking most of his power with it and giving birth to a tall, thin, and gray version of himself called Evil Buu. Evil Buu kills Van Zant with a massive energy blast and then confronts Good Buu. Good Buu fights valiantly but proves to be no match for Evil Buu, as Buu had expelled the bulk of his power along with his evil. Desperate, Good Buu fires the Transfiguration Beam at Evil Buu, but Evil Buu simply deflects it back at him. Good Buu is turned into chocolate and quickly eaten by Evil Buu, who then transforms into the super-intelligent and incredibly powerful Super Buu. Terrified, Smitty fires at Buu with a machine gun, but to no avail due to Buu''s regeneration. Buu liquifies his body and flies down Smitty''s throat, causing him to swell up and explode. Buu regenerates and then sees Mr. Satan and Bee. He rushes over to attack them but suddenly stops. After a few moments, he utters Mr. Satan''s name and then flies away. Through this, Mr. Satan realizes that the good Buu is still in Super Buu somewhere. Now able to sense Ki, Buu flies to Kami''s Lookout, where the Dragon Team and their friends are waiting for Trunks and Goten to perfect the Fusion Dance; however, at the moment, the two are asleep. If you encounter this story on Amazon, note that it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it. Buu appeared and demanded to see the strong fighter that Goku promised him, but he is a day early. Desperate, Piccolo begs him to wait a bit longer and tells him to spend the time killing some humans, knowing that they can use the Dragon Balls to bring them back. Eero, standing far away, frowned, looked at Piccolo, and shook his head. "These guys really consider humans as playthings, killing and then reviving, similar to breaking and repairing toys." After a quick walk around the lookout, just as Buu was about to unleash the Human Extinction Attack, "It seems I have no choice left," a voice sounded. Piccolo and others startled, looked in the direction of the sound, including Buu, turned, and glanced at Eero, revealing his body. "When did you? Why are you here? No mortal human is allowed on the Kami Lookout tower," Piccolo''s brow furrowed. Eero turned and glanced at him expressionlessly, didn''t reply, glanced at Buu, and spoke calmly, "How about I fight you?" "Little Eero," Chi-Chi spoke, looking at Eero. Bulma and others were also surprised. King Kai and Supreme Kai were surprised, looking at Eero suspiciously and thoughtfully. ''What does this guy want to do?'' "Very well, I will start killing all those maggots; you are the first," Buu spoke with an evil expression on his face. Domain Dual Layers x1024 Instantly, 2048 kilometers were shrouded in Eero''s domain. Eero glared at Buu and glanced at others frozen around. "What have you done? Why has my movement slowed down so much?" Buu asked with a frown. "Whaaaat!!!" King Kai and Supreme Kai on other planets were shocked and stood up from their seats horrified. "Time ability!!! How can this human have time ability?" Their chins almost dislocated in shock. "What happened?" Goku and Gohan asked curiously, looking at Supreme Kai''s shocked expression in front of them. Supreme Kai spoke, explaining the situation happening on Earth and also about Eero and the time ability, shocking both of them. On the other side, Eero glared at Buu''s body, which looked like it was not affected by the domain and the surprised expressions on his face. ''It seems my time domain also works similarly to the gravity field. A 2-fold domain reduces the speed by 50%, 4-fold reduces it by 25%, 8-fold reduces it to 12.5%, 128-fold reduces it to 0.8%, and 1024-fold reduces it to almost 0.01%. Even the speed of light in my domain is reduced to 300 km/s, which is almost a hundred times slower than my own 25000 km/s speed because of Dual Domain. So my only weapon to destroy this guy is mass inertia and kinetic energy.'' [25000 meters/second agility ¡Á 1024-fold domain = 2.5 million meters/second or 25000 km/s] Eero threw, and the next second appeared in front of Buu, punched his face using full force, looking at his constantly diluting face and changing expression, and spoke calmly, "My domain is enough to reduce your speed, which is around 6000 km/s to 11 km/s. You are like a toddler in front of my 25000 km/s speed. Anyway, a guy like you can''t understand these calculations." "You bastard," Buu flew back; his shredded face returned to normal, halted in the air, and attacked Eero with energy blasts shooting through both his hands. Eero raised his hand, pointed at the incoming Ki blast attacks, and reminded, "Don''t struggle. I know about your strength and also know about your weakness." Arc-like bullets discharged all those incoming Ki blast attacks; his few Ki arcs pierced through Buu''s body Ki layer and embedded inside his body before he could react. Thud! Shrub! The arc-shaped bullets expanded in his body, eating away the parts of Evil Majin Buu''s body. "Also, my energy, physicality, and any movement are 2000 times faster and stronger than yours. It seems you are nothing special. I underestimated my ability and overestimated your capabilities." Chapter 30 VS Buu Buu was instantly in a daze. "Youuuuu!!!" Looking at his disappearing waist area, he shouted angrily, looking at Eero walking toward him and explaining things he doesn''t understand. His eyes turned red. "Who are you? What have you done to me?" Instantly, Eero appeared beside him; an evil smirk appeared on his face, and he whispered in his ear, "I like such an expression on your face. I didn''t expect to see such a strong person like you show such expression, and it would be so enjoyable. I am starting to feel fun, so don''t disappoint me." Buu''s face changed, and he backed away from Eero and stood far away, looking at the innocent expression on Eero''s face. ''This guy is dangerous; I have to get out of his attack range,'' then sensed the domain range of Eero. An evil smile appeared on Buu''s face. "I understand. Your ability works in a limited area. If I go outside this area, it will not affect me," spoke, attacked Eero with distracting energy balls, and flew away at a fast speed of 11 km/s. Eero, looking at Buu flying away, shook his head, raised his hand, pointed at all blast attacks in front of him, and discharged them with his arc-shaped bullets. Looking at the edge of the domain and the fast-moving animal outside the edge, an evil smile appeared on Buu''s face. "You think you can trap me? Wait for me to have fun by killing and devouring all those maggots, and then I will kill you." "Oh, can you repeat that again?" A voice was introduced in his ears again. Evil Buu halted angrily, glanced at Eero in front, and also looked at the domain edge, which increased to 1024 km again. His pink face turned black, looking at Eero. "Don''t look at me like that. I already explained to you. If your brain is not working properly, it''s not my fault. I already said my speed is 2000 times faster than yours, and you can''t outrun my domain no matter what you do," Eero shrugged and explained. "What do you want?" Buu spoke angrily. "Let me think," Eero started thinking. Looking at the thoughtful expression on Eero''s face, ''Here is the chance,'' Buu thought and shot a colorful beam toward Eero. "You are careless; now become my strength." Spoke with an excited smile. "Do you think I am an idiot? I will not let my guard down." Instantly his excitement disappeared; anger shrouded his heart. Looking at Eero, who appeared beside him the next second, he raised his palm filled with his own Ki. Ki Escalation Palm! Slapped Buu''s face, his face disfigured, and blurted angrily, "Bastard, I will definitely kill you." You might be reading a pirated copy. Look for the official release to support the author. "What is this?" Buu was horrified; his upper face and body stretched to the extreme. Boom! Blasted, leaving only the torso. Then Buu regenerated, glanced at Eero, and laughed loudly. "Ha ha ha, I can regenerate infinitely. What can you do?" While thinking in his heart, looking at Eero, ''Wait for him to exhaust his strength. I will kill this annoying guy.'' "He he he, you are waiting for my exhaustion. After awakening my body, I also want to feel exhaustion," Eero replied with the same laugh, looking at his expression. Escalation Palm! Instantly appeared beside Buu and blasted his body again. It regenerated, Eero destroyed it again, he regenerated, and then was blasted again by Eero''s attack. After a few thousand times, Eero was surprised to find that his regeneration is slowing down, looking at Buu''s frightened and constantly changing expression, and smiled playfully. "He he he, it seems you are going to exhaust before me. Also, tell me what will happen if you can''t regenerate." "You, what do you want? Let me go. I will leave this planet and never come back again," Buu spoke anxiously, frightened, looking at Eero as if looking at a monster. ''How can this guy have more Ki than him, the most fearsome mage in history? Also, he is getting stronger and stronger. Each of his next attacks is stronger than the previous.'' Eero raised his hand and blasted Buu''s body expressionlessly again; it''s the few thousandth time he didn''t count. His body instantly shook; he was surprised. His domain expanded to 2048 kilometers. ''My strength broke through 100,000 attributes and 1 million Ki. It seems because of the constant battle, my strength increases.'' Looking at the horror-filled face of Buu, he smiled wickedly. "It seems you have felt it. Also, this place is far enough from the city." Eero raised his hand and punched. A huge punch condensed from the Ki and burst Buu''s body, and the punch fell on the land below; a huge land area on earth below became a crater with a punch. Boom! Vibration! Land cracked and trembled. Ki: 1 Million Body: 100,000 Soul: 100,000 Buu condensed again, bursting again. "Wait, don''t. I will disappear and die. Don''t do it, please," Evill Buu begged, helplessly looking at Eero in horror. Eero ignored his begging and blasted his body again. Thud! Recondensed, looking at Eero''s expressionless face, his fear grew to an unimaginable level. The more his body is destroyed, the more his regeneration effect is slowing down. He is now feeling death looming above his head. Eero, without caring, destroyed his body again a few times, looking at slowly regenerating Buu. "Well, it seems you are on the verge of annihilation. Any last words?" "Damn, I will not go alone; you will also go with me." Evil Buu shouted angrily, looking at the expressionless face of Eero. He felt extremely angry, like a mouse in the cage; his body expanded at an alarming rate. Boom! Looking at Buu''s self-destruction Ki Blast, Eero shook his head and asked, "Do you think I will run away from your mere self-destruct blast?" Thousand Petals Palm! Eero raised his arms, Ki layer shrouded his palms, and an attack in the air in front, a huge Ki palm shadow, condensed and stopped the blast. Then his body flickered and appeared in another direction, and he attacked with another palm again and again, leaving an afterimage all around, below, and above. In a while, a lot of huge ki palms condensed around, pressing and containing the blast inside, similar to flower petals containing a core. This blast can easily destroy a considerable range of the earth, but it was like a baby in front of Ki palms. Under the pressure of Eero''s palms, the Ki blast compressed. "No, spare me, please; I apologize." A horror-filled voice sounded through the blast. Eero''s mouth curved. He replied, "You thought I wouldn''t know your schemes? Also, I am not a retard like some Saiyan who goes easy on every enemy and ends up dead." Chapter 31 VS Buu #2 Eero ignored the begging and shouting of Buu; his figure constantly flickered around; the Ki palm became visible and more visible and white, more tightened and more compressed the berserk energy inside became. After a while, the sound disappeared, leaving a fist-sized pink energy ball enclosed inside a lot of milky white Ki palms. Eero grabbed the ball, covered it with his Ki, controlled the Ki inside, glanced at the sky, flew, and appeared in the atmosphere. Looking at the dark space, using shooting skill and Ki, threw it away at around 100,000 km/s speed. After a few seconds, looking at a huge expanding Ki ball, which scattered in space while flying far away. King Kai and Supreme Kai stood in a daze, feeling Majin Buu''s Ki completely disappear. Then looking at Eero, sweat appeared on their foreheads. Even in their senses, a few minutes passed, and the battle that could last for days was already over. ''Is this the power of the time ability?'' Both took a deep breath. On the other side, after leading Buu away from the Kami Lookout tower range, time was restored a few minutes ago. Trunks and Goten finally woke up, angered over Gohan''s apparent death at Buu''s hands. "Don''t worry; now you can defeat him after fusing. We should revive those humans and that boy as well. He successfully bought us time," Piccolo spoke to Trunks and Goten. Chi-Chi and others were sad. Soon afterward, Videl asked Piccolo how Buu knows about her father, and he explained that Mr. Satan had tried and temporarily succeeded in reforming Buu. The new Buu still remembers "a man and the kindness that he showed to a monster." "Let''s go; we should stalk Buu a little and trap him in the time machine," Piccolo spoke, looking at Trunks and Goten. "There is no need; that balloon is already dead," a voice sounded beside them. Eero was standing beside them with his hands inside his pockets. Piccolo was shocked, including Goten, Trunks, and others. They glanced in Eero''s direction. "You are? How is this possible?" Piccolo sensed the huge area but couldn''t detect any Buu Ki. His expression became solemn looking at Eero. "Well, now you should revive others," Eero spoke, looking at Chi-Chi and others. Also, Videl and Android 18, Krillin, and everyone were looking at him in a daze. They couldn''t decipher what Eero said because warriors like Vegeta and Gohan died, and just a minute or two passed. "He is telling the truth," Piccolo spoke, affirming Eero''s claim. Eero nodded at them, and his body blurred and disappeared. Unauthorized reproduction: this story has been taken without approval. Report sightings. ''It seems my speed increased to 70,000 km/s inside the domain. The more my attributes and domain increase, the stronger and faster I will become. Infinity was right; after some time, I will be able to affect those top beings in the universe,'' Eero thought while flying toward Mount Paozu, his home. Looking at the status panel, [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 6 Ki Power: 1.1 million Body: 112,002 - Strength: 37,334 - Agility: 37,334 - Stamina: 37,334 Soul: 112,002 - IQ: 37,334 - Spirit: 37,334 - Will: 37,334 [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 2048 Fold Passive Skill: [Instinct Max] [Breathing Max] [Tranquil Heart Max] [Sense +9] [Ki Control +5] Active Skill: [Shooting Max] [Acting Max] [Shameless Max] [Swimming Max] [Climbing Max] [Parkour Max] [Camouflage +9] Looking at the status panel and agility, ''As expected, my agility is now 72,000 km/s.'' Eero landed and walked inside the home straight to the second floor to feed the two sheep. "Baa" x2 Rubbing their heads and clean, long white hair, feeding them their food filled with herbs, his heart relaxed a lot. A smile appeared on Eero''s face, and he muttered, "Now I am not worried about any strong enemy suddenly popping up from somewhere." Soon time passed; during the night, he went to the kitchen and started preparing a hearty dinner for himself. Instantly his hand halted, feeling he forgot something. [Soul attack detected] [Memory erasure detected] [Restoring memory] ''It seems they have used the Namekian''s Dragon Balls to erase memories and revive all humans,'' Eero muttered, feeling his soul strength increase a lot because of the soul attack. His other attributes also increased along with it because of the Infinity rule. He was speechless. ''It seems self-abuse is the correct way to gain strength. Also, the description of the universal body is correct. Even an attack on the soul is the fuel to gain strength. What a frightening body, but I like it.'' A thoughtful smile appeared on Eero''s face while eating dinner. Next morning! Knock! Knock! Knock! Knock! Eero appeared near the door lethargically, opened the door, and looked at Gohan with a smile standing in front of him and Videl beside him. Also, Goku and Vegeta are far away, including Piccolo and other Z warriors looking at him. "It''s good to see you alive. Come inside," Eero spoke, looking at Gohan, then glanced at Goku and others far away. "Also, call them inside." "Thank you," Gohan nodded with a smile, then called Goku and others. Everyone appeared inside the house, looking at the huge house and a wide lounge area fully decorated. They were surprised; such a big house inside the hill. "Your name is Eero; thank you for saving everyone on this planet," Goku smiled and spoke. Others nodded around with a smile. "No thanks; I killed him in order to save my life. He was going to destroy all humanity. I am human; I was frightened, so I had to kill him in order to save my life," Eero replied calmly. Everyone was speechless. Goku and Gohan started scratching their heads embarrassingly; they couldn''t come up with a reply. "I am sorry for attacking you before. I acknowledge your strength and courage," Vegeta spoke solemnly. Eero was speechless. ''It''s a surprise; this tsundere apologized. I was going to abuse him for that attack.'' Shook his head, he replied, "No need to apologize; I don''t hold grudges." "Also, Eero, you are strong. I didn''t expect you would kill the opponent; no one could defeat," Gohan spoke praise. Others nodded beside him. Goku was also looking at him thoughtfully. ''Time ability, Supreme Kai said. It''s one of the top abilities in this universe. I want to challenge him.'' Eero felt a burning gaze, turned, and glanced at Goku, who was looking at him with fire-filled eyes as if ready to fight. ''This guy is burning up, but I will not show mercy if he attacks me suddenly. He has a lot of bad habits in the anime.'' Chapter 32 Come Forth? After talking with them for a while, Z Warrior left. Goku wanted to challenge, but Eero rejected his challenge thoughtfully. He can''t fight everyone like a fool and showcase his capabilities. After Z Warrior left, Eero was looking at them flying away. ''I have five years to face off against the God of Destruction and six years to face off against Golden Frieza,'' he thought to himself. He walked toward his house; instantly, his footsteps halted. Looking at his foot slowly disappearing, his face changed. Domain Dual Layers x2048 Instantly, motion in a huge range slowed down. Looking at his body''s disappearance also slowed down; Eero was confused. ''What is this? Did anyone wish to kill me or something like that with the Dragon Ball? No, my senses aren''t feeling any crisis. It seems some kind of teleportation,'' he thought to himself. He raised his head calmly, aimed at his portable home in front, and stored it away inside the storage panel, along with his hover car, before his body completely disappeared, leaving behind an empty hill, flowing wind, falling leaves, and rustling grasses in its wake. "Someone summoned you from far away," "Brave warrior! Now, come forth!" A voice sounded in his ears. Eero was speechless. ''What kind of invitation is this?'' He opened his purple gold eyes, with confusion on his face, and observed around. Looking at everything around in slow mo, because his domain wasn''t retracted, it also spread automatically in this area; even a green dragon behind him is halted. A huge hourglass-shaped sci-fi building, also a platform with seven balls floating in front, a water lake and bridge, and also a huge dragon floating outside his domain range. That dragon is now confused, looking in the direction of the city. "It really is a city. Was there such a place in Dragon Ball? If there is, then it''s probably Time Patrol City." Eero muttered thoughtfully, looking at the single-story buildings around. Then he glanced at a figure halted at a little distance from him, looking at Future Trunks with a sword on his back, wearing a dark leather jacket. ''It really is Time Patrol City; it has a name, but I don''t know that. Wait, let this guy explain it to me,'' Eero thought to himself, then retracted his domain. Future Trunks flinched upon domain retraction, his brow furrowed then relaxed after looking at Eero. He spoke calmly, grabbing his sword. "Shenron chose you; show me what you can do." This book is hosted on another platform. Read the official version and support the author''s work. Eero was speechless. ''This guy really didn''t recognize me, or is he acting?'' thoughtfully looking at Trunks, nodded, and replied calmly, "Okay, come on." Trunks unsheathed his sword and leaped instantly toward Eero with a forceful step. "Aaaaaaaahhhhhhhh!" Shouting. Dual Domain x2048 Instantly his motion slowed down, almost halted. Eero raised his finger, pointed at his neck, and shot an arc, which nearly cut the neck with a small cut; blood seeped out. Domain retracted, Trunks halted in place with cold sweat drops on his forehead and cheek, feeling warmth on his neck, his brow furrowed, patted the neck, and looked at blood on his finger. "Don''t worry, next time I will make sure your neck separates. Also, I will revive you again with the Dragon Ball in the future; I promise that. Anyway, you Saiyans are used to it, the death and life transition," Eero spoke with a meaningful smile. Trunks was speechless, sheathed his sword calmly, and looked at Eero. "I admit defeat. Also, you know me in your timeline; can you introduce yourself? I don''t know you," I asked with a little curiosity. Eero was startled and then thoughtfully glanced at Trunk, looking at his serious expression. ''It seems he really doesn''t recognize me. It seems I am unique in all timelines; even in the future, no one can find my existence. Why is that?'' He became confused. Eero smiled and replied, "I am Eero. In my timeline, I am Gohan''s college friend, so I know Goten and you." "So you are Gohan''s friend," Trunks was surprised, then replied with a smile. "Welcome to Toki-Toki world, Mr. Eero. I didn''t expect Shenron to summon you," Trunks then explained a few surrounding areas. Eero nodded calmly, looking around, and asked, "So this is Time Patrol headquarters?" "Mr. Eero knows about Time Patrol," Trunks was surprised. "Yes, I have heard of it somewhere. I don''t know a lot about it; I just know the name. Can you explain?" Eero asked curiously, looking at the Dragon Ball platform and everything around. Trunks nodded, pointing at everything around, "This is Toki Toki world, different from the normal universe. It is a special world where all time gathers." "You already know about time, and I will explain time patrol duty. When time is altered, another timeline is created, and we erase and correct that timeline. It''s our duty to weed out all those factors that alter timelines," Trunks then further explained time patrol. Eero nodded calmly and thoughtfully after listening to the explanation. "Let''s go, Mr. Eero. I will show you the most important areas in this city: take you to the Time Nest, where the Supreme Kai of Time resides. Please follow me," Trunks spoke and walked toward the main section of this city, starting to explain different sections of the city. Eero nodded and walked behind him thoughtfully, looking around. This city is divided into three sections: - Plaza of Time - Industrial Sector - Time Machine Station The industrial sector functions as the city''s marketplace. The Time Machine Station serves as a docking station for time machines used in parallel quests, and the Plaza of Time is home to the Dragon Ball altar and the portal to the Time Nest. The water from this city, specifically the Time Nest, is noted to be special, as it clears the mind and soul of a being who drinks it. Time patrollers can also summon Shenron here after collecting all the Dragon Balls and placing them into an altar in the central Plaza of Time. Eero nodded thoughtfully. ''Basically, I now know everything about this place. I didn''t expect to appear in such a perfect place for my future five-year training. I will try to surpass the God of Destruction in these five year''s. Chapter 33 Time Vault Also, Eero found out another interesting thing. Since time is rendered irrelevant in the city, it also prevents his domain from wearing off. His Time Domain can exist within the city indefinitely without depending on his Stamina and Qi. Now, he can use his domain all the time, 24 hours a day, 365 days without tiring himself. ''This place is simply a paradise for my Time Domain,'' Eero thought to himself, looking at Trunks, who stopped inside an area with a round dome-shaped building and a tree-shaped building beside it. "Mr. Eero, this is a Time Nest I told you about." Trunks showed up, then walked inside, explaining all things, also the scroll of eternity and how to access timelines, then checked and balanced those timelines after weeding out those factors that alter the timelines. Eero nodded, looking at the mirrors around. Trunks walked near a mirror and returned with a dark scroll, spread it on the middle round table, showing a scene where Goku and Piccolo are fighting Raditz. Also shown are other scrolls: Vegeta''s battle, Cell''s battle, Frieza''s battle, and all other battle scenes that happened in this Universe Seven. Trunks explained and gave a TP gun and other TS devices for repairing the timeline. "Mr. Eero, you can travel through the portal with the eternal scrolls only," Trunks reminded him of an important note. Eero nodded, looking at the famous battle scenes on eternal scrolls intriguingly. ''I can travel to those past and future timelines in order to correct them. I can use these timelines for my training purpose''s. "Trunks, is there any limit to staying in a timeline?" Eero asked thoughtfully. "No, there is no limit. But you have to hurry back in order to avoid unnecessary changes in those timelines," Trunks shook his head, replying solemnly. Eero nodded and replied, "Well, I understand everything. Thank you." Trunks nodded and then walked away in order to summon a few more warriors. Eero then walked outside the Time Nest, appearing in the Industrial Sector, looking at the shop and robots working inside. There are other time patrollers moving around, shopping, and buying stuff. Eero appeared beside the shop, looking at tech products, suits, and other items. He also heard there is a skill shop in this city, where he can unlock his potential and learn new Qi techniques. ''I wonder if I can learn Goku''s teleportation technique there,'' he thought to himself. A case of literary theft: this tale is not rightfully on Amazon; if you see it, report the violation. Beside the item shop stood a future robot working as staff, who asked, "How can I help you?" "Show me the item list," Eero spoke. "Sure, here it is," the robot replied. Instantly, a projection appeared in front of Eero, showing all items in the list. Looking at weapons, armor, clothes, and other unique items like Z souls, energy capsules, and even Senzu bean sprouts and futons, Eero was surprised. Looking at the prices written in front of each item, Eero''s expression became strange; they were all in Zeni, and he still had a few million left after manufacturing the gravity machine. Basically, he could buy all the items above. Eero smiled happily and started buying those costume-shaped clothes and guards, some Senzu bean sprouts, different types of energy capsules, power capsules, artificial robots, and futons. After a while, he nodded, satisfied. He then appeared beside the skill shop. "Show me the skill list," he requested. Looking at the skill projections, with character names in front of all these skill lists, his eyes lit up. After passing through all skills and looking at instant movement, a smile appeared on Eero''s face. He selected it and bought it. Looking at the book in his hand speechlessly, ''I thought there might be some kind of memory transmission technology or time realm stuff like that. Well, anyway, it will take a little time, but I will learn it mysel''f. After selecting a few more skill books to increase his knowledge, he walked away and appeared in the training area. "First, I will learn instant transmission, then I will travel through time," Eero muttered. He opened the instant transmission book, looking at the introduction, similar to Goku''s teleportation, sensing the enemy or anyone''s Qi, and instantly transmitting around or beside them. Eero turned the pages excitedly and started analyzing the learning method. After a while, he raised his eyebrows in surprise; basically, it''s using a sense wave as a medium to travel any distance you want. As Qi enhances and expands the senses, those senses are kind of waves and frequencies traveling. This skill teaches the way to enhance Qi control and focus on those waves and alter their frequency to match both destination points, which will transmit the existence in both points instantly. Eero nodded thoughtfully. ''As expected, Goku learned this skill instantly because his Qi control was amazing.'' Looking at the tapping forehead diagram on the page, doing this will help increase the Qi control and senses. "Well, let''s see how much my Qi training is helpful in this technique," Eero said. He patted his forehead with two fingers instantly; his senses expanded around. After sensing for a while, his body flickered and disappeared from the place he was just standing. Appearing a little away near a time patroller, then flickering again, he appeared beside another person. Eero''s mouth curved after trying a few hundred times. "It''s easier than I expected; I just have to subconsciously think, I want to reach a destination in my senses range, and then my body will materialize there," Eero muttered thoughtfully. "Well, it''s time to travel to the timelines." After practicing for a while, Eero decided to travel. He appeared inside the Time Vault building. Beside the eternity scrolls collection, Eero looked through the different scenes and quests going on right now. Most basic quests are Raditz, Piccolo, and Goku''s battle; Cell''s battle; Vegeta''s battle; and Frieza''s battle in parallel universe 7. "This will be fine for the starter also; I will see the difference in a parallel universe," Eero muttered, picking up the Raditz scene scroll. He walked inside the time portal; gears turned instantly as his figure turned into a white flash. Chapter 34 First Travel Universe Seven, Earth Timeline. A white flash appeared in the air, and Eero''s figure materialized, stepping on the land below calmly, looking around. Instantly he sensed something. Eero camouflaged and appeared beside a hill, looking at the crater far away and a round pod-shaped object in the middle. "Saiyan spaceship; probably it belongs to Raditz," Eero muttered, sensing something coming in his direction, glancing at the faraway sky direction. Raditz arrived at his spaceship and locked the crying Gohan inside. Through the use of his scouter, Raditz discovered that two fighters were approaching; as they got closer, it was revealed that they were Piccolo and Goku. Eero saw the duo face off against Raditz; however, they found that there was little they could do against the more powerful Saiyan. Raditz gains the upper hand and soars into the air, firing dual ki blasts out of his hands at Goku and Piccolo. Goku is able to dodge his; however, Piccolo loses his arm. Piccolo, unhindered, reveals that he has been holding back a new technique that he designed to kill Goku; however, he decides that he will use it against Raditz. In order to give Piccolo time to charge the attack, Goku leaps into the air as he distracts Raditz with his Kamehameha. Raditz is astonished that the two fighters can concentrate their power into single attacks; however, he manages to neutralize the Kamehameha with ease and then takes care of Goku with a blast of his own. Fortunately, this was all the time Piccolo needed, and he fires his new attack, the Special Beam Cannon. Despite the power of the blast, however, Raditz sidesteps it. Goku takes advantage of the distracted Raditz and grabs his tail, which Goku remembers as being one of his own weaknesses as a child. Raditz is rendered helpless; however, he appeals to his brother to let him go if he promises to leave the planet, which Goku does, much to Piccolo''s chagrin. Raditz predictably double-crosses his brother and pins him down, breaking bones and causing Goku much pain. At that moment, Raditz''s space pod violently explodes. Looking at Goku and Gohan blasting the space pod, Eero was speechless. He shook his head. "Braindead cells are an inherent trait of Saiyans; you can''t expect them to use their brains. Anyway, they really love their families." Looking at Gohan flying toward Raditz angrily, "Also, this guy is really not the original Raditz," Eero thought to himself, looking at the mysterious curve on Raditz''s mouth as if he was expecting Gohan to make a move. Gohan, who had been watching helplessly from inside Raditz''s pod, manages to blow the pod apart upon hearing his father''s screams. Love this novel? Read it on Royal Road to ensure the author gets credit. Raditz''s scouter detects the child''s power level to be 1,307, substantially higher than that of Goku and Piccolo. The infuriated Gohan glows his aura red and charges at Raditz, his mouth curved, dodging the attacks aside, and shoots Gohan back with both hands, downwardly. Gohan falls and slides on the ground. Because of Qi''s layer, he wasn''t seriously injured but got bruised a lot; the power level soon dropped back to 1, and Raditz spoke evilly, "Don''t think I will be hit by your mere sneak attacks." Looking at Raditz, not paying attention, "Here is the chance," Goku thought to himself, using what little strength he has left, leaping up and locking Raditz in a full nelson. "Piccolo, hurry up and attack again," Goku orders while locking hard. "Kakarot, release me," Raditz shouted, unable to break free, and Goku told Piccolo to hurry up. Piccolo does not hesitate to comply, knowing that the beam will kill Goku as well; though he knows that Goku''s friends will most likely use the Dragon Balls to resurrect him, he is nonetheless satisfied with killing his archenemy. Dual Domain x2048 Everything slowed in motion; time stretched. "Well, I have 2000 seconds only to correct the timeline without letting them find out," Eero spoke while revealing his figure, looking at the golden beam with blue lightning slowly moving toward Raditz and Goku, also seeing the evil scheming smile on Raditz''s face, preparing to dodge aside at the last moment. Eero flew toward Raditz while looking at Goku and Piccolo''s frozen expression. He appeared in front of Raditz before the beam reached him, raised his hand, and pierced the chest area of Raditz in the area that the golden beam is going to pass through. "Well, feel the double pain, like this; no one will find anything," Eero muttered and walked away. The special beam cannon pierced through Raditz, held by Goku, who is unable to dodge it again, and the beam penetrated through both Raditz and Goku, mortally wounding both of them, and they fell on the ground. Raditz''s eyes widened with red veins spreading in his eyeballs. ''Impossible, who was that?'' He thought to himself, then glanced at Piccolo. Raditz curses Piccolo but commends his brother''s spirit. Piccolo informs Raditz that Goku will be wished back to life using the Dragon Balls. Raditz, with his dying breath, retorts, laughingly, "Ha ha ha, The scouter on my head acts as a transmitter as well. My two more powerful Saiyans will come to Earth in one year and avenge my death. I will be waiting for you in hell." Piccolo, upset at Raditz''s cockiness, delivers an early death blow to him. Eero was looking at the final scene from far away. "It was easier than I expected," he muttered. Instantly, a white light shrouded his body. He appeared back inside the Time Vault. Looking at the scroll in his hand, he returned it back; instantly he was surprised, feeling his strength increase a lot as if his level was upgraded. Looking at the status panel, [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 6 [Exp: 360/600] Qi Power: 6.6 million Body: 660,000 - Strength: 220,000 - Agility: 220,000 - Stamina: 220,000 Soul: 660,000 - IQ: 220,000 - Spirit: 220,000 - Will: 220,000 [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level; 4096 Fold (500,000 attributes increased to 4096) Passive Skill: [Instinct Max] [Breathing Max] [Tranquil Heart Max] [Sense +9] [Qi Control +5] Active Skill: [Shooting Max] [Acting Max] [Shameless Max] [Swimming Max] [Climbing Max] [Parkour Max] [Camouflage +9] [Instant Transmission +1] ... Join Patreon.com/ChaosGray for advanced chapters. Chapter 35 Marcie Looking at the experience field added in front of the level, he is surprised. "So the level means this. I thought, What is the level given for this panel that works like a game?" "Also, my domain increased 4000-fold." Looking at the time domain level. Eero became thoughtful. "It means I can increase my strength even without exercising; just complete a quest and task. I will upgrade infinitely. This is just amazing." His eyes lit up. "Well, first find a residence area for myself," Eero muttered and appeared in the item shop area, looking at the portable home capsule. He bought one and walked toward the floating residential cities. Walking on the snake way, looking around at the dark void around, due to the nature of Toki Toki City being connected to the Time Nest and its nature as a place where different timelines intersect. That''s why his Time Domain and Dragon Balls can be used endlessly without a period of dormancy. Upon reaching the floating area, he was surprised, looking at residence buildings and different races. Time patrol individuals walking around. He appeared in front of the residence plot he was allotted to put his own capsule house, then put his own portable home in the same place. Looking at the capsule-shaped house on the outside, but inside it, his own portable home resides. Also, he can switch between two houses; if some outsider wants to enter his house, anyway, no one will go inside the other patroller''s house without permission. "You are human, sir?" Instantly a feminine voice sounded behind him. Eero turned around, looking at a beautiful human girl with an oval face, a tall and slender figure with milky white skin, beautiful violet eyes, dark black hair in a double ponytail resting on her shoulder, and dual bangs on both sides of her forehead. Eero was surprised, looking at such a beautiful female here. Then he became confused because he couldn''t recall any human time patrollers looking like her. "Noble sir?" Looking at Eero staring at her, she reminded again, speaking with a nervous tick on her face. Eero came out of his thought, nodded, and replied politely, "I am human, my name is Eero, and I am from Earth." "Nice to meet you, my name is Marcie. I am also from Earth, sir," she replied politely, looking at Eero. Eero nodded with a polite smile in return, "Nice to meet you too. Also, there is no need to call me sir each time; just call me by my name." If you stumble upon this tale on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. Marcie was surprised looking at Eero, nodding with a smile. "Yes, Mr. Eero, I am a senior time patroller. I live in an 08 house, a few houses away from your house. I am happy to see a fellow human here. You can contact me if you want to know something about time patroller duty." "Thank you, I will." Eero nodded and thanked, "Bye, see you later, Mr. Eero," Marcie nodded with a smile and walked away after waving her hand. Looking at her back, Eero became thoughtful, ''Something is odd about her.'' Then he shook his head and discarded the suspicious thought, ''It seems I am just being overly sensitive.'' He walked inside his house and appeared on the second floor; after feeding his two lively pets, he trained in the basement; after eating dinner, he slept peacefully. On the other side, Marcie walked inside her house, her mouth curved with an intrigued smile. ''I have finally found an interesting mortal. If it weren''t for time traveling, I wouldn''t have encountered him. It seems I am lucky.'' Marcie thoughtfully giggled like a witch in her decorated room filled with violet like her eyes. ¡­ Next Day, Eero appeared in the Time Vault, started looking through today''s quests, and grabbed the Vegeta battle scroll. He wanted to skip it before and select the Cell or Frieza battle scroll, but after seeing yesterday''s exp gain, he decided to do all tasks and gain all exp. After a while, inside the hilly area, Eero''s figure materialized above a tall hill; he directly camouflaged his figure. Looking at Vegeta, Nappa also sees six small figures abusing Krillin, Tien, Piccolo, Gohan, and other Earth warriors below. Eero became thoughtful. ''There is still time for Goku to arrive; before that, I should do that.'' Domain x4096 Everything halted; now he has 4096 seconds, which is more than an hour. Also, the range of his domain is similar to 4096 kilometers. Looking in a direction, Eero''s body flickered and flew at fast speed; after a while, he appeared near the west city, Bulma residence. "It seems Bulma is not here; well, anyway, I am here to borrow." Eero muttered after sensing no one inside. He walked inside after opening the door; after looking through everything, he picked a radar-type device he saw in the anime. "So is this the Dragon Ball radar?" "Well, I have to hurry up and find those dragon balls before Piccolo''s death." Eero muttered. Clicked the radar button; instantly, a ball position appeared on the screen. Eero''s figure flickered and flew at fast speed in a few moments and appeared beside the dragon ball location, in the middle of the mountain area. Picking it up and then pressing the button again, another location appeared. After finding the second dragon ball on the island, the third in the house of the east city, the fourth in Goku''s house, the fifth on the beach, and the sixth and seventh again on the different islands. After finding all the dragon balls, he appeared in Bulma''s house and put the radar back in the previous area after removing his entry signs left toward the battle area, with seven dragon balls lying in his storage panel. Appeared above the previous hill he had just arrived at, looking at Vegeta and Nappa and all the dead warriors around, except Krillin, Gohan, Piccolo, and Tien. Eero became thoughtful. ''Soon Piccolo will also die, and dragon balls on earth will disappear, including Kami on the lookout tower. After his resurrection, the new Dragon Ball will appear. Before his death, I will use these dragon balls.'' Eero then started watching the battle. Tien, who is only alive through pure willpower, however, puts all of his energy into a final attack, a one-handed Tri-Beam. Chapter 36 Wish? Unfortunately, this fails, and Nappa survives with only his armor damaged. Tien, who literally put his life into the attack, dies. Nappa prepares to make the kill on the remaining three; however, Vegeta, who had remained on the sidelines, halts him and speaks evilly, "Let me do it; I will kill them myself before Kakarot arrives." Eero''s mouth curved, "So this is the timeline change reason." Looking at the dark black aura flickering around Vegeta, these demons surely want to usurp all the timelines. In the original timeline, Vegeta let Nappa wait for Goku''s arrival; now he wants to kill them before Goku arrives. Dual Domain! Instant Transmission! Instantly everything halted. Eero appeared beside Vegeta and Nappa, shot both of their necks with a hand chop, and severed their neurons using his Qi, including Piccolo, Krillin, and Gohan, rendering them unconscious. Thud! x5 All fell on the ground; dust splattered. Looking at them, Eero spoke calmly, "Well, my Qi will dissipate and release your neurons in three hours, before Goku arrives; till then, you all should rest." Eero then appeared on the hilltop and put out the seven dragon balls. "What was the catchphrase for summoning the dragon? It was ''Rise Shenron,'' I think." Instantly all the balls shone, and a dragon was summoned inside his domain. It''s the green dragon Shenron, ''It''s really the same as in the anime.'' Eero thoughtfully observed the Shenron. The eternal dragon Shenron was surprised, looking around, then gazed at Eero and said, "You have summoned me. Speak your wish." "Give me armor that is made from the hardest material; it must have two functions: first, it can transform into any form and shape I want; second, it must have an adjustable weight function to increase and decrease weight infinitely. In order to make this wish easy for you, let both of these functions work on Qi; the more Qi I have, the more these functions should work. Can you do it?" At the end, Eero asked doubtfully, looking at Shenron. Shenron glanced at Eero for a while and then spoke, "Don''t underestimate me; your wish is granted." Instantly, two round silver bracelets appeared floating in the air. Grabbing both bracelets, Eero''s eyes lit up. "Goodbye, until we meet again." Support creative writers by reading their stories on Royal Road, not stolen versions. Shenron looked at Eero deeply, then his figure disappeared. The dragon ball rotated in a circle and flew away in a separate direction. Eero raised his head, looking at the disappearing dragon balls; he didn''t care about looking at the two bracelets on his wrist; he introduced his Qi inside, and instantly both bracelets lit up and adjusted on his wrist. "Did it just recognize my Qi? But how can it work?" Eero muttered and then thought of an armor shape in his mind; instantly, the bracelet melted and shrouded his whole body, and dark, black, slim armor appeared on his body. "It works with my thoughts; it''s very convenient. What about the weight factor?" Eero thought of weight increase; the armor became heavy slowly, and his Qi started consuming it. After reaching ten thousand tons, Eero stopped; he felt a little strenuous. A normal human can safely lift 50 kg of weight, and at his 156,000 attribute, he can lift seven or eight thousand tons safely. Above it will stress his muscles and body, which will become effective for exercise. Looking at his feet embedded in the land below, Eero covered his body in Qi, to not affect the surroundings because of his weight. ''It seems now I can''t increase gravity above 1.1; anyway, it will exercise my body all the time.'' Eero smiled happily and changed his armor into different shape parts on his body, thin pads on all his body joints, a chest and back armor plate, thin guards on his wrists and legs, shoes, and half gloves. Looking at the black armor on his body as if made from soft fiber, he decided to keep the armor in this shape and weight ratio all the time, except changing it in battle. After adjusting his body in a ten-thousand-ton ratio in a few hours, Eero stopped his movement and retracted his domain. Looking at Vegeta and others waking up slowly and Goku arriving in this direction, "What happened?" Vegeta and Nappa stood up with a frown and were confused, looking around, then glanced at Piccolo, Gohan, and Krillin. They also woke up after shaking their heads, confused. For a while, both looked at each other alertly and cautiously; instantly, Vegeta and Nappa sensed a fast-moving warrior coming toward their direction; their faces changed, ''It must be Kakarot; he has 9000 units of power level,'' Vegeta''s brow furrowed. Vegeta then orders Nappa to kill everyone before Goku arrives, as a team attack might prove to be a disadvantage. When Nappa argues about the Dragon Balls, Vegeta tells Nappa about the existence of Dragon Balls on Piccolo''s home planet, Namek. Gohan urges Piccolo to escape, as his death would mean the end of the Dragon Balls on Earth, and subsequently kicks Nappa in the head, sending him crashing into a cliff wall. However, he only succeeds in making Nappa angrier. The enraged Nappa launches his powerful Bomber DX at Gohan, but before it hits, Piccolo jumps in the way and takes the blast full force, killing him. Before his death, Piccolo admits with tears in his eyes how he had enjoyed training with Gohan and how his innocence made him soft, leading up to the events of him eventually sacrificing his life for the boy. Up above Earth, Kami vanishes as well, as his being is linked with Piccolo''s due to their history. Gohan''s rage explodes, and he fires his Qi ball at Nappa, who blocks it. This surprises Vegeta, considering that Gohan''s power level increased from a low 981 to 2,800. However, finishing the attack leaves Gohan helpless. Fortunately, Goku arrives just in time. Eero was looking at Goku''s arrival intriguingly. ''It seems no further timeline changes will occur.'' Goku splits up the remaining Senzu Bean and gives a piece each to Krillin and Gohan. Nappa asks Vegeta what his scouter says about Goku''s power level. Vegeta responds that "IT''S OVER 9000," destroying his scouter in a fit of rage. After realizing that everyone else is dead, Goku gets angry and begins fighting Nappa. Nappa is no match for Goku, and Vegeta orders him to back down. Chapter 37 Kaio-Ken Nappa complies but decides to take out Krillin and Gohan instead. Goku cannot catch up to Nappa and uses the Kai¨­-ken technique to ram into Nappa, breaking his back and rendering him useless. Goku throws Nappa at Vegeta''s feet. ''Kaio Ken, it seems I should learn this technique; it''s amazing. Also, this technique has no limit''s. Eero thought to himself while sitting on the edge of the cliff, watching the battle below while eating peanuts. When Krillin asks him what he did, Goku replies, ''Kaio-ken utilizes all the potential energy within him and multiplies his reflexes, speed, senses, and power.'' ''It''s an amazing technique.'' Eero thought to himself; his eyes lit up. However, Goku then comments that Kaio-ken''s weakness is that it damages his body if multiplied to an extent he cannot handle, and this might even kill him by causing him to explode with the pressure. Listening to the side effects, Eero realized something; his eyes lit up, and his heart filled with excitement. ''This technique may be perfect for my body because more damage and more pain increase my body and soul attributes; the universal body uses everything as fuel. Looking at the red aura flickering on Goku''s body, let''s see what the effect of Kaio Ken i''s. Nappa begs for mercy, but Vegeta throws him up into the air and destroys him with a single concentrated blast. Goku tells Gohan and Krillin to return to Kame House, and they say their farewells as Vegeta then sets his sights on Goku. Goku tells Vegeta that he wants to fight elsewhere so as not to destroy the bodies of his friends. They head off to a desert, while Gohan and Krillin fly back toward Kame House. Vegeta implies that not many low-class warriors like Goku get to spar with the elite like Vegeta, but Goku replies that even a lower-class reject can surpass the elite if he tries hard enough. Goku and Vegeta begin to fight and appear to be evenly matched. Vegeta tells Goku to release his hidden power, to which Goku complies. He engages the Kaio-ken; however, Vegeta manages to defend against it. Vegeta powers up a great deal himself, and Goku uses the Kaio-ken x2; however, he still is not a match for Vegeta. Finally, Goku concentrates all of his energy into a Kaio-ken x3, raising his power level to over 24,000, which worries King Kai. A case of theft: this story is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. ''It''s interesting. It''s more fun to watch battles than in the anime; you can feel the Qi clash. I am excited to see the battle of those strongest beings in this univers''e. Eero smiles intriguingly while drinking juice, sitting and basking in the sun, also observing Goku''s Kaio Ken effect. In this form, Goku gains the upper hand and forces Vegeta to use one of his signature attacks. Flying straight up into the air, Vegeta powers up and unleashes his Galick Gun at Goku and the earth. Unable to move for fear of letting the blast hit the earth, Goku charges up to Kaio-ken x3 again and launches his own Kamehameha at Vegeta. ''Such an ineffectual use of Qi,'' Eero shook his head. The two blasts collide intensely, and Goku finally gains the upper hand by stepping up his Kaio-ken to x4. The Kamehameha overpowers Vegeta, who goes flying into the air. However, this leaves Goku''s body devastated. Yajirobe, who had been hiding nearby the entire time, comes out to congratulate Goku; however, when Goku says Vegeta is not defeated, he quickly hides again. Up in the air, Vegeta is enraged that Goku was able to surpass him and decides to transform into a Great Ape; however, he discovers that the moon is gone. He flies back down to the ground and creates a Power Ball, simulating a small moon at the cost of a significant amount of Ki. Vegeta then transforms into a Great Ape; however, unlike Goku or Gohan, he is able to remain in control of his body. Vegeta states that when a Saiyan transforms into a Great Ape, it multiplies their power tenfold and thus attacks Goku mercilessly. "So this is the transformation of Saiyan, but 10 times strength is tasteless in front of Super Saiyan first 50 times and 2nd 100 times, third 200 times, Super Saiyan Blue is 400 times. These Saiyans are really a costume-changing race." Eero muttered intriguingly, looking at the huge, sane gorilla. During this time, a shocked Goku has an extended flashback of his adoptive grandfather warning him of a monster outside during a full moon, and Kami contemplates cutting his tail off. Finally remembers himself as a Great Ape destroying both Emperor Pilaf''s castle and the stadium at the World Martial Arts Tournament, realizing that he was the one who destroyed both and crushed his grandpa to death. Goku manages to blind Vegeta with a Solar Flare and then attempts to create a Spirit Bomb; however, Vegeta discovers it and shoots a Mouth Blast at him, causing him to lose most of the Spirit Bomb energy. Then he crushes Goku''s legs, leaving him paralyzed and unable to fight, and proceeds to crush him in his gigantic hands. Gohan and Krillin notice the strange, powerful Qi and rush back to aid Goku. Upon arriving, Gohan distracts Vegeta while Krillin uses his Destructo Disc to try and cut off Vegeta''s tail. Vegeta senses the attack and dodges it. Yajirobe, however, proves himself to be useful by cutting off Vegeta''s tail himself. Vegeta reverts to normal and is obviously upset. Vegeta decides to attack Gohan, but Krillin intervenes and is quickly disposed of. Goku calls Krillin over to him and tells Gohan to fight Vegeta. Gohan holds his own but is clearly outclassed. Goku hands off the remaining energy he gathered in forming the Spirit Bomb to Krillin, and King Kai tells him telepathically to throw the Spirit Bomb at Vegeta when the moment is right. Vegeta backs Gohan into a corner, and Krillin is about to throw it; however, Yajirobe yells at Krillin for waiting so long. Vegeta hears this and manages to avoid the Spirit Bomb, and it heads right towards Gohan. Chapter 38 Chronoa Goku telepathically yells for Gohan to bounce it off, since the ball cannot hurt those who are pure of heart. Gohan succeeds and sends the ball hurling back at Vegeta, who, having just evaded it once, a black aura appeared on his body with an evil smile and wanted to avoid it a second time; the next second, everything froze. Eero appeared beside him instantly, looking at his frozen evil expression, and shook his head. ''Why is it always this expression? It was the right decision to stay for a while, or I would have failed this quest.'' Eero pocketed his main body joints, separating all his neuron links, using his Qi. This is the muscle block technique he learned after completing the previous quest, realizing he doesn''t have any technique to paralyze his opponent; he changed its name to the neuron technique. Eero smiled, and his figure flickered, appearing on the previous hill; time retracted. Instantly, Vegeta''s evil expression disappeared; he wanted to move, but his legs and waist were not responding; even his Qi isn''t responding. "What is this? Looking at the Spirit ball in front of him, his eyes widened." The ball hits him squarely, and he is sent back into the air again with disbelief spreading on his face. Gohan and Krillin gather around the paralyzed Goku. Suddenly, Vegeta''s body falls from the sky. Krillin comments that he''s dead, although Vegeta is indeed still alive, albeit with power greatly diminished. Vegeta attempts to defeat everyone with a giant energy explosion, but it does little and only leaves him drained. He goes after Gohan when he realizes to his horror that Gohan''s tail has grown back. Fearing what would happen if Gohan were to look at the Power Ball he created, Vegeta attempts to kill Gohan. Yajirobe attacks the Saiyan with his sword, but this only distracts Vegeta for a moment, and Vegeta lashes out at the cowardly Yajirobe, knocking him into some mountains. Goku, telepathically, tells Gohan to look at the sky, which Gohan does, much to Vegeta''s dismay. Gohan transforms into a Great Ape, and, while initially attacking everything, begins to concentrate only on Vegeta with his father''s voice. After a beating from Great Ape Gohan, Vegeta manages to cut off Gohan''s tail with a Destructo Disc; however, he has no energy left to move out of the way of the de-transforming ape and is crushed by Gohan. When the dust clears, Krillin is the only one left capable of moving. He grabs Yajirobe''s katana that he dropped earlier and staggers over to Vegeta, determined to stop him and put him down. Barely alive, Vegeta calls for his ship using a control remote; however, Krillin gets to him before it arrives. Krillin is just about to kill Vegeta when Goku telepathically tells Krillin to spare him. The tale has been stolen; if detected on Amazon, report the violation. In an emotional scene, Goku convinces Krillin to let Vegeta live because he had never fought someone so strong, and this made him more excited than scared. Because of this, Goku desires to have a rematch with him someday; he also expresses a belief that Vegeta may learn mercy and reform as Piccolo did. Though understandably skeptical, Krillin ultimately decides to trust Goku''s judgment and lets Vegeta go. Vegeta vows to make Goku regret sparing him before he departs. Eero shook his head. "What a bunch of fools if it were my enemy. I will kill him at all costs, lest all future troubles arise because of him." White light flashed on Eero''s body, and he returned back through the time portal inside the time vault. After submitting the scroll, he checked his condition. "As expected, the more perfectly you complete the quest, the more experience I will gain." Eero''s mouth curved with a happy smile spreading on his face. [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 7 [Exp: 020/700] Qi Power: 10.20 million Body: 1.02 million - Strength: 340,000 - Agility: 340,000 - Stamina: 340,000 Soul: 1.02 million - IQ: 340,000 - Spirit: 340,000 - Will: 340,000 [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 8192 Fold Passive Skill: [Instinct Max] [Breathing Max] [Tranquil Heart Max] [Sense +9] [Qi Control +5] Active Skill: [Shooting Max] [Acting Max] [Shameless Max] [Swimming Max] [Climbing Max] [Camouflage Max] [Parkour Max] [Instant Transmission +2] Looking at Camouflage Max and the 8000-fold domain, "My strength is increasing at a very fast pace; it''s just two quests." Eero''s eyes lit up after checking his status panel. Suppressing his excitement, he appeared outside the Time Vault building. Looking at Trunks talking with a short alien lady, "She is probably the Supreme Kai of time," Eero walked toward them thoughtfully. "You must be the one who traveled through the timeline just now." Supreme Kai spoke meaningfully, looking at Eero. The next second, she was extremely shocked in her heart. "Is he the guy she is here for? He is truly unique and powerful. I didn''t expect a human mortal to have potential; even gods will pale in comparison." She thought in horror. "She is the Supreme Kai of time, Miss Chronoa. She is the master of the Time Nest," Trunks spoke with a smile, introducing Chronoa. "Nice to meet you, Miss Supreme Kai," Eero replied with a smile, looking at her thoughtful expression. She is a short and petite Supreme Kai of a youthful and pretty appearance with pinkish-red hair and pink/purple skin. Like most Supreme Kais, she wears a pair of Potara earrings and robes similar to those worn by the Supreme Kais on the Sacred World of the Kai, though it has a more casual design that is distinctly feminine. Suppressing the shock, she replied with a cheerful smile and gesture. "Nice to meet you also. Keep up the good work." Eero nodded, glanced at Trunks and Chronoa, and spoke politely, "Well, I will. Thank you. Excuse me, you both talk. I have to leave; I have work pending in my home." Eero left, walked toward his home direction. Chronoa glanced at Eero''s back, feeling an equal aura released by his body and soul, as if there is no weakness in his existence. Also, all the time in this city, he is deliberately avoiding his physique. ''I am the Supreme Kai of time, or is he?'' She thought to herself and became very confused. "Miss Chronoa, you don''t know Mr. Eero?" Trunks asked doubtfully, looking at Chronoa''s confused expression. Chronoa shook her head. "I can''t trace his past and future. My time powers are avoiding his body; he is very unique even." She stopped, didn''t say anything more, then shook her head, cheerfully gestured, and then walked away toward her residence direction. Chapter 39 Training #2 Eero appeared in front of his house just as he was about to enter. "Eero, sir, wait." Listening to the familiar sound, he stopped. Turned around, looking at Marcie running in his direction, with her flickering ponytails in the air. Appeared and halted in front of him. "Do you need anything?" Eero asked doubtfully. "No, I am here to just ask about your progress. Also, I want to invite you to a practice session," Marcie replied with a smile. Eero was surprised, looking at her. "Practice session?" "It''s a friendly fighting challenge. Don''t worry, I am very strong," Marcie explained while proudly showing her thin arm and a little bulging biceps. Eero was speechless, looking at her hopeful expression. He thoughtfully nodded. "Okay." Marcie responded with a smile and pointed at a building far away. "Let''s go. That is the training area." Eero nodded and appeared inside the training building with her, looking at the open area inside the building and the protection material used in the surrounding walls. "These walls are made from high-grade materials. You can use full strength here; they won''t be damaged," Marcie explained with a smile. ''I have enforced them. No one can destroy them in this universe,'' she thought to herself. Eero nodded and appeared in the middle area, standing in front of Marcie. Looking at her, he nodded and spoke. "Let''s do it." "Get ready," Marcie spoke solemnly. Instantly, Marcie appeared beside him with a serious expression, and a punch was expanding in Eero''s vision; his eyes widened. Dual Domain x1000 Thud! Eero slid back a few meters, looking at Marcie confusedly, rubbing away his nose, feeling the warm sensation. He looked at the blood drops on his palm, which flowed out from his nostril. ''Blood? Am I injure''d? "Are you okay, Mr. Eero? I am sorry I couldn''t control my strength," Marcie spoke nervously, looking at him. ''Why did my speed slow down, reaching near his body? Was that a time abilit''y? thought in her heart. Looking at her innocent face and nervous expression, Eero became solemn. ''I have used a 1000-fold dual domain. It only affected her strength a little. This girl is a monster.'' Looking at Marcie seriously, he replied. "Nothing. It''s just I wasn''t paying attention. Please go on." "Okay," Marcie nodded seriously, correcting her battle stance. You might be reading a stolen copy. Visit Royal Road for the authentic version. Dual Domain x4000 ''This time I will attack.'' Eero''s expression also got solemn as he increased his domain to 4000 and stepped toward Marcie''s direction. Instantly, she disappeared again in front of him. Eero halted alertly, looking around. He expanded his senses fully and instantly flinched. ''Here she comes. I can''t believe she is still faster than me in the 4000-fold domain,'' he glanced to the left. Air popped beside his left ear. Eero backed to the right and punched toward her face in return. The next second, Marcie''s figure flickered. ''It''s Teleport?'' Eero felt a crisis. Marcie appeared beside his right side, aiming at his waist with a wicked smile on her face. Eero backed away, pushing his limits and instantly increasing his domain fully. Dual Domain x8192 Looking at Marcie, his speed slowed down a little. Eero sighed in relief and raised his hand at 8000-fold reflexes to grab her punch. Upon grabbing the punch, his face changed. "An afterimage?" Eero exclaimed in shock. His face changed, looking at Marcie, turning into an afterimage as if her body was moving on her own and punching his chest at a faster movement and speed than before. Eero''s face was agonized, feeling unimaginable pain in his chest. Boom! The whole building shook; even the land vibrated. Eero flew and embedded inside the wall behind, bending it to the extreme. ''Why does this girl have such strength in my domain? Also, why did her movement increase so much in that instant?'' Eero fell on the ground thoughtfully, enduring the pain, feeling all his bones broken and scattering inside his body. Instantly, his body became red, visible to the naked eye. Smoke started emitting from all over his body, bones popped, and chest and other injuries started recovering at a fast speed. The blood outside his body started evaporating, disappearing. Eero stood up after a while, feeling his strength in surprise. ''It''s almost tripled from before, which means my body and soul attributes reached 3 million.'' Marcie, on the other side, was intriguingly looking at Eero standing up again. ''Amazing. Such injury and battle increased his strength. Also, it seems he can control time in a limited range. What a rare ability and interesting morta''l. A gleam flashed through Marcie''s eyes. ''Let''s see where your limits are.'' Eero shivered, looking at Marcie''s gleaming eyes. A bad premonition spread through his heart. "I am going to attack again, Mr. Eero," Marcie spoke, instantly disappearing before hearing Eero''s response. Eero became alert instantly, released his domain fully, and dodged her again, avoiding the punch attack. ''Because of my attribute increase, I can feel and avoid her attack.'' He looked at the attack''s afterimages and sensed Marcie''s body movement. ''Here is the chance.'' Instantly looking at the opening in Marcie''s movement, he punched toward her chest. Marcie''s mouth arced, turning into an afterimage. Eero''s punch passed through her body. Eero''s face sank. ''Not again.'' Instantly, his eyes darkened, the building shook again, and another wall was dented and cracked. Eero lay on the floor, bloody, his bones rejoining and his shredded chest regrouping. His body smoked, and the blood around him evaporated. Marcie raised her hand, looking at the blood drop disappearing slowly. She was surprised. ''This blood is mortal, but it has divine potential.'' Eero stood up again, feeling high consumption. It''s not his physical stamina but Qi consumption. Looking at his body repairing at a fast pace, ''It seems my body healing consumes too much Qi, but still, my strength has increased a lot.'' [Attribute: 8 million] [Time Domain: 16,384 Fold] Reviewing the attributes and his domain, "Mr. Eero, should we continue?" Marcie spoke with a smile and a looking-forward expression. Eero was speechless, looking at her excited eyes. ''This girl is taking fun in abusing me. But with a 16000-fold domain, maybe I can slow her down a little. But I should try to fight back now. It''s uncomfortable to get abused, especially in the girl''s hand.'' "Well, please go on," Eero replied after taking a deep breath. The clash started again. Dual Domain x16000 ''Why is this?'' Eero was surprised, dodging and attacking while looking at the speedy afterimages and flashes of Marcie. She is dodging every attack; his heart sank. ''It seems she is doubling her speed every time my domain increases,'' Eero thought to himself. The next second, his vision darkened again, and the whole building trembled. Chapter 40 New Quest After standing up again, Eero sighed and fought again. After a few times, almost dislocating all his bones and healing from every type of injury. [Qi: 150 million] [Attribute: 15 million] [Domain: 32,768 Fold] Lying down on the ground exhausted. Eero was speechless, looking at Marcie''s disappointed expression. He didn''t see any exhaustion on her face; instead, he felt as if this was warming up for her. ''She was really having fun abusing me. Wait, one day, I will teach her a lesson and abuse her well in return.'' Eero angrily noted today''s date and encounter in his heart diary. Marcie nodded with a smile. "Okay, Mr. Eero, thank you for training with me. I will visit you tomorrow. Bye." Waving her hand, she left the training building gracefully. Eero''s eyes widened, and he sat up depressingly. ''Will she come again tomorrow to abuse me? It seems I should reject her somehow. It''s really uncomfortable to get abused by a girl. Also, who is she? Even Super Saiyan Three may not be my opponent,'' he thought to himself, then left the training building. On the other side, Marcie appeared in her room, humming with a smile. ''I didn''t expect someone would increase strength so much just by a small battle. If I attacked him a few more times, how much strength could he increase?'' Then, she shook her head and muttered, "Maybe this was already his limit." Instantly, something in her room started flickering. Looking at the staff lying in a corner, she picked it up, looking at the notification flickering on the bead above the staff, muttering calmly, "It''s time to return. I am sorry I can''t train you for a while." Instantly, her figure turned into colorful mixed in violet light and disappeared, leaving an empty room. Eero, after eating dinner, slept on his bed peacefully. Somehow, he sighed in relief, as if some bad omen had skipped him. ... Next week, Eero didn''t do any basic quests; he just started training using a weight bracelet, Kaio-Ken self-abuse, along with using gravity in his house basement like a madman. Today, the goal will be completed he set for himself. While completing the final push-up, instantly his body shook as if some shackles were removed. His mouth curved. "Thankfully, she didn''t come these days. I will give her a surprise when she returns. Probably, she has gone to do a quest." Eero muttered happily. If you stumble upon this tale on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. Looking at his status panel, [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 8 [Exp: 400/800] Qi Power: 500 million Body: 50 million (Hidden) Soul: 50 million (Hidden) [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 65,536 Fold (5 million attributes = 16,384-fold, 10 million attributes = 32,768-fold, 50 million attributes = 65,536-fold) Passive Skill: [All-Rounder +1] [Calm Heart Max] [Sense Max] [Qi Control +7] Active Skill: [Survival +1] [Camouflage Max] [Instant Transmission +4] [Neuron Point +2] [Kaio-Ken +2] ''500 million Qi Power level, although it''s not higher than Super Saiyan Blue and Broly power levels in billion and trillion, but my physique and soul attribute are definitely above them, 50 million attribute equals to 5 million-ton physical force,'' Eero estimated his normal body powers. "But if it''s multiplied by 65000 times in the time domain, then it even exceeds trillions of tons of instant force, enough to destroy a planet like Earth physically." He muttered thoughtfully, clasping his palm tightly. ''Still, I am far below those powerful beings who have no limits to their powers, but I will soon surpass everything in this dimension.'' Eero thought to himself firmly, clenching his fists tightly. "Well, it''s time to go on a quest." Standing up calmly, he walked outside his house toward the Time Vault building. Looking through the scrolls, picking a scroll, and looking at an evil creature with a pink ball destroying the planet, ''Frieza battle timeline. Well, this is it.'' Eero thought. After grabbing the scroll, he walked inside the timeline portal. White light flashed. ... 7th Universe, Planet Namek, White light flashes on the barren land. Step! Eero landed calmly, looking around at the blue land and green sea far away. He sensed the situation of the whole planet. His 65,000-kilometer domain can now cover this whole planet easily, even exceeding the edges of this planet. ''It seems I arrived early. Anyway, my work is to prevent any timeline changes and be sure to eliminate all unstable factors,'' Eero muttered thoughtfully. Soon, Frieza, Vegeta, and Z heroes all arrive on Namek with the seven Dragon Balls on their minds. There is one Dragon Ball per Namek village, each protected by the village elder. Obtaining them proves all too easy for Frieza, who, with the help of his top two henchmen, Dodoria and Zarbon, bags four balls. As they go from one Namekian village to another, Zarbon and Dodoria butcher the Namekians until they locate the Dragon Ball. Cui has also followed Vegeta to Namek and searches the planet for his rival. Cui, still thinking that Vegeta''s power rivaled his own (about 18,000), followed Vegeta to Namek and tried to wipe out Vegeta on orders from Frieza. However, Vegeta shows Cui his true strength before eliminating him. Vegeta''s power, which had risen from 18,000 to 24,000 because of his near-death confrontation on Earth, is noted by Zarbon and Dodoria, who were following his battle with their scouters. During this time, Frieza locates another Namekian village in order to obtain its Dragon Ball. Gohan and Krillin watch with horror as the entire village is slaughtered easily by Zarbon and Dodoria, except for one remaining Namekian child, Dende. After all the Namekian warriors, elderly, and children have been eliminated, Moori, the village leader, manages to destroy all the scouters used by Frieza and his crew, knowing that they cannot locate Namekian battle powers anymore and will not be able to track down the remaining Dragon Balls. However, after Moori is also executed and as Dodoria is about to kill Dende, Gohan interrupts in a fit of rage. He kicks Dodoria into a wall and runs away with the Namekian child and Krillin. Eero was watching the whole show calmly from a high rocky area while drinking juice. His domain is already covering this whole planet in order to find any anomaly instantly. Dodoria is ordered to pursue the fleeing heroes. After blasting the entire area, Dodoria assumes he has exterminated them and turns back to return to Frieza. However, as Dodoria is trying to find the Namekian village, he is confronted by Vegeta, whose increased strength allows him to easily hold a grip on Dodoria. Chapter 41 Planet Namek In a desperate attempt to save his life, Dodoria tells Vegeta about the Saiyan planet and its destruction in exchange for Vegeta''s promise to spare his life. Vegeta releases Dodoria from his grip, and then Dodoria explains that Frieza lied about Planet Vegeta being destroyed. He tells that the Saiyans were getting stronger, and Frieza thought it was only a matter of time before they could stand up to him, so he decided to destroy Planet Vegeta and the Saiyan race. Before that, he sent Vegeta to another planet, seeing that Vegeta was powerful and still useful. Vegeta then scoffs, saying that he never cared about his family or Planet Vegeta, and executes Dodoria ruthlessly. Vegeta is overjoyed at recent events; he knows that without scouters, Frieza will have a much harder time finding Namekian villages. Vegeta then rushes to a Namekian village with his newly acquired skills from Earth, the ability to detect Qi, and the ability to hide his power as he sees fit. After Vegeta locates a village that had not yet been raided by Frieza and his henchmen, he is able to obtain a Dragon Ball after slaughtering all of the villagers himself. After clever thinking, Vegeta throws the Dragon Ball underwater, intending to come back for it later. As long as Frieza is unable to obtain one Dragon Ball, he will not be able to summon the Dragon. Eero shook his head, looking at Vegeta killing those Namekians thoughtfully. ''Goku is half responsible for all this guy''s evil deeds in the future. What''s the use of leaving this scourge alive? This guy is useless from the beginning to the end, just a proud fart''. Turning his head away, on the other side, Zarbon stands waiting for Dodoria''s return and remarks that Dodoria should have been back. Dodoria has not returned, and Frieza becomes impatient. He demands that Zarbon and Appule search planet Namek for more villages. He has grown impatient and wants the Dragon Balls so his wish for immortality can come true. Zarbon is sent to locate another Namekian village. Meanwhile, Piccolo, Yamcha, Tien Shinhan, and Chiaotzu have all arrived at King Kai''s Planet for special training; supposedly the same training that Goku received prior but tougher. They telepathically communicate with Goku to tell him of their arrival, and Goku tells them that the situation is worse, as there are even more evil warriors on Namek, more powerful than Vegeta. If you spot this narrative on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. King Kai suspects that something is wrong and checks to see that Frieza is truly on Namek. He then proceeds to warn Goku to never go near Frieza, fearfully telling him that Frieza is the most powerful entity in their quadrant of the universe. Eero witnessed all the hustle and bustle between Vegeta, Frieza, Z warriors, and the tossing of Dragon Balls from one place to another. Finally, the Dragon Balls reached the Z warriors'' hands. ¡­ With the fate of Namek at stake, Grand Elder Guru sends the young Namekian Dende to give the important information to Krillin and Gohan about how to summon Porunga, the Namekian Dragon. As Dende finally reaches Krillin with the important message, they take the Dragon Balls from a sleeping Vegeta and head away from Frieza''s spaceship. Dende summons Porunga by speaking the Namekian language. Meanwhile, back on Frieza''s ship, Vegeta awakens, suddenly sensing Frieza''s approaching power level and seeing that the Dragon has already been summoned. Gohan, Krillin, and Dende set out to make their wish, which is to revive Yamcha, Tien Shinhan, Chiaotzu, and Piccolo. The dragon informs them that he can only wish back one person at a time. With King Kai''s help, Piccolo communicates telepathically to Gohan and asks him to restore his life. His reasoning is that if he is resurrected, Kami will return to Earth, and that will also bring back Earth''s Dragon Balls, in effect allowing for the others to also be revived with a wish. Piccolo asks for the second wish to teleport him to Namek, wanting to exact revenge on Frieza for killing his people despite King Kai''s objections. Gohan, Krillin, and Dende agree to this and make the wishes. Vegeta arrives at the scene after the second wish is made. Since the first two wishes had already been used to bring Piccolo back to life and then to Namek, Vegeta wants to save the last wish for eternal life for himself. Just as Dende asks the Dragon, Guru dies, and the Dragon Balls turn to stone. Vegeta''s wish is not granted, but worse yet, Frieza has arrived and is extremely angry that the Dragon Balls have already been used. Vegeta fights his former boss, gloating that he has become a Super Saiyan, but as Frieza shockingly realizes they are somewhat evenly matched, Vegeta abruptly tells him to transform and reveal his true strength. Frieza amusingly wonders how Vegeta knows this, and Vegeta tells him Zarbon spilled it out before. Frieza transforms into his second form, one that is even stronger than before, claiming that his power level has risen over a million. Frieza tells them that while most transform to increase their battle power, he does it to decrease his power because it is so enormous it''s hard to control himself. Vegeta, realizing that he underestimated Frieza''s strength, is shocked. Meanwhile, Piccolo, who was just teleported to Namek by a wish, senses the fighting and heads to the battlefield. Along the way, he sees the dying Nail, who informs him of what has been happening. He also requests that Piccolo fuse with him to be more of a challenge to Frieza. At first, Piccolo is reluctant, but after Nail assures him that his personality will not change by fusing, Piccolo decides to accept, increasing his strength and speed tremendously. Back on the battlefield, Frieza''s new power level is said by him to be over one million. He also tells Vegeta about the destruction of Planet Vegeta and his father. Vegeta simply scoffs at this, saying that he surpassed his father when he was a child. After fully transforming, he impales Krillin, who was trying to protect Dende, with his horns and tosses him into the sea. Chapter 42 Over Gohan tries to save him, but when Frieza stops him, an incredibly angry Gohan easily beats down Frieza and pummels him with many ki blasts. Despite Vegeta''s shocked reaction, the attack is not enough, and Frieza recovers with little damage done. Luckily, Dende rescued Krillin out of the sea, telling Gohan that he is still alive. Angry that he was actually hurt by the attack, Frieza then easily pounds Gohan, hurting him severely. Vegeta tries to attack when Frieza''s back is turned, but it is completely ineffective, and Gohan is left almost dead. Gohan is saved when Krillin launches a Destructo Disc at Frieza and cuts off his tail. Dende then uses this time to heal Gohan as Vegeta watches. It was revealed that Dende was the one who plucked Krillin out of the sea and healed him. Krillin continues to distract Frieza using many evasive maneuvers, such as Solar Flare. Soon, Gohan is healed by Dende and now stronger than ever due to his Saiyan genes. Frieza sees how everyone is defying death using Dende''s healing, so he takes to the root of the problem. After transforming into his strongest form, he quickly kills Dende with a Death Beam, meaning the fighters will have no more chances to be healed. He tries to blast Gohan as well, but Vegeta quickly saves him. A confident Vegeta decides to commence battle with Frieza and his newfound power. To his horror, no matter what Vegeta does, he is no match, and Frieza still has the upper hand throughout the whole battle. Vegeta actually sheds a tear in frustration when he realizes that the situation is hopeless. Because he drops all his defenses in desperation, Frieza batters him mercilessly to the brink of death. Goku, still in the medical machine, awakens and realizes what is taking place and quickly rushes off to save his comrades. As Goku arrives, Vegeta swallows his pride and tells Frieza that Goku is the legendary Super Saiyan that will kill him. Frieza gets angry and blasts a hole using his Death Beam through Vegeta''s heart. Before his death, with tears in his eyes, he tells Goku the truth of Planet Vegeta''s destruction, how every Saiyan was forced to serve Frieza before most of them were killed, how Frieza took Vegeta from his father when he was a child and threatened to kill him unless he followed orders, and how Frieza killed the king anyway along with Goku''s parents and the Saiyan race. In his last breath, Vegeta asks Goku to take vengeance for all Saiyans, and Goku then buries Vegeta. Fueled with rage at Vegeta''s death, Goku honors Vegeta''s request to take vengeance for Planet Vegeta and the entire Saiyan race and begins to fight Frieza. If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. Eero was speechless looking at the emotional drama, but again he was confused, "Why haven''t any changes in the timeline happened yet?" In the next instant, his pupil shrank, looking at the black aura flickering on Frieza''s body. ... The battle between Frieza and Goku begins. They seem perfectly equivalent for some time in terms of strength and speed. During the match, Goku seems to have more clever ideas on how to fight and tricks Frieza several times. "This guy is trying his best from the start to kill Goku before his transformation," Eero realized. He directly used his domain layers. After reaching 32000-fold, he found out new usage of Time Domain. Domain! Multiple Layer Covered both Goku and Frieza inside a domain with separate time layers, without them knowing, and reduced Frieza''s attack intensity to match them both. Frieza frowned, looking at Goku, evenly matching him. "Why is this happening? I am using 100% of my strength to kill this guy once and for all, but my powers and attack intensity are being reduced by something." "What are you doing? Are you mocking me?" Frieza spoke annoyingly, then attacked again in order to kill Goku. He was surprised to find his strength intensity increasing, and he can now easily abuse Goku. Goku used to his advantage the fact that Frieza needs to see his opponent and is unable to feel their energy. Still, Goku used Kaio-ken x10 but was being brutally beaten. Frieza couldn''t kill Goku, annoyed, calmed himself down, and offered for Goku to replace Ginyu as his bodyguard. Goku refused, but after one rigorous attack after another, Piccolo, Gohan, Krillin, and even King Kai began to see the situation as hopeless. Goku tries to raise his power using the Kaio-ken x20 and shoot a Kaio-ken Kamehameha at Frieza, but it only leaves Frieza''s hands burnt, while the attack leaves Goku completely drained. Having no choice, Goku prepares the Spirit Bomb in desperation. Piccolo, Gohan, and Krillin step in to try and hold off Frieza while Goku gathers energy for the attack. Once the Spirit Bomb is finally finished and unleashed upon Frieza, it does significant damage to him, causing the Z Warriors to believe Frieza was finished off. Krillin and Gohan take Goku and Piccolo away from the damage. A few minutes of celebration was soon turned into a horrid sight once Krillin saw Frieza furiously standing on the top of a rock. Enraged and surprised that Goku had such an ability for a Saiyan, Frieza lashes out against the other warriors. He first decides to kill Goku. As he fires a Death Beam at the exhausted Saiyan, Piccolo jumps in the way of the blast and saves his life. Though it does not kill him, Piccolo is hurt very badly and falls to the ground unconscious, enraging Goku. Next, Frieza kills Krillin by making his whole body explode in the air. Seeing his best friend killed causes Goku to erupt with even more rage. In a display of gathering energy, the angry Goku pulls out his strongest emotions ever reached. His hair turns spikier and golden, and his eyes turn dark green. He is now a Super Saiyan, a legendary class of Saiyan, with his power tremendously increased. He tells Gohan to take Piccolo and retrieve Bulma and take them to the ship that he traveled in and use it to head back to Earth and get as far from Namek as possible. Eero became thoughtful looking at Goku in Super Saiyan form and muttered. "It seems this task is going to be over." Chapter 43 Demon Super Saiyan Goku and Frieza begin to fight, and Goku toys with him and starts treating him as if he were a ragdoll. With no other options, Frieza decides that if he cannot beat Goku, then he''ll blow up Namek instead. He throws a ball of energy towards the planet''s core, hoping to destroy the planet. However, Frieza realizes he held back too much power, and the planet only begins to crumble. Frieza then claims it will explode in a few minutes and reveals that he can breathe in space. Eero flew and appeared above in the atmosphere, looking at the crumbling planet, feeling space pressure can''t damage his body. "As expected, outer space can''t damage my body now, but oxygen is still a problem for this body." He raised his hand, and a covered mask and helmet condensed on his face along with the armor, similar to Zod''s armor, a huge infinity sign on his chest guard. As the battle rages on, Frieza decides to use 100% of his full power. Though this significantly increases his power level and allows Frieza to gain the upper hand on Goku for a time, the damage incurred in these previous levels causes him to lose that power radically after a short bout. Goku realizes this and uses it to his advantage to take down the mighty tyrant. With the entire planet empty except for Goku and Frieza, they take the battle around the crumbling planet. Soon, Goku notices that Frieza is losing too much stamina to be a match for him. He then stops that fight and begins to leave, telling Frieza to train and come back for a rematch. Eero was annoyed, clenched his fist, then released it, shook his head, and sighed, "Anyway, it doesn''t matter." Enraged, Frieza decides to release a Death Saucer that he can direct to attack Goku with. Goku easily outmaneuvers this attack. Frieza realizes that one is not enough and releases another Death Disc, attempting to outsmart Goku. Goku maneuvers at the last minute, blasting into the ground, creating a blinding blanket of dust. Frieza is unable to detect energy without physically seeing it, so one makes its way to cut Frieza in half. Goku tries to warn him, but he is chopped into four pieces by the disc. As he is dying, Frieza begs Goku not to leave him like this. Goku cannot stand seeing a life, even one as evil as Frieza''s, suffer in such a painful and humiliating manner. Eventually, Goku takes pity on the pathetic tyrant and gives him some of his energy. Frieza then explains that there is no way Goku is going to live, as the planet is about to explode, and his ship is in no working condition. As Goku leaves, Frieza makes one final attempt to kill him, using the energy given to him to throw a wave of energy at him. Goku pushes the blast back at Frieza with his own energy blast and flies away. This tale has been unlawfully lifted without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon. Eero turned his head away. "I can''t watch more; let''s leave. Anyway, the quest is probably over." "Huh," he turned and glanced at the crater Frieza fell in; there are two people standing beside it, an alien male and female. Feeling their Qi, Eero''s pupil shrank. "Demons," he said. Instantly, his figure flickered and appeared in front of them. Whole planet destruction halted; those lava fires and plasma halted in their place, including the two demons. Looking at the female demoness, a beautiful woman of curvaceous and slender frame with long white hair, light blue skin, and purple eyes. The right side of her hair is longer than the other and hangs in front of her chest. She has a golden infinity sign-shaped hair accessory that covers the back and both sides of her head. She wears gold earrings that resemble Potara''s. Also, the male demon beside her looks like her as if her brother, but Eero didn''t feel any life characteristics from him, "Is this guy an Android?" Eero took away his time domain effect from both of them. Both the female and male demons became extremely surprised and instantly became alert looking at Eero standing in front of them. "You are one of them, the time patroller. It seems you are affecting our missions. Why don''t you join us, handsome mortal?" The female demoness spoke intriguingly, looking at Eero, then glanced around, looking at the halted scenery around; she added, "You have a very rare talent; it will be a waste in time patrol." Eero shook his head and replied, "I am not interested. Who are you two?" "That''s a pity. I am Towa; this is my brother Mira." Towa, the demoness, replied with a disappointed expression. Then ordered Mira beside her expressionlessly, "Mira, go defeat him and bring his body; incorporating his gene will definitely be very rewarding." Mira complied and started the transformation and power-up. Eero raised his brow, pointed at Mira, instantly freezing his movement, then turned his gaze at shocked Towa. "It seems you haven''t realized the seriousness of the situation." Towa instantly backed away, very alertly and cautiously, looking at Eero with sweat seeping out on her forehead, ''How is this possible? This is definitely a time ability. How can a mortal have an ability like time? She became extremely jealous looking at Eero. Eero appeared beside Mira, patted his chest, and under the horror-filled eyes of Towa, Mira''s body crumbled into pieces, leaving ashes flying around. Then walked toward her expressionlessly. Towa, raising her spear, tried to stab Eero in the stomach, but Eero raised his hand, reduced her movement, grabbed the spear away, and put it inside his storage panel, then grabbed her neck, clasped it tightly, and returned her movement to normal mode. Looking at struggling Towa in his hand, Eero became thoughtful, ''This demoness is very weak? No, it seems my physical body is stronger than these creatures who depend on Qi to increase their power. "Don''t struggle; you don''t have any option now; just answer my questions," Eero warned. "What do you want?" Towa asked angrily, after feeling all of her struggle was of no use, ''How can someone possess such outrageous physical powers, mortal on top of that?'' "Tell me, how do you control and affect these characters in different timelines?" Eero asked expressionlessly. "It''s simple because I have affected the scroll of eternity," Towa replied, then grabbed Eero''s arm tightly and warned. "Now let me go." Neuron Point! Instantly her eyes turned, and her head tilted, and she fell into a coma. Eero shook his head, put her inside the storage panel, and muttered thoughtfully, "Who said I would let you go?" Looking at the planet around, his figure turned into a white flash and disappeared. The destruction raged, and a supernova occurred, engulfing planet Namek. Chapter 44 Month Passed Eero appeared in the Time Vault building; after submitting the task scroll, feeling his strength and experience increase more, he nodded, satisfied. He walked outside the building, looking at Trunks and Chronoa talking, and went toward them. "Mr. Eero, you are here," Trunks greeted. Chronoa was surprised. "Long time no see." Looking at Eero, ''How did he become so strong? Is it her? Is he the new candidat''e? She assumed in her heart. "Can you tell me about Towa?" Eero asked thoughtfully. "What Towa?" Both exclaimed in shock. "You have encountered her," Chronoa asked solemnly. Eero nodded, "I encountered her in the Namek timeline. She was there for something with her brother; Mira wanted to invite me. I rejected, then they got away." Chronoa and Trunks sighed in relief, then explained, "Towa is the queen of the demon realm. It was she who affected the eternity scrolls and affected all characters inside those timelines." Trunks was told about her. "Also, we heard she can travel through timelines freely with her technique and can take other beings with her; she is collecting powerful genes and incorporating them inside her brother Mira. If you encounter her again, be aware of her scheming," Chronoa added and warned in the end. Eero nodded thoughtfully, ''It seems it was the right decision to capture her alive. Now I just have to confirm one thing: are there still her variants in the future timelin''e? "Thank you, Miss Chronoa, I will be careful," Eero said, then walked away toward his home direction. Looking at his back, Chronoa and Trunks became thoughtful. Inside his home, Eero started examining his gains. After eating dinner, he slept peacefully. ... Months passed. Inside the Basement Training Hall, it had been several months outside, but a few years passed inside his domain. Eero trained full-time in these past months. Kaio Ken x40. Looking at his muscles and skin and his constantly smoking body because of such a high Kaio Ken intensity and extreme gravity pressure of 1024-fold affecting his body. Eero used Force Breaker martial arts moves he created in these years to exercise his body to the limit. The narrative has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. Force Breaker martial arts is a technique invented by Eero, merging neuron points with other fighting techniques. It is an advanced technique that merges physical kinetic force with Qi power force to attack others or affect his own body for exercise by diverting the force under his control. After being seriously injured by Marcie''s punches, Eero decided to create a technique that can increase his body defense, toughness, and flexibility to the ultimate along with strength so no one can injure his body, not even a stronger opponent than him. The Force Breaker Technique has three stages: First, skin breaker: diverting released Qi and kinetic energy to shred and repair the skin again and again until it toughened to extremes like leather. Second, muscle breaker: diverting released Qi and kinetic energy to beat and suppress his muscles, making them tough like fiber and flexible like rubber. Third, Bone Breaker: diverting released Qi and kinetic energy to break his whole body bones, making them harder than diamond. This will benefit his body structure, and his body will be able to release a few million times more power in the future, just like Kaio Ken x20; he can open it till his Qi is exhausted without any damage. Also, because of unimaginable pain in this process, Eero''s will and spirit reached an unimaginable level, including his other attributes. After completing all three exercise stages and 36 moves, Eero released the Kaio Ken and reduced the gravity. "Well, soon the Kaio-Ken x40 effect will also wear off. Next, it will be x80," Eero muttered thoughtfully, looking at his status panel. [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 9 [Exp: 450/900] Qi Power: 5 Billion Body: 500 million (Hidden) Soul: 500 million (Hidden) [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 262,144 Fold Passive Skill: [All-Rounder +4] [Calm Heart Max] [Sense Max] [Qi Control +8] Active Skill: [Survival +4] [Camouflage Max] [Instant Transmission +7] [Force Breaker Max] [Kaio-Ken +7] Looking at more than 250,000-fold domains, Eero nodded thoughtfully, ''Soon it will reach millions, billions, and trillions. In just a few years of training, my strength increased to this level. Still, there are characters who are stronger than me, although my Qi is in the billions, but my Qi is very normal. It can''t match the Blue Qi of Saiyan and the destruction Qi of Beeru''s. Eero raised his hand, looking at the white ball with a black layer above in his hand thoughtfully, ''How should I increase my Qi quality?'' ''It can be done by compressing or some transformation. I don''t like transformation, but if it''s for strength, then it can be considered, he said, nodding thoughtfully, looking at the white and black Qi layer. Instantly, his eyes lit up, and his mouth curved, ''Why didn''t I pay attention to it before?'' Raising both palms, two pitch-black and milky-white whales appeared floating on both palms. Suddenly, both whales turned toward each other and slammed into each other at unimaginable speed under Eero''s Qi control. Instantly a huge explosion occurred, engulfing both his palms inside; the whole basement started shaking, then the Qi dissipated under his control, and everything calmed down. Eero''s brow furrowed, looking at his injured palms thoughtfully. ''It is feasible to merge both Qi, but my body is not strong enough to carry that merged Qi. Well, I should have to wait for a while.'' "Let''s end today''s training." Shaking his head, he walked outside the basement area, wiping away the sweat on his forehead; his Qi was almost exhausted, and he appeared in the kitchen to prepare something nutritious for himself. "Well, I have been staying in this city for almost a year. It''s time to go on the next quest. Also, I wonder, where is she?" Eero muttered, thinking about Marcie, while biting and eating the nutritious meat. ... Trunks was standing inside the Time Vault, picking the scroll, when he turned and glanced at Eero walking inside, greeted with a smile, "It''s been a while, Mr. Eero. Are you here to accept the new quest?" Eero glanced at Trunks and replied, "Yes, are there any new tasks?" Trunks nodded and pointed at the scroll. "There are, you can look at it by yourself." Chapter 45 Cell Games Eero nodded and started looking through the eternity scrolls, looking at a green cricket-like creature and a pink balloon-shaped creature. Eero became speechless, contemplating the events of the Cell saga and the Buu saga. ''Anyway, I decided to visit all timelines. Cell should be the one; as for Buu, skip it to the next,'' Eero thought and grabbed the Cell battle scroll. "You have selected. Be careful on your journey, Mr. Eero," Trunks spoke, looking at the scroll in Eero''s hand. Eero nodded and walked toward the time portal. The next second, his body turned into a white flash. ... Universe 7, Earth, East City, Eero''s figure flashed and materialized in the air, landing on the roadside walk. He raised his head, looking at the screens inside the shop beside him and the broadcast of the Green Cricket-like humanoid creature. "It seems I have arrived in the Cell Games arc. Also, this guy is perfected already, by absorbing Android 17 and 18," Eero muttered thoughtfully. "What is this? Alien?" Passerby 1 asked. "Cell games, is this a tournament?" Passerby 2 replied. "Are aliens attacking?" passerby 3 questioned. Looking at humans creating commotion while watching the announcement. Perfect Cell announced the Cell Games that are going to be held ten days later. ''It''s interesting; I remember this announcement when I was ten. I witnessed this Cell game on TV but didn''t participate; I didn''t know the timeline before; it was just sudde''n. Eero thought to himself. Soon, ten days passed. Eero appeared at the tournament location as an audience member. When the tournament commenced, Goku decided he would be the first one to fight Perfect Cell. However, the World Champion Mr. Satan, along with his students in combat, Caroni and Pirozhki, attempted to fight Perfect Cell first, though each of them was easily flicked away and disqualified. First, Caroni attempted to attack Cell from high up, and Cell sent him even higher with his enormous energy. This tale has been unlawfully obtained from Royal Road. If you discover it on Amazon, kindly report it. After falling, Caroni was convinced that Cell was tremendously powerful. Pirozhki attempted to rush at Cell headfirst, only to be flicked backward by Cell''s simple energy, which seemed too much for Pirozhki to handle. Mr. Satan then attempted to attack Cell with a slew of punches and kicks only to be knocked into the mountains. After this, throughout the entire tournament, Mr. Satan decided to claim he was suffering from intense stomach pains to avoid fighting Cell. He also called the techniques in the ring "tricks" or "illusions." Eero''s mouth twitched, and he shook his head; this guy''s false fame is the biggest trickery and illusion in this dimension. Goku and Perfect Cell began to battle, and in a heated display of power, technique, and ability. To no one''s surprise, Goku seemed to be able to keep up against the mechanically engineered monster. Perfect Cell pulled out all kinds of tricks, performing various moves such as the Death Beam and Kamehameha. Goku and Perfect Cell battled for a while until Perfect Cell grew tired of being confined to the small ring. So Perfect Cell destroyed the ring and made the battle an all-out fight, just to make things more interesting for him, with no rules applied. Goku threw everything he could at Perfect Cell and even tricked Perfect Cell into believing he would destroy the Earth with a Kamehameha. Perfect Cell was noticeably afraid as Goku powered up the energy blast, but Goku tricked him by performing Instant Transmission to teleport directly in front of Perfect Cell and unleashed the blast on him. The entire top half of Perfect Cell was disintegrated. The Z Warriors seemed content until the remains of Perfect Cell jumped to its feet and regenerated. Goku knew that if he continued, the Earth would be destroyed, or Perfect Cell and he would die fighting each other. Goku suddenly forfeited the match to Perfect Cell and surrendered. He reasoned that only one person could defeat Perfect Cell. When Goku revealed his son Gohan as his pick to fight, the Z Fighters were furious; notably, Vegeta, Piccolo, and Perfect Cell were amused. Before Gohan and Cell begin to fight, Goku asked Krillin for a Senzu Bean, which he threw to Cell, surprising everyone. Goku explained to the Z Fighters that Cell was worn out from their fight, so it would not be fair. Krillin argues and even thought that Goku got a "screw loose or something." Cell gladly eats the Senzu bean and proceeds with the fight. Eero was speechless, looking at Goku and Vegeta. These guys are one of the top unique reversal braindead creatures; anything can be expected. It took a while for the battle to commence between Gohan and Perfect Cell, and even longer for Gohan to get serious. As a Full Power Super Saiyan, he did no better than his father, and the Z Fighters were noticeably worried, except Goku. As the battle continued, Gohan told Perfect Cell to stop fighting, as the power he could harness when he becomes enraged would destroy everything. However, this only fueled Perfect Cell''s desire to push Gohan to the limit, much to Gohan''s horror. Finally, Android 16 decided to destroy Perfect Cell himself with the self-destruction device in his body. He wrapped his arms around Perfect Cell''s torso with the purpose of killing them both. To Android 16''s surprise, Krillin informs him that the bomb had been removed by Bulma when she reprogrammed him earlier during repairs. Perfect Cell then gained the upper hand and destroyed all of Android 16 but his head, which rolled over the battlefield. Perfect Cell even claimed that even if the bomb did blow up, he would most likely not be affected too much, despite his fearful look when he found out what Android 16 was intending to do. Perfect Cell then created 7 smaller blue versions of himself from his tail and christened them Cell Juniors. After they were born, he ordered them to attack the Z Fighters but not kill them. Each Cell Jr. was close to the power of Perfect Cell himself. Only Vegeta and Future Trunks in their Super Saiyan Second Grade forms and Piccolo managed to hold them off for a while, but eventually all of them were brutally beaten up, even Goku, who was weakened from his fight with Perfect Cell. Chapter 46 Snapped Eero''s expression became strange looking at the Z warriors, Gohan and Cell, battling doubtfully. ''What is happening here? Is this some circus show? Cell is a showman, and all these Z warriors became circus animal''s. Also, Gohan watched these maniacal Cell Jr.''s heartlessly beat his friends and family; he became enraged, but it was still not enough. Perfect Cell, noticing Gohan''s anger, ordered the Cell Juniors to kill everyone. At this point, Hercule discovered the head of Android 16, which, surprisingly, could still talk. Android 16 pleaded with Hercule to take him near Gohan, throw him if he had to, for the sake of the world. Hercule complied despite his fear, and the Android''s head landed between Gohan and Cell. Android 16 gave some advice and words of encouragement to Gohan, saying it was okay to fight sometimes to defend loved ones and to protect the world he loved. Perfect Cell, overhearing this, claimed that this was good advice and promptly crushed Android 16''s head beneath his foot. This was the boiling point when Gohan snapped. This enraged Gohan to his very limits and pushed him to a new level, Super Saiyan 2. The Super Saiyan level ascended beyond a Super Saiyan. Eero patted his forehead annoyingly. ''I am tired of this. His loved ones and family were abused; he didn''t snap, but a metal android head was crushed in front of him; he snapped. What kind of pathetic reason is this? And I am watching it for the third tim''e. Perfect Cell was pleased when Gohan reached this form, but Gohan''s first action was mercilessly taking down the smaller Cell Juniors, which he defeated in a single hit each. The already astounded Z Warriors, with the exception of Goku, were amazed as Gohan and Perfect Cell began to battle, with Gohan dominating the powerful Android. Even after Cell powered up to maximum, which surprised everyone, who all thought Cell was at full power when he fought Goku. Cell punched Gohan hard in the face. Gohan was barely fazed at all. With just two punches, Gohan almost incapacitated Cell completely. Perfect Cell truly learned fear when Gohan began dodging all of his attacks, taunting him, and overpowering even his strongest Kamehameha at point-blank range. This almost destroyed Cell, but Gohan decided to let Cell suffer for a while, which made Goku order Gohan to kill Cell. But it was too late. Cell regenerated using Piccolo''s cells. Making the same mistake Future Trunks made earlier, he began a transformation that reduced his speed drastically, making him unable to hit Gohan. After Gohan had had enough of dodging Cell''s punches, he kicked Cell in the face and then in the stomach. The tale has been illicitly lifted; should you spot it on Amazon, report the violation. The kick to the stomach was hard enough to make Cell regurgitate Android 18, which made him revert to his semi-perfect form. Enraged, Semi-Perfect Cell threatened to destroy the whole planet and began to self-destruct. Goku decided to step in because if he did not, Semi-Perfect Cell would have killed himself, destroying the planet with him. Goku used the Instant Transmission to reach Semi-Perfect Cell and then transmitted them both to King Kai''s Planet, which was subsequently destroyed along with Goku, Semi-Perfect Cell, King Kai, Bubbles, and Gregory. The Z Warriors were in anguish over what had transpired and knew Goku took his life for the rest of the planet. But to their surprise, a strong wind began to blow, and a tremendously powerful force came upon them. Cell was back! A single Death Beam by Cell impaled Future Trunks and killed him. He came back in his "perfect" form due to the fact that his cells stored the memory of his perfect form, and he was exponentially stronger than before because his core remained unharmed, and from it he had regenerated. He had become a lot stronger thanks to the Saiyan cells inside him, which, after a near-death experience, increased his power dramatically. This power increase brought Cell up to a form he calls "Ultimate Perfection." Eero raised his eyebrow, looking at the dark black aura condensing above Cell''s body. ''It''s more than previous Frieza, Vegeta, and Raditz. It seems I will gain more experience her''e. Eero''s eyes lit up, and he started paying attention to the next development. The previously distraught Gohan was, in fact, pleased to see Super Perfect Cell had returned and hoped to avenge his father. Vegeta, seeing his own son get killed by Super Perfect Cell, became stunned, but this soon turned into anger as he went into a berserk rage against Super Perfect Cell. Despite everyone telling him that Future Trunks could be revived by the Dragon Balls, Vegeta, who went Super Saiyan, attacked Super Perfect Cell mercilessly and attacked him with an array of energy blasts. It was absolutely hopeless, however, as Super Perfect Cell gave one hit to Vegeta that knocked him out and almost killed him. He was about to kill Vegeta off with a ki blast, but Gohan intercepted the blast with his own arm. It became badly damaged and hung limply at his side. Vegeta, in a rare moment, actually apologized to Gohan. Super Perfect Cell jumped back and prepared for an attack. Super Perfect Cell fired his Solar Kamehameha at Gohan, which is stated by himself to have enough energy to destroy the entire solar system that they reside in. After losing use of one of his arms and seeing how much stronger Cell was now, Gohan seemingly lost all hope of destroying Super Perfect Cell and gave up, until he heard Goku communicating to him from the Other World via King Kai. Eero shrouded Cell and his solar Kamehameha, felt the attack contain evil energy, and reduced its time and kinetic force. Goku encouraged Gohan to believe in his power, and with newfound hope, Gohan prepared a one-handed Kamehameha. Since Gohan had used up a lot of energy and only used one arm, which had been injured by Super Perfect Cell''s blast, for a Kamehameha, he was at a disadvantage. This, coupled with the fact that Super Perfect Cell was equal to or greater than Gohan when he first turned into a Super Saiyan 2 in power, seemed to bring Gohan down all the more. The battle between the Kamehameha waves proved intense. Chapter 47 Towa As Tien, Piccolo, Vegeta, Krillin, and Yamcha watched, they began to doubt Gohan''s power. In a heated battle between Gohan and Super Perfect Cell, the Kamehameha wave grew and grew. Even though Cell nearly overtook Gohan several times, Gohan was aided by his father during the battle, who encouraged him and supported him against Super Perfect Cell. With this encouragement, Gohan was finally in the right state of mind to put forth his full power, which seemingly brought the Kamehameha duel to a standstill. Everyone but Vegeta also assisted him in a four-sided attack. The distraction helped Gohan push his power even further. But it still was not enough. Vegeta, caught in his pride, ponders over whether to go help Gohan or stay on the sidelines. Finally, Vegeta''s better side brought him to power up to maximum and go help Gohan. Even though Gohan was giving it all of his power, Super Perfect Cell begins to take a huge upper hand in the struggle once again, which leaves everyone, even Goku and Gohan, very worried. Cell was about to fully overtake Gohan, and the Earth and everything on it were about to be destroyed when suddenly a surprise Galick Blazer from Vegeta appeared. But Super Perfect Cell didn''t care; his mouth turned evilly. "This time, I will destroy this planet at all costs," he declared. Gohan''s face changed, feeling the increasing pressure. Eero''s mouth curved with a smile as he sat on an audience chair, drinking pineapple juice. He reduced Cell''s motion, and his attack intensity also decreased, despite his changing face and horror. Gohan''s eyes lit up, feeling the intensity of Cell''s attack instantly reducing, and he unleashed all the rest of his strength into the Kamehameha wave, which overwhelmed Super Perfect Cell''s Kamehameha and enveloped him in enormous energy. As Super Perfect Cell''s body disintegrated, it became obvious that he couldn''t understand how he had been defeated again. His core was the last thing to burn up in the Kamehameha, and its destruction marked the moment of Super Perfect Cell''s death. Everyone was exhausted, especially Gohan, who had used up nearly all his energy to defeat Super Perfect Cell. Despite his extreme fatigue and injuries, Gohan could only smile as the Z Fighters looked upon him with pride, and Goku told him how proud he was of him. A case of content theft: this narrative is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. Gohan then turned and glanced in the audience''s direction, his brow furrowed. ''I felt a familiar feeling from there, as if someone was helping me just now,'' Gohan thought to himself, then shook his head. ... Eero appeared on the empty hill, looking around. He put the demoness Towa outside the storage panel and released her Neuron points. Instantly, she opened her eyes, confused at first, then becoming alert. She sat up and jumped away, looking at Eero sitting on a round stone alertly. "Don''t try to struggle. Listen to me carefully. Your body is blocked by me, including your Qi. Also, this is another timeline. You have been staying in my cage for almost a year, but time for you was an instant, as you were in a coma," Eero informed calmly. Towa raised her head in surprise, then turned and looked around. Glancing at Eero, she spoke calmly, "What do you want? You haven''t killed me at that time, which means you want something from me." Eero nodded with a smile and praised, "Smart, as expected of the Demon Queen. I want your time travel technique." "Impossible. I can''t give it to you. Also, no mortal can learn it. It requires God Qi. Change your condition to something else, sign a contract with me, and you will be able to travel to different timelines freely, as a time breaker, using my mark," Towa shook her head, rejecting the offer and offering an alternative way, schemingly. Eero''s mouth curved with a smile as he appeared beside her instantly, grabbing her chin calmly and looking at her deeply in the eyes. "I can see through your schemes. That was my choice for you. If you tell me the technique truthfully, when I confirm you didn''t lie, I will release you," Eero reminded expressionlessly. Looking at Eero''s expressionless face and deep purple eyes as if containing everything, Towa''s eyes widened in horror. She felt a chill in her soul and every cell, and even her God Qi became restless slowly. If she rejected this offer, her future would be miserable. ''Who is this guy? He is just a mortal, but why is my divine origin trembling and creaking as if witnessing some kind of horror? Why am I feeling ultimate fear? What kind of fear is this?'' Towa''s mind became chaotic. Eero released her chin and backed away calmly, standing at the edge of the cliff, and started watching the sun setting on the horizon while enjoying the breeze. ''Let her think for a while. She definitely realized the consequences. Now, I am a lot stronger than before; surely, my Qi must have frightened her a lot by now,'' he thought to himself while paying attention to the thoughtful Towa behind. After a while, Towa raised her head, glanced at Eero standing back, and his flickering hair in the air behind. "I will teach you the time travel technique, but I want you to do something for me in return," Towa spoke after suppressing her brainstorming. Eero''s mouth curved with a victorious smile, then became serious as he turned around, looking at Towa. "What thing? I will not do anything evil." Towa shook her head and replied, "I don''t want you to do anything like that, nor am I interested in doing those things again. I want you to seal me away like before, forever." Eero was speechless, looking at her strangely. ''I haven''t attacked her head, have I?'' He couldn''t contain his curiosity and asked, "Why do you want me to seal you again?" Towa shook her head and replied, "It''s just that I realized there is no need to do all those things and wreak havoc for no reason, disturbing the timeline." Chapter 48 Not Enough Towa thought to herself sadly. ''I have done all that, and in the end, I was frightened to the core by a mortal gaze. What kind of ironic demon goddess am I? I am just a failure. Also, I know he just wants my technique; after learning, he will definitely kill me. There is definitely a trap in his words, like before,'' Eero became thoughtful, looking at Towa''s bleak expression, then nodded thoughtfully and complied, "Well, if that''s what you want, then I will complete your wish." Towa nodded expressionlessly and then started explaining the principle of her demon magic and time travel technique, which is in the shape of a portal where others can travel through this portal along with her. But two prerequisites are required to learn this technique: First, Time-Space Talent. Second, it must have a God Qi of evil origin. ... After understanding the technique, Eero sat down and closed his eyes, starting to illustrate the magic technique in his mind. He raised his hand, and black Qi condensed on his body, and a black dot appeared in the air in front at the same time. He tried to create a time portal according to Towa''s explanation. "Evil Qi, such pure Evil Qi. Impossible; no one can have such evil Qi without any malice and killing. It''s just as pure as his other Qi. Why does a mortal have such Qi?" Towa exclaimed in shock, looking at the pitch-black Qi gathering on Eero''s body. Then, looking at Eero deeply, her heartbeat sped up to the extreme. "This mortal has a huge secret. No one can have two types of Qi, and both are ultimately pure evil and good Qi," she thought to herself. Towa started paying attention to the dot while looking at everything frozen around. Even leaves halted in the air far away. "This is his time talent; stop the time? He used it to defeat me and Mira." She thought, then she observed the leaf move and shook her head. "It''s different. It''s probably slowing down the time. It seems he can learn my time travel technique," she realized. Sadly, even if she hadn''t decided to go into sealing, she would end up dead in his hands without achieving anything in the future. Instantly, the dot expanded, and a standard-size pitch-black portal appeared in front of them, different from Towa''s purple portal. Towa became depressed. "He learned it so fast," she sighed. Looking at Eero standing up calmly, He walked inside the portal. Then, after disappearing along with the portal, a few seconds later, another portal condensed, and Eero walked outside, appearing in front of the confused Towa again. This tale has been pilfered from Royal Road. If found on Amazon, kindly file a report. "I just created a portal to a few seconds later timeline in the same place and traveled a few seconds later. It seems your technique is true," Eero explained calmly, looking at the depressed expression of Towa. Then, he walked and appeared beside her, pointing at her all-point nodes and unlocking all her locked neurons and Qi. "You can go now," Eero spoke calmly, grabbed her spear through the storage panel, passed it to her, and looked at her. Towa was surprised, looking at Eero, then glanced at the spear in her hand. She asked with a confused face, "Why are you letting me go?" "I am a man of my word. I already said before that if you teach me your technique truthfully, I will let you go. I refuse to seal you again," Eero spoke calmly. Towa was truly surprised, then asked again, with furrowed brows, "What if I start disturbing timelines again and recruiting strong evil beings to destroy the timelines and spread chaos? Will you regret it?" Eero shook his head, waved his hand, and walked toward the edge of the cliff, replying calmly, "It doesn''t concern me. Do whatever you want. If you don''t attack me, I will not attack you. Anyway, thanks for giving me the technique. I owe you one. You can reach me for help, but only once." Then he stopped, turned around, looked at her, and added another note, "Also, you can use your timeline ability to explore new things in those timelines." "I just don''t understand. With such a good ability, why are you wasting your time on useless stuff like destruction, killing, chaos, and wreaking havoc? Have you gained anything with all that?" Eero reminded, then turned into a white flash and disappeared. Towa was shocked, looking at Eero''s disappearing figure, listening to his final words, ''Wasting my time,'' tightening her spear in her hand. "It seems I was really wasting my time. What have I gained?" she muttered to herself thoughtfully. After a while, She realized she didn''t gain anything. Like her brother Dabura, she would die and disappear one day. Thinking of all these years working in a cycle doing useless struggle, a self-mocking smile appeared on her face. She muttered, "I didn''t expect someone would bring me to such a realization." This time she didn''t call Eero a mortal. She didn''t know the reason why. After opening the time portal, she also disappeared after flying inside. ... Inside Time Nest, Eero walked through the portal, appearing inside the time vault, and submitted the scroll. Feeling his strength double, his eyes lit up. ''It seems I have upgraded again. This time I gained a lot of experience, but I haven''t done anything; I just shot two times.'' He thoughtfully looked at his status panel. [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 10 [Exp: 0050/1000] Qi Power: 10.5 Billion Body: 1.05 billion (Hidden) Soul: 1.05 billion (Hidden) [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 524,288 Fold Passive Skill: [All-Rounder +5] [Calm Heart Max] [Sense Max] [Qi Control +8] Active Skill: [Survival +5] [Camouflage Max] [Instant Transmission +8] [Breaker Max] [Kaio-Ken +7] Shaking his head, ''10 billion Qi is still very low. Goku, in each next saga, reaches trillions, quadrillions, quintillions, and septillions of power levels in Qi because of a lot of transformations, and each new transformation brings his basic powers to unimaginable levels, yet he is not the strongest in this universe''. Eero''s eyes became more firm and deep. He walked outside the Time Vault and appeared in the shopping center. After buying required items, he left toward his residence. Chapter 49 Years Gone By Eero''s eyes became firmer and deeper as he walked outside the Time Vault and appeared in the shopping center. After buying the required items, he left toward his residence. Years had gone by, "Thirty Three" "Thirty Four" "Thirty Five" "Thirty-Six" Eero completed his thirty-sixth stance of the exercise. He stopped, feeling the vibration in his body wane. He calmly clenched his fist. "It''s been five years outside and hundreds of years inside my time domain. I have completed almost all basic quests, and the experience right now is really hard to gather. Also, my strength increase has stalled a little," Eero muttered thoughtfully. Qi: 1.05 Quadrillion Body: 105 trillion (Hidden) Soul: 105 trillion (Hidden) Cheat; Time Domain Level: 128 Million Fold Eero took a deep breath after calculating the domain effect. "Also, my domain can right now probably affect those angels and Super Saiyan Blues easily," he thought to himself. "Also, as expected, merging calm heart max, senses max, and Qi control max, I got ultra instinct as I assumed," Eero said thoughtfully. "Well, it''s time to merge and upgrade my Qi quality. It seems now my body can endure high-quality Qi," Eero muttered, then sat cross-legged in a wide training area. He raised both palms, and two sand-like particles of space black and milky white Qi condensed in his hands. Slowly, those particles started merging under his control, one by one. Some burst, some disappeared, and some started flickering, but they couldn''t damage his body like before. After a while, Eero''s eyes lit up as he looked at the grey flickering star-like Qi produced in the middle of both Qi. Slowly, the grey star-shaped dots started increasing. More and more white and black Qi merged. Finally, the whole Qi in his palm turned into one color: grey, with colorful particles flickering inside. Surprisedly looking at the grey Qi resting on his palm, ''It''s heavy, also more concealed than black Qi and more versatile than white Qi. It added all positive properties of both Qis and included an additional feature,'' Eero thought to himself. An extremely heavy feeling spread through Eero''s body. He was shocked. Previously, his Qi felt like an ocean filled with water in his body. Now, he is feeling an ocean filled with wet sand, and it is constantly washing his body with sand and then soothing it with water. This tale has been unlawfully lifted from Royal Road; report any instances of this story if found elsewhere. Slowly, the whole Qi inside his body turned qualitatively, and his body strength and senses enhanced along with it. After a while, Eero then felt his senses also increase to an unimaginable level. Along with Qi quality promotion, his strength also increased almost ten times. His eyes lit up as he tested his Qi and attribute properties on the status panel. Looking at his status panel: [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 15 [Exp: 0250/5000] Divine Qi: 1.05 Quadrillion Body: 1.05 Quadrillion (Hidden) Soul: 1.05 Quadrillion (Hidden) [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 512 Million Fold Passive Skill: [All-Rounder Max] [Ultra Instinct +2] Active Skill: [Survival Max] [Ultra Stealth +2] [Instant Transmission Max] [Breaker Max] [Kaio-Ken Max] Looking at his Quadrillions Divine Qi and the same matching physical attribute, Eero muttered happily, "Now I understand why my Qi and attribute had discrepancies. Now it matched equally. Also, my body feels much lighter and more powerful. It is probably because of being washed by the Divine Qi." "Another thing is the sense range of Qi. From a kilometer, it increased to light-years, which means I can cover my whole domain of 512 million light-years." Excitedly suppressing his heartbeat. Now he truly understood why his talent declared that those strong beings and Zeno would crawl in his domain. Soon his domain will exceed and shroud everything. [First, his domain range was in meter units. Upon awakening Qi, it increased from meter unit to kilometer unit. Now, upon upgrading his Qi to Divine Qi, his range increased to light-year units from kilometers. Eero stood up calmly. His hair also flickered in the air. Looking at his reflection, "My appearance also changed a little. Is it transformation?" he muttered thoughtfully. Looking at his grey spiky hair with colorful flickering star particles, also grey circle edges appeared around his purple pupils, and then he shook his head. ''Anyway, I became more handsome than before. There is a natural and unique aura around my body,'' he nodded, satisfied, looking at his enhanced appearance. Noise! Instantly, the doorbell rang, and Eero raised his brow, feeling familiar Qi outside. A smile appeared on his face. He appeared on the first floor and opened the door. "Hi, Eero sir, How are you? ¡­.." Instantly, a familiar voice sounded. Outside the door, a young human girl wearing a shirt and jeans pants with lengthy dual ponytails flickering behind her was standing and greeted Eero familiarly. She is no one other than Marcie, who disappeared five years ago. The next second she froze, looking at Eero; a shock flashed through her eyes. Then her expression returned to normal, and she asked curiously, "What happened to you? You have changed a lot. It''s amazing." "I am fine. Please, come inside," Eero said calmly, inviting her inside his house, then walked toward the lounge area. Marcie nodded and followed. On the way to the lounge, looking at Eero''s back, her eyes flickered with surprise, intrigue, shock, doubt, and excitement; different types of emotions appeared in her heart. She hadn''t felt such ups and downs of emotion before. ''How did he reach such a state in just five years?'' Marcie thought shockingly, feeling Eero''s natural and serene state. She had felt such a state only in a few. Another thing that shocked her the most is the strength. She can''t assess the strength of Eero like before, which is subversive for her cognition. Eero appeared in the lounge area along with her, pointed at the couches, and asked her, "Please sit down. I have been training extremely for five years; that''s why my strength increased a lot, and my appearance also changed. Now I am an adult, 20 years old. But where have you been, Miss Marcie?" [When training inside the domain, his lifespan will not decrease because his body aging also slows down while using the domain.] [He was 15 years old in the Buu saga, a similar age as Gohan. After spending five years in Toki Toki City, Eero is now 20 years old.] Chapter 50 True Identity Marcie was surprised again looking at Eero''s appearance. ''I didn''t pay attention before; he is so young¡ª20 years according to Earth time is pretty less.'' Marcie then replied with a smile, "I went on a spy mission to find a traitor and stop him from changing the timeline." Eero nodded thoughtfully as he looked at her. ''Something is wrong with this Marcie. Why am I feeling a similar strange feeling as I felt before when I met her for the first time? Now this feeling became stronger. It seems that time I wasn''t superstitious.'' "What happened?" Marcie asked curiously, looking at Eero, who was constantly looking at her and fell into thought. Her heart tightened. ''Did he find out something? With his strength now, it''s easy to notice. I just hope he doesn''t misunderstand.'' Then she was surprised by her thought. ''Why am I caring about a mortal so much?'' "Nothing. It''s just I am thinking, What will you like to eat?" Eero replied. Marcie, surprised, came out of her thoughts and replied, "Sir, anything is fine, but it must be delicious." Eero nodded and walked inside the kitchen. "What should I prepare?" he muttered thoughtfully. Then his eyes lit up. ''A female friend visited my house for the first time. I should prepare something that all females like to eat. I saw in a female chef progra''m. He learned to prepare a lot of different dishes most females and men like in these five years. Eero decided and started preparing. Marcie, sitting in the lounge, smelled the delicious aroma in the air. She flinched, gulped, and peeked at the kitchen. ''What an amazing aroma. I haven''t smelled such an aroma from any food before. I already can''t wait to try this food.'' Her foodie attribute awakened. Time passed, and Marcie became more and more restless smelling the different torturous delicious aromas constantly. Her state of calmness she achieved all these years is on the verge of explosion. But before that, Eero arrived with different dishes and served them on the table. "Sorry for the wait. I couldn''t decide what to prepare, so I prepared three dishes." Pointing at a seafood tray filled with grilled salmon filet with lemon-dill sauce, accompanied by quinoa pilaf and steamed asparagus. Then another seafood pasta, a creamy shrimp alfredo pasta with a side of garlic bread and a mixed green salad topped with balsamic vinaigrette dressing. This story originates from a different website. Ensure the author gets the support they deserve by reading it there. Finally, meat parmesan served with spaghetti marinara and roasted vegetables. He introduced them one by one. Marcie was shocked, looking at beautifully dressed dishes in shock. "Come on, dig in before it gets cold," Eero urged her calmly and started eating himself. "Thank you. It looks delicious," Marcie nodded and started tasting the pasta. Instantly, her finger froze, and her eyes widened. She put her hand on her mouth and started savoring the delicious taste, which brought her into a daze. "You don''t like it?" Eero asked thoughtfully, looking at her in a daze. Then he tasted the pasta. ''It''s prepared fine,'' he thought to himself. Marcie shook her head and replied, "No, I like it very much. It''s just I haven''t tasted such delicious food before. I fell into a little daze." Marcie started tasting other dishes one by one, in a hurry and joyfully. Her excitement and enjoyment reached an unimaginable level. After a while, looking at the empty dishes, he then glanced at her strangely. Eero became speechless, thoughtfully looking at Marcie and empty dishes. ''Were they really so delicious?'' "Ahem, it''s the first time I ate such delicious food. I couldn''t control myself," Marcie coughed, then explained while cleaning the corner of her mouth with a napkin. Eero shook his head. "Don''t worry, you can eat dishes like this at my place. I often prepare food at home." "Really?" Marcie''s eyes lit up, and she asked excitedly. Eero became hesitant and felt a very bad premonition after looking at her excited eyes. ''I can''t take it back, can I?'' He nodded calmly, "Well, yes." "Thank you, Eero," Marcie replied happily, sat down in a good mood, looked around, and then said, "Eero, should we train a little in order to digest the food?" ''Here it comes,'' Eero thought to himself helplessly. ''Why does everyone in this dimension always fight and fight? Can''t they enjoy life calml''y? But Eero still nodded and replied, "Well, I was thinking about training with you, but I am a lot stronger than before." "Don''t underestimate me. I am also strong in my timeline. No one is stronger than me," Marcie replied, showing her thin arm muscles again. ¡­ Both appeared inside the previous training building and took the stance. "Be careful," Eero spoke seriously. Marcie nodded with a smile. Dual Domain x 1 million. Eero''s body flashed. Instantly, Marcie''s expression froze; feeling Eero''s attack beside her face, her senses fell into crisis. Instantly her eyes became devoid of any emotion, her head turned, and her palm reached automatically beside Eero''s wrist and deflected his attack. Eero''s eyes widened in surprise and became a little suspicious, but he didn''t slow down his attack; instead, he doubled his domain. Dual Domain x2 million. Marcie deflected and dodged his attack again, as if her body parts were moving on their own; her arms and legs were avoiding and reacting to his attacks on their own. Eero realized something and smiled, increasing his domain again. Dual Domain x4 million. Still, she dodged them easily. Eero became more and more sure of his guess after looking at Marcie avoiding all his attacks calmly. ''Let''s see what''s the limit of an ultra instinct,'' Eero thought to himself. Also, he found out Marcie''s true identity, looking at her in a calm state, dodging and deflecting all his attacks. ''I didn''t expect I would encounter an angel so soon.'' Eero thought. Then the next moment he felt an extreme crisis. Instantly, air popped beside his cheek, feeling her counterpunch going to strike his handsome face. Dual Domain x128 million. Instantly, Marcie''s attack halted and slowed down. Eero backed away calmly, looking at the slow-motion Marcie. She is still faster than Super Saiyan, but in front of his dual Domain and Quadrillion attributes, her movements became very slow for him. ... Patreon.com/ChaosGray Join for advanced chapters. Chapter 51 Returning Marcie raised her head in surprise, looking at the afterimage of Eero dodging her punch while backing away calmly; she became suspicious. ''Ultra instinct, or is it his time ability?'' She became thoughtful. "Well, it''s time to end," Eero muttered. Dual Domain x 512 million. Looking at the almost halted Marcie in front of him, he appeared beside her the next second, grabbed her round ring, which bound her twin pigtails, and removed them. Looking at her elbow slowly moving toward his chest while her body is backing away and turning her head in slow motion. Eero smiled and muttered, "As expected, subconscious instinct reactions are really faster than conscious actions, but soon my domain will make my conscious actions faster than true ultra instinct." He backed away, appeared in his previous place, and retracted the domain. Marcie also backed away, surprised, feeling her missing hair rings and her scattered hair on her shoulder. A loss surged through her heart; her brain fell into a daze. ''I clearly lost, and in ultra instinct form on top of that. How can his strength increase to such a state in mere five year''s? Looking at Eero and his calm expression, a horrifying thought appeared in her heart. Even she couldn''t help but guess in this aspect. ''Maybe he can surpass my father.'' "Congratulations, Eero. You have become the strongest creature in this universe," Marcie spoke, recognizing Eero''s strength as the strongest being in the universe. Slowly, her clothes and form changed. Her skin became light blue, with similarly sharp and beautiful facial expressions. Her hair formed twin pigtails with a small bang on each side of her forehead. She wore the standard angel attire, with purple sleeves and a black cuirass. A long scepter appeared in her hand, with a floating gem on it. Looking at Eero''s doubtful face, she smiled. "I am sorry. I hid my race from you. I am an angel from universe 11, and my real name is Marcarita." "Angel? Also, what is universe eleven?" Eero asked, appearing beside her and passing her hair ring band back, which Marcarita calmly put away. Marcarita then explained with a smile, "You are calm as always, Eero. Angels are a powerful race assigned to the different universes, and each universe has only one angel assigned. Our task is to train and guide the god of destruction." Eero patiently listened to her explanation. Marcarita then explained the god of destruction and their duties. Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site. "I want to invite you to become a god of destruction in the 11th universe," Marcarita said, revealing her purpose for seeking him. Eero was surprised, then became thoughtful, looking at her. ''If I remember, the previous god of destruction isn''t dead yet, so why does she want me to become a god of destruction?'' Looking at Eero''s thoughtful expression, Marcarita was also thoughtful. ''I wanted to find a new candidate. I already found one beside him, but I dropped him and instead chose this guy. It seems my decision was right. I hope this guy doesn''t reject my invitation, or I will become very sad.'' Then Marcarita said, "There is no need to rush. Think about it and then tell me your decision later." Eero nodded and replied calmly, "Well, thank you, Marcarita. I will tell you my decision later, but I wouldn''t use honorifics. Also, I will not give you any special treatment in any way because of your angel identity. I will behave with you similarly to how I behaved with Marcie before." Marcarita was surprised, then smiled and nodded. "I understand. I also want that." Eero also smiled in return. ''As expected, the angels in DB are really open-minded and level-headed, not like those in other anime, who are extremely arrogant and prideful,'' he thought to himself. Marcarita then transformed back to human form and walked outside the training building with Eero. In the next few days, Marcarita visited Eero a lot to eat delicious food and then trained with him in his training basement, which was reinforced by Marcarita, in order to avoid high damage. Eero increased the gravity to millions of folds, which barely let Marcarita move like a normal human, but Eero wasn''t affected much. His body reached a monstrous level. Million gravity was nothing to him. During their collision, Eero was surprised to see that her strength was also increasing constantly amidst their battle. Slowly, her movements kept up with him while adjusting to the gravity below. ¡­ "Eero, I will meet you later. You must feed me the most delicious recipe," Marcarita appeared beside him and whispered in his ear, then disappeared giggling. Eero nodded, then became speechless. "What do you mean by feeding you? Also, why are you laughing? Be clear," he muttered thoughtfully. After she completely disappeared, he sighed in relief. ''It''s really hard for me to handle a female creature.'' "Well, now it''s time to leave this city," Eero muttered thoughtfully, walked inside his house, appeared on the second floor, and looked at the wide floor almost the size of 100,000 square feet. In these five years, he merged different shapes of capsule houses and buildings with his portable home and upgraded it a lot. The basement was a training area with a sports gym and swimming pool. The first floor had ten rooms, a lounge area, a kitchen, and a dining area. The second floor was similarly a huge pet area with half an artificial garden and a rest area. The third floor was a whole lab area with all facilities. After feeding four sheep in the pet house, a few were sold by him, and some were also eaten by him. He liked to eat sheep meat very much; their meat was clean and pure as they ate herbs and natural products only. Eero then appeared outside the portable home, turned his house into a capsule, stored it inside his storage panel, and walked toward the central plaza. ¡­ "Mr. Eero, you are already leaving. Thank you for your help all these years," Trunks spoke, looking at the rotating Dragon Ball on the stand. Eero nodded and replied calmly, "Don''t worry, it was my duty. I also gained a lot here." Trunks nodded with a smile. "Tell me your wish," Time Shenron appeared and asked. "Well, Mr. Shenron, send this warrior, Mr. Eero, back to his universe you summoned him from." "Very well," Shenron nodded and replied. Instantly, a blue light shrouded Eero, his figure flickered, and he disappeared completely. Chapter 52 Birthday Party Universe Seven, Planet Earth, Mount Paozu. Eero looked around at the hill he had disappeared from before. ''It''s been five years since I left. Soon that Beerus cat will arrive. I don''t know how they will react after seeing my strength,'' he thought intriguingly. Eero then spread his senses over the whole Earth and then glanced in the direction of West City. "So today is the day of his arrival. The party will start in a while." Eero''s figure flickered and instantly appeared beside West City. Now his speed was faster than the speed of light. He could now travel through the universe space easily and faster than those angels. While using the time domain, in only one second outside, he could reach anywhere inside the universe he wanted. [Friction doesn''t affect his movement while using the time domain.] Eero walked toward Bulma''s house at the edge of West City, looking at the cruise ship parked near the small port, which belonged to Bulma, and people were boarding it. "Huh?" Vegeta and Gohan flinched and turned to look behind them, surprised to see Eero walking toward them calmly. "Gohan, how are you? It''s been a while," Eero greeted calmly, looking at them. "Nani!" Gohan exclaimed, and Vegeta raised his eyebrows. Other Z family members, including Chi-Chi, Bulma, and Videl, were surprised to see Eero. "Eero!" "Where were you? I couldn''t find you anywhere. You disappeared suddenly." Gohan appeared beside him instantly and patted Eero''s shoulder, asking curiously. Eero smiled and looked at everyone''s curious expressions, replying calmly, "I was summoned somewhere and stayed there for five years in order to complete quests." "Quests?" Gohan and Vegeta raised their brows, especially Vegeta, his interest piqued. "Some important quests where I had to battle and stop some villains," Eero explained. "Amazing! Big brother Eero, I also want to do quests," Goten interrupted suddenly. Eero shook his head, replying, "It depends on luck if you can be summoned to that place. Also, there is no other way to reach there besides summoning." Goten and Trunks'' excitement diminished suddenly, and they became depressed. Support the creativity of authors by visiting the original site for this novel and more. "Che," Vegeta turned his head away in disappointment. Only Gohan nodded, giving an understanding expression. "Come on, Eero, join us. Aunt Bulma is throwing her birthday party," Gohan then invited. "Yes, yes, Eero, you are also my savior. You must join us," Bulma spoke suddenly, inviting Eero herself. Others also nodded. Eero nodded, then glanced at Videl. He raised his hand, and two gifts appeared in his palm. "Here, Videl. I couldn''t attend your and Gohan''s marriage. It''s a gift from me." Videl was surprised and received the packages in both hands, thanking him. The next second, instantly, everyone and everything around halted, including Vegeta. Videl was surprised, looking around suspiciously. "It is your doing, Eero." Eero nodded, then pointed at the two gift boxes. "One is for you, and another one is for your future daughter." "What?" Videl exclaimed in shock, glancing at the two gifts in her hand, then at Eero suspiciously. "How do you know I will have a daughter?" Eero shook his head and gave a silent gesture. "It''s a secret I can''t tell you. Don''t worry, I will keep your secret." Videl nodded with a smile. "Thank you." Time retracted, and Eero glanced around. Then he talked with Gohan for a while and boarded the cruise along with others, navigating toward the ocean. As everybody enjoyed themselves on Bulma''s cruise, Trunks showed Goten around the ship. Goten was surprised to see a room filled with bingo prizes, such as a luxurious car, an airplane, and a huge diamond. Trunks pressed a switch, and a trapdoor unlocked, revealing a giant stand containing the Dragon Balls. It was heavily guarded, with multiple layers of protection and a pinkish electric barrier surrounding it. Touching it even slightly caused the person who touched it to fly back, even powerful Saiyans like Goten. Trunks acknowledged how amazing his mom''s inventions were but pulled the plug, saying that there''s always a way around them. After Trunks pulled the plug, the barrier around it disappeared. He then entered a combination of buttons on the button pad, after which the hatch opened, revealing all seven Dragon Balls. "Aren''t you afraid some thief will take them away and harm the earth and loved ones around you?" Unknowingly, Eero appeared behind both of them and spoke, startling both Goten and Trunks, causing them to jump in fear. "You have frightened us, big brother Eero. Don''t worry, we are very strong. We will protect Earth and everyone on it," Goten and Trunks patted their chests and replied. Eero shook his head. "I don''t believe you are strong enough to protect everything." Goten and Trunks were in a daze, then said seriously, looking at Eero, "Let''s fight. If we defeat you, then you will accept that we are the strongest." "Interesting. Well, let''s add a condition. If you both land a successful blow on me, then I will consider you the strongest. How is it? Do you accept?" Eero spoke intriguingly, very interested in their challenge. Goten and Trunks nodded and got ready to attack. Eero turned around and glanced at the hall, mapping the area in his mind. Then he nodded in their direction. "Come on." "Hiya!" Goten and Trunks'' hair turned golden as they leaped in Eero''s direction, punching his face from both directions. Eero expressionlessly raised both hands and redirected their attacks toward each other. "Ahh!" Both felt extreme pain from punching each other''s faces with full force and backed away, looking at Eero standing there calmly. ''What just happened?'' They became very confused. The next second, they looked at each other, nodded, and changed their strategy. Goten leaped and punched, while Trunks appeared behind and kicked. Eero''s mouth curved, and Goten''s punch fell on Trunks'' face, while Trunks kicked Goten in the stomach in return. Both backed away again, feeling the pain. ''We tried to stop our attacks. Why did we both still feel pai''n? Goten and Trunks thought while rubbing their faces and stomachs. Instantly, they decided to be serious, activated Super Saiyan 2nd form, and attacked again. Still, each time Eero deflected and redirected their attacks using small force. Chapter 53 Flashbacks This was one of the usages of the force-breaking technique he invented. His technique not only affected him, but it also controlled and affected opponents'' force, which could deflect and break enemy force. He was going easy on both of them. If he wanted, he could break all their bones by just reversing their Qi and force attacks. After a while, looking at bruised and exhausted Goten and Trunks panting heavily, lying on the floor of the ship, sweating constantly. "Well, it seems you aren''t the strongest. So, in the future, you must act cautiously and not cause trouble. Do you understand?" Eero reminded kindly, looking toward them with closed eyes. Both Trunks and Goten shivered, sat up, and nodded constantly. "We understand," wiping their sweat. ''Big brother Eero is scary,'' Goten thought in horror. No matter how much they tried, they couldn''t land a blow on Eero. Instead, no matter how much they controlled their Qi and force, they still couldn''t help but abuse each other. Eero stood up and walked outside the room. Instantly, he paused, looking at the smile on Vegeta''s face. "I didn''t expect you would reach such a height in just a few years. I challenge you to a fight. I want to see the limit of a mortal human." Eero raised his eyebrows, then relaxed, replying calmly, "I accept your challenge, but you have to wait for a day or two. Also, I will not go easy on you." Vegeta laughed loudly, "Ha ha ha, I like your confidence," then walked away, leaving Eero speechless. "Don''t mind him, little Eero. He is always like that." Chi-Chi appeared and spoke displeasingly, then asked curiously, "Have you seen Goten and Trunks?" Eero nodded and pointed at the room behind. "They are inside that room, Auntie." Chi-Chi nodded with a smile and walked inside. On the way, she spoke, clenching her fist, "Beat him up and show him what humans can do. I believe in you." Eero nodded with a smile. The next second, afterimages appeared again in his mind, a youthful girl speaking in the same gesture and a similar sentence, "I believe in you, little brother Eero." Eero''s eyes widened. He felt a sting in his brain, his brow furrowed, rubbing his forehead. ''Who is this girl? What is my relationship with her? Why am I receiving these flashbacks?'' He fell into contemplation. This story is posted elsewhere by the author. Help them out by reading the authentic version. Then his eyes widened; he realized something: "Wait, it must be related to the incident that happened to me at the age of six on Earth. The doctor said I was paralyzed because of an accident, but I couldn''t recall that incident all these years." "I must find out. This girl must be my relative," Eero muttered firmly, released his fist, relaxed, and walked toward the sweet table. While on the other side, on King Kai''s planet, Goku trains by blasting a Kamehameha, which makes a complete circle around the planet, catching his own Kamehameha and controlling it. King Kai gets angry with Goku for not warning him, mumbling to himself how that''s another reason he doesn''t want Goku to meet Beerus. Goku hears this and asks King Kai who he is. Seeing as he has no other choice at this point, King Kai finally explains who Beerus is. He explains that he is a God of Destruction, and as such, his job is to destroy planets. Upon explaining everything to Goku, he tells him to hide. Beerus arrives with Whis and greets the North Kai, who is terrified at his presence. King Kai tries to stay calm, warned by Beerus that he''ll shrink his planet even more if not satisfied by the food. When asked how long it has been since they last saw each other, King Kai answers that it has been 327 years. Goku is discovered by Beerus hiding and is told to come out. After Goku informally introduces himself, much to King Kai''s dismay, Beerus glances at Goku. "Do you know about the Super Saiyan God?" Clueless to what Beerus was talking about, Goku started scratching his head, replying, "I know about Super Saiyan but don''t know about Super Saiyan God." Beerus then decides to travel to Earth to ask the other Saiyans if they know something. Before they left, Goku asked Beerus for a fight to test his power. Goku transforms into a regular Super Saiyan and charges after Beerus, missing every punch in the process. He then ups his power, transforming into a Super Saiyan 2, but still misses every punch. At last, he is forced to ascend into his most powerful form, Super Saiyan 3, but still misses every punch and unleashes a Kamehameha that tears through the other side of King Kai''s planet. He continues to throw punch after punch, to no avail. After that, Goku is frozen as Beerus hovers over to him and flicks his forehead, sending him flying. Then Beerus appears behind him, grabs his shoulder, reverts him to his base form, and knocks him unconscious. Beerus and Whis say their goodbyes to King Kai and leave. Looking at their disappearing backs, King Kai wipes the sweat and sighs in relief. The next second, he recalls the last dialogue of Beerus, his face turning pale with fright. He hurriedly informs Vegeta telepathically and instructs him to make sure nobody angers the God of Destruction, or Earth and its inhabitants will perish. King Kai then tends to Goku, who wakes up after momentarily being unconscious after the devastating blow from Beerus. Goku is in major pain and is told by King Kai that he''s lucky to have survived the fight against Lord Beerus. Goku says he needs to get up and save Earth but is told to rest. After he is fully healed, Goku decides to sit around for a while and wait it out. Before Beerus and Whis arrive on Earth, Vegeta is pondering how somebody as strong as Kakarot could be defeated in just two blows. The next second, Vegeta''s eyes widened, feeling a figure standing on the cruise ship beside him. Beerus slightly touches Vegeta with the nail of his finger, and Vegeta nervously stumbles away from him. Vegeta tries to attack him, but Beerus'' glare causes his body to paralyze and makes him fall down. Chapter 54 Recognition Vegeta looks up at Beerus and has a flashback from when he was a child. In his flashback, Beerus is shown resting his foot on King Vegeta''s head and pushing down on it, angry that he didn''t get the most comfortable pillow on the planet and that King Vegeta used it for himself. Bulma appears and sees Vegeta on the ground with Whis and Beerus and asks who they are. She is told by Beerus and Whis that Vegeta is their friend. Bulma walks over and greets them, welcoming them to join them at the party. Vegeta has to make sure nobody angers Beerus, or the Earth will be destroyed. As Beerus and Whis are on the cruise ship, people introduce themselves to Beerus, like Yamcha, who tells Beerus that he''s the strongest out of everybody and slaps him hard on the back. This worries Vegeta, who thinks that even the slightest mistake can cost the Earth. Eero was sitting beside the sweets table, eating the cake while watching the show funnily. ''How ironic, a God of Destruction acting like a child,'' he thought to himself. ... Next, Krillin serves Beerus Russian Takoyaki Balls filled with wasabi instead of octopus in it. This also distresses Vegeta, who lashes out at Krillin for doing idiotic things that might anger Beerus. To make up for the incident from earlier, Vegeta serves Beerus a fresh batch of octopus balls. As Beerus is about to eat one, Goten and Trunks come from around the corner and accidentally spray Beerus with water during their water gun match. They apologize and run off, but Beerus becomes infuriated anyway and rises above the ship as if he were about to charge his ki to destroy Earth. Vegeta panics and dives into the sea to grab an octopus, who blasts it into several pieces and cooks and prepares it for Beerus. Beerus calms down and states to Whis that he can''t be angry in that kind of atmosphere. Whis asks Beerus if he has tried pudding before, who tells him that it was delicious and points to where it is. Beerus goes over to Buu and asks if he could share some pudding with him, who bitterly declines to share any. Beerus gets frustrated with Buu, with Mr. Satan attempting to console Beerus for his friend''s selfish actions. Buu and Beerus both tell him to get out of the way, and they confront each other, face to face. This tale has been unlawfully obtained from Royal Road. If you discover it on Amazon, kindly report it. Buu starts jabbing Beerus without him even flinching or moving. Beerus grabs his final punch and clenches it, twisting and contorting Buu, sending him flying into the sky before appearing behind him and grabbing his antenna. Beerus twists Buu around again before firing a beam directly at him, sending him into the sea. Vegeta also tries to comfort Beerus and offers to make him more pudding but is told to leave. As Whis is eating food served by the chef, he is completely oblivious to the events happening until Beerus calls out to Whis, asking if they can blow up the Earth and leave, to which Whis asks for more time as he is too busy enjoying the delicacies prepared by the chef. Goten and Trunks perform the Fusion Dance in an effort to stop Beerus from annihilating Earth. Beerus calls Gotenks a child, but Gotenks retaliates by berating him for being such a child for making a big deal over not getting any pudding. Beerus then goes on a rant about how they probably eat it all the time while he had never tried it before. Beerus slaps Gotenks on the arm multiple times, causing a huge red bump to form on his right arm. Piccolo, Tien Shinhan, and Android 18 all attempt to stop Beerus after he declares he will destroy Earth. They all fail, and Gohan realizes how great the enemy they were fighting is. Majin Buu then comes from behind but is sensed by Beerus before he can land a hit and is once again defeated by Beerus. Dende, shriveling in fear, tells Piccolo that the reason he is so frightened is that he senses Godly ki coming from Beerus. Gohan powers up and charges at Beerus but is knocked back down after Beerus uses Majin Buu as a weapon of sorts. Vegeta realizes he should be trying to help out, that he is the Prince of all Saiyans, and turns Super Saiyan. Vegeta bursts towards Beerus but is disposed of just as easily as everyone else. Beerus places his foot on Vegeta''s head, whose skull is crushed like his father''s was. As Beerus is about to kill Vegeta, Bulma walks over and slaps Beerus, upset at how he ruined her party. Beerus turns around and slaps her back, knocking her away from the brute force. After witnessing this, Vegeta crouches down and clutches his head in mental pain after seeing his wife get slapped and hurt. Vegeta becomes enraged, and during the transformation, he temporarily loses his irises, similar to Future Trunks'' Super Saiyan Third Grade form. He transforms into a Super Saiyan 2, signified by electricity sparks and even longer and spikier hair. During Vegeta''s fight with Beerus, he manages to land a few punches on Beerus and release a Galick Gun at Beerus, which Beerus struggles to defend himself against but eventually overwhelms Vegeta. Beerus offers one last chance to the inhabitants of Earth, asking Oolong, whom he calls the pink pig, to have a rock-paper-scissors with him. Oolong loses, and Puar is fuming angry with him for showing scissors every turn. After winning the contest, Beerus announces that he is leaving with Whis, who was finally ready to leave, and destroying Earth. As he charges a purplish variant of the energy sphere. "Whis, tell me, can the God of Destruction destroy the planet where a candidate of the next God of Destruction resides?" At this moment, a voice sounded. Whis''s and Beerus''s eyes shrank and turned to the corner, looking at Eero sitting there eating a chocolate cake while watching them. Other Z warriors boarding the cruise also turned and gazed at him in surprise. "Oh, you are?" Whis appeared beside Eero, started looking at him from around, then raised his staff, seeing something on the gem above. Surprised, then Whis replied with a smile, "It''s interesting you have an angel recognition; have you met her somewhere? I didn''t expect she would choose a candidate from this universe. Beerus-sama, it looks like you can''t destroy this planet." Z warriors were shocked, including King Kai and Supreme Kai; everyone was confused. Chapter 55 Transformation Beerus raised his brow listening to Whis'' confirmation, glanced at Eero, and replied, "A low-level race like humans can become a candidate. Whis, it looks like your angels are lax in their duties." He raised his palm in Eero''s direction, and a purple destruction ball condensed in his palm. "He hasn''t become a god of destruction yet. If I kill him and destroy this planet, no one will hold me accountable." Dual Domain x512 million Suddenly, both Whis and Beerus'' pupils shrank. The next second, Eero appeared beside Beerus without them knowing, raised his hand, and aimed his Grey Purple Qi at Beerus'' direction, speaking calmly with a smile. "Are you sure you can kill me?" Beerus frowned and retracted his palm, looking at Eero deeply, and asked, "You have awakened the destruction Qi; it seems I underestimated you." Eero also retracted his energy, replying, "I had awakened it a while ago, after I accepted an offer." "My, my, can you both stop? It''s forbidden for a God of Destruction to battle inside the universe," Whis interrupted and let them stop. Looking at Eero''s colorful starry gray and purple Qi, he was surprised. ''What a frightening prowess and potential. He has another God Qi beside Destruction Qi, which is even stronger than Destructio''n. "He is not a god of destruction yet," Beerus said calmly. "He is right; if I kill him now, I will become one." Eero nodded, looking at Whis. Beerus mouth curved in a dangerous smile. "Oh, you can try." After a little spark, "Well, I decided to spare this planet, but you have to tell me what the Super Saiyan God is," Beerus then spoke, waving his hand. Everyone sighed in relief, but they were dazed about Eero and the God of Destruction they were talking about. Z warriors were really confused. ... At this time, Goku instantly transmitted and appeared on the cruise, looking at Eero deeply, then glanced at Beerus. He suggested, "Mr. Beerus, we can summon Shenron and find out about the God of Destruction from him." He then explains to everyone about Beerus being the God of Destruction, which makes him the strongest in the universe, to their shock. Goku then asks for more time to find the Super Saiyan God. His plea is granted, and they gather the Dragon Balls to summon Shenron. Unauthorized usage: this tale is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. Shenron seems afraid of Beerus but nevertheless explains that they need to perform a ritual that requires five righteous Saiyans pouring their hearts into the sixth Saiyan, who then becomes a Super Saiyan God. After everything is explained, Shenron disappears, and the Dragon Balls disperse throughout the planet. Eero was watching the scene intriguingly, standing beside Beerus, eating pancakes. Beerus grabbed one pancake from his plate and ate it; when he raised his paw for a second one, "Go take as many pancakes from there; why are you finishing mine?" Eero said annoyingly, pointing at the table far away. "Don''t be stingy; they look delicious on your plate and then on that table." Beerus retorted, grabbed the third one, and ate. Eero shook his head, turned, and glanced at Goku and others gathering and planning, then spoke, "This Super Saiyan God will definitely surprise you." Beerus and Whis were surprised, looking at Eero. "You knew about the Super Saiyan God?" Eero nodded calmly, "I interfered with the information. Think about it; what''s the difference between normal Qi and God Qi? Also, the same; what''s the difference between normal Super Saiyan and Super Saiyan God?" Beerus was confused, but Whis replied, "So Mr. Eero means Saiyan Qi will transform into God Qi and gain god-like powers rivalling the God of Destruction." "Whis, you are more intelligent than this thin cat," Eero praised, pointing at Beerus. Beerus''s mouth twitched, his brow furrowed angrily. ''Bastard, I will kill this guy someday.'' Whis snickered slowly, then spoke, "Mr. Beerus is also very intelligent." Eero shook his head in disbelief. Instantly, a purple aura flickered around Beerus. Looking at him, he spoke while gritting his teeth, "Do you want to die?" Eero shook his head and replied, "Don''t do it; you can''t kill me," then pointed at Goku and others, "Look, they are going to transform into Super Saiyan God." Beerus suppressed his anger, turned, and glanced at Goku and others. To perform the ritual, Goku needs the help of five other righteous Saiyans. They only have four, those being Gohan, Goten, Trunks, and Vegeta. The first time they perform the ritual, they all turn Super Saiyan and transfer their ki into Goku instead of their heart. As they''re all confused on what to do, Videl steps in and tells them she''s pregnant and the baby has one-fourth Saiyan blood. They try the ritual again, which ends up being a very tedious process. The clouds and sea turn golden, and the weather and day change multiple times in a matter of seconds, showing how powerful the Super Saiyan God transformation is. After becoming a red silhouette and then a shadowy figure, Goku returns to his natural appearance, but as a Super Saiyan God. Everyone is amazed at the form''s appearance, but nobody can sense the power of it, due to them not being able to sense his ki. Beerus raised his eyebrow and congratulated Goku on achieving the Super Saiyan God form. Goku then confidently challenged Beerus again. At first, Goku can''t land a single hit, just like in their previous duel. He is also shown to not be used to how light his body becomes when he ascends, as he is shown flailing around. During their fight, Goku launches a Kamehameha at Beerus, which goes right through him, ripping through the sea. However, as their fight goes on, Goku grows more experienced with the form and is able to truly fight on par with Beerus. Once he gains better control of the form, Beerus starts taking him seriously, unleashing a few punches of his own. Beerus then declares that the real battle between two gods will commence, showing how thrilled he was to have some worthy competition. After crashing into the water from the force of Beerus'' energy sphere earlier in the fight, they struggle to keep up with Goku and Beerus due to the engine failing. Gohan and Goten tell Bulma to go faster, and she responds by asking them why they don''t fly, to which they respond by saying they ran out of ki during the ritual. Chapter 56 Invader Identity Vegeta observes Goku and Beerus fight, with them trading blows. As the fight goes on, Beerus charges another energy sphere, this time bigger, and tosses it at Goku. Goku crushes it until the sphere is completely gone. As Old Kai and Kibito Kai watch the fight, Old Kai notices that Beerus is not using his full power, to Kibito Kai''s shock. Beerus grabs Goku''s face and pushes him downwards at a high velocity, making him crash into a nearby island. Beerus stands over Goku and is highly disappointed with him. Goku gets a few good hits in, but Beerus is not affected by it. Beerus knocks Goku up into the stratosphere, while Goku lies there, floating almost lifeless. Beerus launches an attack, and he exclaims that Goku will not be able to stop it from colliding with Earth. Goku instead destroys it with a one-handed Kamehameha. Beerus answers that it is a good idea but forms hundreds of them and releases them at Goku. Goku charges a Kamehameha and obliterates every single one. Although impressed, Beerus makes it clear that Goku is no match for him. Worn out from the Kamehameha he released, Goku is helpless to defend himself, and Beerus charges towards him at an incredible speed and four-finger chops him in the heart. Goku slowly falls back to Earth and drifts away under the sea. Goku is amazed at how strong Beerus is but finds motivation to keep fighting and seemingly heals himself of his injuries. He springs out of the sea, ready to keep fighting Beerus. Goku warns him he will use his full power, and for Goku having such a powerful will, Beerus rewards him by using his full power as well. "So tell me, Mr. Eero, how did you meet my sister Marcarita? You are from universe seven, yet you are accepted as a god of destruction candidate for universe eleven," Whis asked, standing beside him. Eero raised his brow, glanced at Whis, who was watching the battle calmly, and replied, "Probably Time City; she found me through the timeline when I was a time patroller." Whis was surprised, then nodded understandingly, "Indeed, Time Patrollers don''t belong to any universe; they can be accepted as Gods of Destruction by any universe. Which means she isn''t breaking the rule." Eero nodded thoughtfully, ''So there was really a rule where a god of destruction candidate can''t be chosen from other universes, but truthfully, I don''t belong to any universe in this dimension. Also, my identity will definitely be revealed during the final tournament.'' This narrative has been purloined without the author''s approval. Report any appearances on Amazon. ''Grand Minister and Zeno can definitely find my invader identity if they are truly at the top of this dimension.'' Eero threw up on himself. Up above the planet, Goku and Beerus decide to start up their battle again, this time without any tricks. Both sides power up and charge each other, punching at exactly the same moment. As their fists come together, they produce strange shock waves that radiate outward. Off in the Sacred World of the Kais, the Kais are worried. Old Kai explains that since the destructive force of these shock waves increases the further away they get from their point of origin, the universe itself will only be able to endure Goku and Beerus clashing together two or three more times. After that, the entire universe will be destroyed. Eero was analyzing the damage caused by Goku and Beerus'' Qi collision, but he felt his gray Qi was much stronger than both of theirs. Goku''s Qi is filled with aggressive war nature, while Beerus'' Qi is filled with sharp annihilation nature. His gray Qi is different; it feels like his Qi can absorb any Qi and enhance its properties. While Eero was thinking about his Qi properties, Beerus and Goku''s collision came to an end. Similar to the anime, Goku''s form exhausted and returned to normal, lost in the battle of Gods, which can be accepted; temporary and permanent differences bring a huge difference. Whis congratulates Beerus on his victory and suggests they go home, but Beerus notes that he promised to destroy the Earth if he won, but looking at the kind smile on Eero''s face, his face sank, ''This guy is simply more hateful than Champa.'' Instantly, Beerus has fallen asleep while standing up. Whis explains that Beerus has gotten a bit soft due to spending most of his time sleeping, watching anime, and various other things. Using his full power without warming up first was apparently too exhausting for him. He then explained and announced Beerus will probably not wake up again for a while and takes him back home, thanking Goku for "playing" with Beerus and advising them all to prepare an adequate supply of pudding for when Beerus and he return. Then he glanced at Eero; he said with a smile, "Mr. Eero, you should visit planet Beerus; Lord Beerus will be happy to compete with you there." Eero nodded and replied, "I will definitely visit." Whis then grabbed Beerus and flew away while traveling outside in space. "Beerus-sama, how long have you been pretending to sleep?" Whis, he asked calmly. "I was truly sleeping, Whis. You woke me up just now." Beerus retorted, suppressing his embarrassment. After a while, thinking of something, Beerus''s brow furrowed. "Hey, Whis, tell me, why did you stop me before? Was that guy really that dangerous?" asked thoughtfully, recalling a telepathic message from Whis in his mind, stopping him when he was going to attack Eero with destruction energy. "Unfortunately, he is indeed very strong; even I am not sure about defeating him. Also, I didn''t want to see you die because I haven''t found a new god of destruction candidate yet," Whis replied while navigating through the dark space. Beerus was shocked, looking at Whis in disbelief. Then he closed his eyes after a while and replied, "Next time, if I fight him, you must not come in my way." "Yes, Beerus-sama," Whis replied with a smile. Then both flew away in space and disappeared. Chapter 57 Sneaky Earth, Eero was standing on the cruise ship, looking at Goku, Vegeta, and others who were staring at him. "Eero, did you really become the God of Destruction? It''s amazing," Gohan said in amazement. Goku, Vegeta, and Piccolo were very surprised by the fact that a boy who was nothing more than a mortal became potentially as strong as Beerus in just a few years. "Eero, I challenge you," Goku requested suddenly. "Goku, you bastard, I already challenged him first," Vegeta hurriedly interrupted, looking at Eero eagerly. Eero was speechless, looking at both of them. ''This is the side effect of living in the DB Dimension; even at death''s door, someone will challenge you to a battle, but I am not in the mood for battle now.'' "Wait for a few days. I will fight you after you gain a new transformation. Now you will waste battle opportunities. I will fight you only once," Eero thoughtfully replied. "I understand. I am going to achieve my own Super Saiyan God form," Goku nodded and spoke. He also wants to do his best against Eero. Vegeta also nodded, clenching his fist. ''I must surpass this Goku.'' After having fun, the party was over. Eero appeared on his previous residence hill and adjusted his house above. Looking at the sunset, "It''s time to train. I have a year before the next tournament," Eero muttered thoughtfully. He walked inside and appeared in the basement, increased the gravity from a million to ten million, then a hundred million. After increasing it a billionfold, Eero felt a little pressure on his body. ''Not enough.'' Increased it to ten billion, Eero''s leg bent instantly, and he sat down on his knees. Kaio-Ken x2 Armour x2 A heavy armor shrouded his body along with Kaio-Ken. The armor''s heaviness and Kaio-Ken''s effect canceled each other. Kaio-Ken x10 Armour x10 Eero increased it more. After reaching Kaio-Ken and Armor x100, his body couldn''t bear such triple pressure. It became red; muscles and veins started rupturing, then repairing. After a while, Eero adjusted his body and, after a while, started doing the force-breaking technique stances. A few months passed in his domain, but not even a second passed outside. If you discover this tale on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation. After resting for a day outside, Eero started training again after covering his domain in the basement training hall. Eero decided to train in his domain, as he has millions of folds of time in his domain, to reach a level of strength where no one can intimidate and defeat him. --- On the other side, Goku and Vegeta also went to Beerus'' planet for training purposes in order to gain strength to defeat Eero and Beerus, but they didn''t know Eero was training harder and smarter than them. But no one knew except Eero; an enemy was secretly revived in a corner of the universe. Frieza, revived by his henchmen. After they stole the Dragon Balls, The next moment, Frieza is surprised upon hearing of Goku''s fighting progress (as he himself admits that Majin Buu and Beerus were the two beings in the universe his father warned him never to cross), and he decides that if he wants to defeat Goku and Future Trunks, he needs to train for the first time in his life, realizing that he has not trained for much of his entire life. This training lasts about four months. Between these four months, Frieza trains with Tagoma and his other henchmen. After these four months, Frieza has finished his training and is bringing him and 1,000 soldiers to Earth to get their revenge. Jaco, a Galactic Patrolman, witnesses Frieza coming to Earth and arrives to warn the people he knows on Earth, Bulma. He knows Bulma because years ago he arrived on Earth to stop Goku from coming to Earth from Planet Vegeta but met Tights, Bulma''s sister, and became friends with her family. Bulma helped gather the remaining Z Fighters on Earth to warn them. Soon after, Frieza arrives on Earth with only Gohan, Piccolo, Tien, Krillin, Jaco, and Master Roshi to stand in his way. --- Earth, Pacific Ocean, In the middle of a barren island, It is a huge island, with a tropical forest, a beach, and a house beside the beach. Eero is sitting cross-legged in a yoga pose on the top of a hill, taking serene breaths and feeling refreshed, with each of his breaths causing the whole island''s animals, trees, branches, leaves, and ocean layers to move in rhythm. He slowly opened his eyes and raised his head, looking at the ocean waves striking the coast in front with his calm and waveless eyes. "How long have I been training?" Eero muttered thoughtfully, looking at his status panel. [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 21 [Exp: 00000/20000] Divine Qi: 1 Sextillion Divine Body: 1 Sextillion (Hidden) Divine Soul: 1 Sextillion (Hidden) [1000 trillion = 1 quadrillion] 1000 Quadrillion = 1 Quintillion 1000 Quintillion = 1 Sextillion] [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 2 Trillionfold Passive Skill: [All-Rounder Max] [Ultra Instinct +2] Active Skill: [Survival Max] [Ultra Stealth +2] [Instant Transmission Max] [Breaker Max] [Kaio-Ken Max] Looking at his attributes, Quintillion reached ''Although my basic power level didn''t reach Goku''s Septillion power level in the finals and Zeno Octillion Power Levels, if I use external force like Time Domain and Kaio-Ken, then I already surpasses them. Now probably only Zeno can erase my entity; even Grand Priest may not be my opponent.'' Eero thought to himself while estimating his strength. ''Also, my domain reached 2 trillion folds; also, the domain range is 2 trillion light-years, enough to cover other universes, but for now my domain can only cover twin universes 6 and 7. Other universes are a little far away, but soon my domain will cover this whole dimension.'' Eero stood up and relaxed his body muscles, then walked toward his house. He paused a little, glanced at the boulder far away, and said, "You can come out." A figure walked from behind the boulder and appeared in front of him. Looking at Towa''s embarrassed expression, Eero asked calmly, "Why are you here?" Towa turned her head, looking in another direction, while nervously clasping her hands behind. Feeling horrible Divine Qi on Eero''s body, ''How can this guy become so scary?. Damn, why couldn''t I contain my curiosity about him and follow him? Now I will definitely di''e. She thought nervously, Eero was speechless, looking at her acting strangely. He shook his head, turned, and walked toward his house, not caring. Towa turned and glanced at his back, suppressing her fear, then followed him sneakily. Chapter 58 Gray Purple Ash Eero paused again, turned around, and looked at her annoyingly, with a vein throbbing on his forehead. He asked with displeasure, "What do you want? Be clear." Don''t be sneaky." "Um, I am here to visit you. I was looking for you in timelines and finally found you here. I just wanted to say hi." Towa mustered her courage and spoke embarrassingly with a redness on her cheek. Eero was speechless, looking at her strangely. ''Is she serious, a demoness finding someone through timelines just to say hi, and me on top of that?'' "Hello, now can you please stop following me?" Eero replied calmly. Towa was startled, lost for words, looking at Eero''s serious and unwelcoming face. A disappointment flashed through her eyes. "Well, I also wanted to thank you for sparing my life before. I will take my leave." She thanked him and wanted to fly away. "Wait." Eero called her again. Instantly she stopped, turned around, and glanced at Eero, puzzled and a little nervous. Eero was looking at her thoughtfully. ''Maybe this demoness really stopped doing those evil things, so she must be super bored to find me through the timelines.'' "You said before you aren''t interested in evil deeds anymore. Was that true?" Eero asked calmly. Towa was startled, then nodded and replied, "I really am not interested in those things anymore." Eero nodded and said, "Well, you can stay; just don''t kill anyone." Towa''s eyes widened in surprise, then she nodded, unknowingly feeling happiness swell in her heart. Eero shook his head, ''It seems I guess right,'' and walked inside his house. Near the door, he turned and invited her, "Come inside." Towa nodded, following him, and walked inside his house. After eating the delicious food, she was surprised, ''I haven''t eaten such delicious food anywhere.'' After enjoying the delicious meal, Eero said, "Let''s go. I have to deal with an annoying guy. I will put an end to the show." Towa was puzzled, looking at Eero, then feeling thousands of small evil Qis and an extremely huge evil Qi; she nodded. Unauthorized content usage: if you discover this narrative on Amazon, report the violation. Looking at her, Eero felt really strange. ''Why is she acting so strange since she met me?'' "Well, let me select a perfect time of arrival," Eero spoke thoughtfully. A grey starlight portal appeared in front of Eero and Towa. He walked inside and disappeared. Towa was frightened by the pure time-space energy emitting from the portal. She took a deep breath and walked inside nervously, following Eero. --- On the other side of Earth, Bulma decided not to tell Goten & Trunks because of their safety concerns, and their recklessness would be the death of them, or worse. The Z Fighters fought Frieza''s soldiers, and while Krillin was too scared to fight because he remembered when he was killed by Frieza long ago, he eventually restored enough courage to fight back. Somehow Goten and Trunks sensed the battle between Frieza happening. Curious, they flew off to go fight. Once most of Frieza''s soldiers were defeated, Shisami, one of the army''s best men, stepped in to fight. He and Gohan began fighting but were interrupted by Tagoma, who fired a ki blast through them both, killing Shisami and disabling Gohan. The Z Fighters attacked Tagoma, but it did no harm to him, and he flicked them away. Tagoma stated that the reason why they could not hurt him was because he was Frieza''s training partner, so now he had a body of steel. Before he was about to kill them, Super Saiyan Gotenks charged in and headbutted Tagoma in his crotch. As Gotenks badmouthed Frieza and was about to rush him, he defused back into Goten & Trunks. Frieza noticed that they looked like Goku and Future Trunks, and Frieza noted Goten as his son, while he felt familiar with the present Trunks'' face, looking similar to his future counterpart who slew him instantly. He spoke out of anger for the Saiyan race multiplying since his death, calling them "filthy." With that, in fear, Goten and Trunks ran off and hid with Jaco & Bulma. In the midst of the battle, Frieza encountered his long-lost companion, Captain Ginyu. Upon recognizing him, he ordered him to kill Gohan and the others. Ginyu flew down, ready for battle. Gohan fought him earnestly, but due to his lack of training over the years, he was severely overpowered and thrashed around. As a last resort, he was forced to transform into a Super Saiyan and beat Ginyu down. Instead of killing him, he spared him in a very familiar way that Goku spared Frieza back then. Frieza noticed this and decided he would kill Gohan himself, intending to let Goku see his son''s corpse. Frieza fired his Death Beams all over Gohan''s body, reverting him back to his base form in pain and disabling him so he was unable to fight back. Right when Frieza was about to finish him off with a huge Death Beam, Piccolo stepped in front of Gohan, taking the blast himself, and was killed the same way as he protected Gohan from Napa ages ago. Gohan''s eyes widened, and others were also surprised. Just as Frieza was about to kill Gohan, his body froze. He backed away, and instantly a grey blast fell on his place where he was standing. "Gohan, your biggest mistake in life is that you spare your enemy, which leads to the death of your relatives and family," a voice sounded amidst the shocked faces of everyone. A starry gray portal enlarged, and Eero walked outside with Towa following behind him. "Eero?" Gohan''s eyes widened in surprise, then his eyes filled with regret listening to Eero. "And who are you?" Frieza frowned, looking at Eero uneasily, and spoke. Eero turned and gazed through his body without paying attention to him, glancing at the minion soldiers behind him. "How dare you ignore me?" Frieza angrily shouted, looking at Eero''s waveless gaze, skipping him, and glanced at his minions instead. "Gohan, let me teach you today a proper way to deal with tumors that resurface again and again." Eero spoke, pointing at all of Frieza''s minions. Amidst everyone''s shocked eyes, gray-purple bullets ejected from his fingers and pierced everyone''s foreheads instantly, turning them into gray-purple ash. Chapter 59 Scolding Eero was surprised after feeling something. ''This destruction Qi is really convenient; it can annihilate even a soul after combining with my Divine Qi.'' Eero thought to himself, seeing the attack results. "Don''t underestimate me, you bastard." Frieza shouted angrily and transformed into his final golden form. The whole earth trembled as he leaped in Eero''s direction with his purple Qi slash attack. Dual Domain x 1 Million Instantly, Frieza froze, along with everything else on earth. Eero raised his hand and punched his chest. Burst! The domain retracted, and instantly Frieza halted, feeling unimaginable pain in his body. Looking below his chest, an area disappeared, and blood flowed out through the huge hole in his torso. "Oh, you didn''t die with one strike. I will give a plus point to your tenacity," Eero muttered, surprised. "Anyway, get ready for a second strike," Eero spoke expressionlessly. Frieza''s face changed, looking at Eero in horror. He turned and flew away with extreme fear on his face because he felt a gray energy inside Eero''s attacks eating away even his soul. It was the first time he felt an extreme crisis of permanent annihilation. Dual Domain x 10 million Instantly, Eero appeared in front of him and blasted his arms and legs, leaving a bare torso floating in the air. Time retracted. "Ahhhhhhhh," Frieza shouted in horror and dread, looking at Eero as his arms and legs disappeared, turning into ashes, and the hole in his chest is expanding painfully. He felt a suffocation as if free-falling in the abyss constantly. "Why are you doing this to me? I have no enmity with you?" Frieza asked grievously. Eero was surprised listening to his claim. "Are you serious, Frieza? Tell me, did those planets and creatures you destroyed and killed, did those innocents have any enmity with you? "Why are you using such a retarded victim card?" "Eero, spare him, please." Instantly, Goku and Vegeta appeared; probably Goku used instant transmission after sensing Frieza''s Golden Qi. It was Goku who spoke, requesting to spare Frieza. Eero raised his brow and glanced at Goku deeply. "I am sorry, I can''t accept your request," rejected Goku''s request, then glanced at Frieza flying away using his full power. This story has been unlawfully obtained without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon. Dual Domain x 1 trillion Instantly, everything in the twin universe froze, including Beerus and Whis and two other identical mysterious figures beside them in space. Eero appeared in front of Frieza, looking at his pathetic, horror-filled expression. He raised his hand and shot an arrow-shaped gray-purple attack in Frieza''s direction. Turning him into ash along with his soul. Now, even the Dragon Balls can''t revive him, except the Super Dragon Balls, but who will use the Super Dragon Balls for something like Frieza? Time retracted. "Huh." Goku, Vegeta, and the other Z warriors were startled, looking at the gray-purple energy dissipating, especially Goku. He was shocked to the extreme, looking at Eero, clenched his fist, and asked angrily, "Why did you kill him?" Vegeta beside him didn''t say anything, but he was still a little disappointed; he couldn''t kill Frieza himself. Krillin and the others were relieved. Eero was speechless, looking at Goku as if looking at a retard. "If there were no Dragon Balls and he killed your sons, wife, and granddaughter, would you still show mercy? Leave the Dragon Balls; he tramples on your son''s face and tosses your family like garbage." "Yet you spare his life for what? Just a little fun in battle or a little satisfaction you receive through battle. It seems your family is not even compared to a reusable toothbrush in your life. At least people keep their brush away from others, yet you let every villain toss your family, and then you come and sympathize with them and let them live." Goku became speechless, listening to Eero and looking at his waveless eyes as if seeing through him; he felt a little guilty looking at Gohan. Vegeta was shocked, including the Z warriors. Bulma, Gohan, and Goten were also shocked. ''First time someone scolded Goku like this, why are we feeling a little happy? Eero is amazin''g. Eero glanced at Goku deeply for a while, then turned and glanced at Beerus and Whis, who just appeared far away. "Let''s go, Towa." He said. Towa nodded, and a fly appeared beside him. Both walked inside the portal and disappeared, leaving everyone bewildered. "This guy is interesting," Beerus commented, looking at the speechless Goku, who fell into self-doubt. "Indeed," Whis nodded, looking at the disappearing time portal. Eero just used to travel inside. Time travel: he can travel through timelines, also slowing down time, such an amazing potential. ''I am feeling a little envious of her luck now.'' Whis thought to himself with a sigh. ¡­ Eero walked outside the portal and landed beside his home, looking at Towa behind him. She was looking at him in a daze. Upon his gaze, she turned her head away, her face turning strangely red. Eero was speechless and shook his head. ''What happened to her? She really wasn''t like this before; where is her confidence and that witch-type vibe she was exuding before? He thought to himself, confused. Shaking his head, he discarded such thoughts. ''No one can understand women, whether they are human or demon.'' He walked inside his home. Towa also followed. Inside the lounge area, Eero pointed at a room. "You can stay in that room while you are in this timeline; just don''t disturb me." Towa nodded understandingly. Eero then left and walked inside the basement area, starting training inside. On the other side, Goku and the Z warriors were silent, including Beerus and Whis. Vegeta was irritated. He couldn''t kill Frieza himself, while Goku laughed embarrassed and thought to himself, ''Maybe Eero is right.'' While Bulma and the others explained everything to them, how Eero appeared and killed the minions. After that, Gohan headed back home to see that Videl and Pan were alive and well. His heart was relieved. He also realized his mistakes after understanding Eero''s words and vowed to train and get stronger to protect them for the sake of his family''s love. ¡­ Sometime after the death of Golden Frieza, Goku is sparring with Vegeta on Beerus'' planet, which is being supervised by Whis. Goku and Vegeta fight on even terms until Vegeta gets angry and goes Super Saiyan Blue. Goku gets blasted by a ki blast from Vegeta. Goku reminds Vegeta that Super Saiyan Blue was off-limits but turns Super Saiyan Blue anyway. Chapter 60 Guest While stating their power to each other, Goku bites his tongue, saying Super Saiyan God Super Saiyan repeatedly. Goku asks for a new name, and a suggestion given from Whis is "Super Saiyan Blue." Whis punishes Goku and Vegeta for transforming by making them put on heavy space suits. While Goku and Vegeta bicker at each other, Champa and Vados suddenly arrive on Beerus'' planet. Goku notices that they both look like Beerus and Whis and was told by Vados that she is Whis'' sister and Beerus and Champa are twins. Beerus is woken up by Whis with the request of Champa. When they both get back, Goku and Vegeta are told that Universe 6 has its own Earth and the Earthlings were wiped out by war, surprising them both. Champa challenges Beerus to a five-on-five tournament between Universe 6 and Universe 7 for Universe 7''s Earth, which makes Goku excited. After Whis explains why Beerus and Champa don''t fight each other anymore, they discuss the details for the tournament. The rules will be the same as the World Martial Arts Tournament and will be in five Earth days on the Nameless Planet at 10 a.m. If Champa won, he would use the Super Dragon Balls to switch the universes'' Earths. If Beerus won, he would give him the six Super Dragon Balls he collected, but Beerus had to find the last one on his own. Goku and Vegeta joined Beerus'' team off the bat. They also selected Piccolo and Good Buu and suggested that Beerus should invite Eero as a member because the bet involves Earth. Surprisingly, Beerus nodded in approval. Gohan was suggested by Vegeta to fight because he had the highest potential, but Goku didn''t want him to because he was focused on studying. After deciding on the players, Goku and Vegeta went back to Earth to let Bulma invent a new Dragon Radar to locate the last Super Dragon Ball. After some time, Bulma created a new Dragon Radar called the Super Dragon Radar. Goku tested it out, but it didn''t work where they were, at the edge of the universe. Bulma got in contact with her sister, Tights, to get Jaco to go to Earth. Piccolo, Goku, and Vegeta headed to Capsule Corporation, where Bulma was waiting for Jaco. Piccolo examined the Super Dragon Radar, but while examining it, Goku asked Vegeta if he wanted to train in the Hyperbolic Time Chamber. Vegeta said that they were close to their limits. This novel''s true home is a different platform. Support the author by finding it there. Goku said he would train alone and become stronger quicker, which led to Vegeta wanting to train with him also so they could go all-out because there were two of them. Goku asked Piccolo to train with him, but he declined. In 50 minutes, Jaco showed up and told Bulma that as a Galactic Patrolman, he was busy, but he would take her to see Zuno to know where the center of the universe was to use the Super Dragon Radar. Goku told Vegeta that they both had feisty wives. Vegeta didn''t mind so much because he said that Saiyan women were strong-willed. Goku then commented that he liked Chi-Chi the way she was. Bulma and Jaco then arrived on Zuno''s Planet, where they were told they could not go meet him because they hadn''t arranged a meeting and that somebody else was already there. The other person there was an assassin from the universe, so Jaco defeated him. To repay them, Zuno agreed to help them. To show Zuno''s knowledge to Bulma and that he could actually answer anything, Jaco then kissed his cheek (because that''s how you get Zuno to answer a question) and then asked what size Bulma''s breasts were. When Zuno answered correctly, Bulma got ticked off that he was correct, kissed his cheek, and then could ask three questions. She accidentally asked if she actually did get three wishes, so that was one wasted. Then she asked about the Super Dragon Balls. Zuno said that they were created around the beginning of time by the dragon god Zalama. He created them to be the size of planets, then he used a technique to make them look like stars from far away. And that they were scattered across the sixth and seventh universes. Bulma wasted the third ask, so then Bulma and Jaco left to go back to Earth. Goku and Vegeta were training in the Hyperbolic Time Chamber. Goku wondered if the warriors from Universe 6 would be strong. Vegeta said that Champa was confident in his warriors even though he had seen them train before. Goku was excited to see them, while Vegeta wanted Goku to act his age. Not knowing what he meant, Goku responded, saying that Saiyans stay young until they reach the age of 80. Vegeta was, however, talking about his mentality. Vegeta wanted to stop talking and then turned into Super Saiyan Blue. Goku followed, so they both could go all out in the room because it didn''t break. They decided to train for three years in the room (three days in the outside world). ¡­ While on the other side of the earth, on the non-inhabitant island, Eero was training inside his basement. A few thousand years passed in his domain, and a few days passed outside. He would just rest for a while for eating and other purposes, as his stamina and Qi reached unimaginable levels. He could survive only on his Qi, no need for extreme nutrition for his body. He just ate, drank, and meditated frequently to keep his mind, spirit, and body in check and balanced. Because of staying alone in a single room for 11 years, his mind didn''t get bored or tired of being alone. It was a plus point in his character noticed by Eero. Sometimes he thought, no one could train and exercise like him. While Eero was training, outside on the island, an uninvited guest appeared. Towa was sitting on the beachside on a stone, looking at the sea waves thoughtfully. ''Why am I here? He doesn''t even pay attention to me. What are you thinking, Towa? Should I leave?'' "Oy you, where is Eero? Call him," Instantly, a voice startled her. She turned and glanced at the purple cat and another figure standing beside him. She felt uncomfortable looking at the figure beside the cat. Whis was looking at Towa interestingly. "A demoness? I didn''t expect I would encounter a demoness. Well, Miss, can you call Eero? We are here for an urgent task." "Come with me." Towa, surprised by Whis pointing out her identity, suppressed the uncomfortable feeling and walked toward the Eero house while Whis and Beerus followed. Chapter 61 Super Shenron??? Inside Eero''s house, Looking at Beerus and Whis eating ramen he prepared, Eero became thoughtful. ''So, the 6th universe tournament timeline arrived.'' "You want me to join the tournament," Eero asked thoughtfully. Beerus nodded, "Yes indeed, you are truly qualified to participate. Also, we bet on Earth. If Champa wins, he will take away Earth." Eero''s mouth twitched. ''This dimension is really annoying, Saiyans letting their families and creatures on Earth die for fun, and the god of destruction using the whole Earth as a bet. No one cares about the feelings of humans living on Earth. Man, I am tired.'' Looking at Eero''s twitching mouth and his throbbing forehead vein, Beerus turned his face away and snickered. Eero glanced at his smug face, he shook his head became silent then said. "Well, I accept your proposal." Beerus was surprised looking at Eero, nodded with a smile. "Thank you, also can you give me one more?" Beerus thanked, then passed the empty ramen bowl back and asked for another serving. Eero nodded and after a while prepared another serving for Whis and Beerus. "You are a nice person, Mr. Eero. I thought you would reject offering us another serving," Whis praised after grabbing the bowl and dug in. Eero shook his head. "Although I don''t like certain purple cat, but a guest is a guest." Beerus'' forehead ticked, but then he suppressed his anger. ''Control, Control. I can''t kill this guy right now. He will help me win the tournament.'' He started eating the next bowl without caring about Eero. Whis laughed a little while enjoying the food. ¡­ After a while, Eero appeared on the beach, beside Beerus and Whis, then glanced at Towa standing far away looking at them. "Wait for a while." He said. Then walked and appeared in front of Towa, then calmly said. "You can stay on this island, in my house, or you can do whatever you want. Don''t confine yourself on this island; I saw you were extremely bored these days." Towa was surprised listening to Eero. ''I was wrong; I thought he wasn''t caring about me, but actually, he was paying attention to me these days.'' She nodded with a smile. "I will, Thank you." Eero nodded with a smile, then his expression returned to calm. He walked and appeared beside Beerus and Whis. "Let''s Go," Whis nodded and Cube covered all three of them, and they flew toward Beerus'' planet. "Was she your girlfriend? But she isn''t human," Beerus asked, whispering in Eero''s ear. Whis also raised his ears; he was also curious. "No, she isn''t my girlfriend," Eero startled shook his head replied. "Oh!" Beerus glanced at him suspiciously; Whis was also surprised. Both of them thought she was his girlfriend. "But I don''t care whether someone is human or not. If they truly love me, I will respond similarly. She can become my girlfriend if she truly loves me," Eero replied calmly, looking at the colorful rays passing faster than the speed of light. ''Angels surely travel very fast.'' The tale has been taken without authorization; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. Beerus and Whis nodded after listening to Eero''s reply. Soon they arrived on Beerus'' planet. Eero landed and watched the different scenery around. This planet''s lower part has a shape similar to a square pyramid flipped upside-down, and the top is made of a giant thick dead tree with a number of buildings on it. Several buildings of the temple are located on the giant tree. Living around the temple are several kinds of animals, including birds and butterflies. Around the temple is a gigantic lake that includes several kinds of sea creatures. There are also various moons around the temple. The sky is orange-red with a constant temperature, not too cold nor too hot. Whis and Beerus'' pupils shrank looking at Eero walking calmly around as if walking on Earth. ''This guy has an unbelievably strong physique,'' Beerus thought. Anyone without proper training and strength will disturb upon visiting his planet, which has 3000 fold gravity, yet Eero walked on it like he was on Earth. Whis also noted this point; he had been analyzing Eero ever since he came to know the Dual Divine Qi of Eero. Eero then stayed for a day on Beerus'' planet, enjoying luxury. Maybe Beerus was impressed by his hospitality or his words; he offered delicious products Eero hadn''t tasted before. ''It''s surprisingly good.'' After eating the fish on Beerus'' planet, Eero was surprised by the taste. Then he prepared one himself in a way which surprised Beerus and Whis a lot; they were shocked by the delicious taste more than a hundred times before. "Don''t be surprised; cooking is also one of the aspects which brings soul in the food," Eero shrugged his shoulder and commented, looking at Beerus as if looking at a monkey who didn''t know the fine taste. Beerus became very angry by the gaze if Eero and felt very jealous looking at his smug smile. ''How can this hateful guy be so good in everything?'' He turned his head away annoyingly. Whis closed his eyes snickered, enjoying the fish, not paying attention to Beerus. ¡­ Soon the day of the tournament arrived. Goku and Vegeta finished their training in the Time Chamber and had beards after training for three years. The gang was on their way to Beerus'' planet to pick up Beerus and his pick for the team. They were being taken there by Whis in his Cube. As Vegeta and Goku were looking at Eero sitting in a corner in a Yoga pose taking rhythmic breathing, wondering if this was the secret of his strength. Then, they started playing Shiritori. When Whis said the phrase, "Juri-Juri", Goku questioned a "Juri-Juri", so Whis responded saying that it''s a bird from his planet. On the Nameless Planet, Goku was amazed along with the rest of the group seeing the size of the Super Dragon Balls. But Eero flinched after gazing at the Super Dragon Balls, as if a huge unknown size Golden Dragon raised his head and gazed at him, then said something. Eero snapped out of his thought, gazed around looking at Goku and others. ''Was that Super Shenron?, It seems no one noticed such a scene; only I saw it.'' Chapter 62 Written Exam Upon landing, Goku noticed Supreme Kai and Kibito and wondered why they were separate. While Supreme Kai was explaining the situation, Goku noticed two beings, the Supreme Kai of Universe 6 and his attendant. Goku quickly rushed to meet them but was told that the written exam was beginning. When walking towards the stage, Goku recognized a familiar face to which Vegeta exclaimed was Frieza. It turned out not to be Frieza because Piccolo didn''t sense an evil presence from him. Goku also noticed another fighter from Universe 6, Magetta, and wondered if he was "human". Eero was also walking toward his floating seat calmly, without paying attention to the monkey acts of Vegeta and Goku. The written exam was about to begin on the command of Vados. As Goku was about to take his seat to take the exam, he saw Cabba. Goku and Vegeta were recognized by Cabba to be Saiyans, and he also revealed that he''s a Saiyan, which surprised them. Vegeta commented on Cabba''s attire and said that the attire he was wearing resembled the style the Saiyans wore before getting taken over by Frieza, which Cabba didn''t seem to know about Frieza. Vegeta asked Cabba what planet the Saiyans were based on in their universe, and Cabba responded saying Planet Sadala, the origin planet of the Saiyans. Cabba was curious if Planet Sadala existed in Universe 7, but Vegeta said that it had been destroyed because of an internal conflict between Saiyans, and he further explained what happened after that. Goku then asks Cabba where his tail is, to which Cabba says that they had tails long ago but don''t now because they evolved. Vegeta wonders if they''re still a "warrior race," and Cabba says they are, but they do not steal planets. Their main objective is to get rid of evildoers. As Vados yells at them for not taking a seat, Vegeta demands that Cabba takes him to Sadala when he is able to and tells him not to worry because they do not steal planets any longer. Cabba agrees. Eero, on the other side, was looking at the test papers calmly. Because of his training, his Qi presence almost washed away from his body. No one can sense his presence of Qi now, nor even those angels. That''s why Vados and other didn''t pay too much attention to him. Looking at simple questions Eero was speechless. Write a 125 table only x10. Match the puzzle. Solve this speed measurements. Design a butterfly. Match the sentence. Solve a problem kid buying candies with his thirteen friends and spending giving three in return. Eero gazed at Champa then glanced at Vados speechlessly. ''It''s probably her who wrote these questions.'' Vados and Champa turned and glanced at Eero''s direction. Then next second, they were surprised, looking at the filled paper in front of Eero, and he is watching their faces speechlessly. ''What''s with this guy?'' Both Vados and Champa thought to themselves. ¡­ "What do you mean you are down to four?" Beerus asked annoyingly. Then Goku explained, pointing at Buu sleeping behind them, explaining once he sleeps, no one can wake him up. Reading on this site? This novel is published elsewhere. Support the author by seeking out the original. Eero shook his head looking at them thoughtfully. ''It''s a miracle they passed the writing exam. Maybe Vados went easy on them.'' Vegeta and Goku then arguing like children. The next competition started. Goku is the first to fight because he wants to see how strong the Universe 6 team is. He even says it may end with him only. He is first matched against Universe 6''s Botamo. After the universe anthem is sung, the match begins. But as soon as the match begins, Goku is immediately rushed by Botamo. Goku is struggling to dodge his attacks and eventually gets hit. Beerus is wondering what Goku is doing, but Goku says he''s just trying to exercise his meal off. Eero was speechless. This guy can''t change, shook his head. ''Anyway, no one saw him changing his habits before.'' Goku begins running in the ring while Botamo is trying to attack him. He even fires beams at Goku, but they fail to connect. Botamo eventually is worn out, so Goku takes advantage of this as he is done exercising his meal. Goku attacks Botamo, but no one can see him move because he''s moving at an immense speed. Goku is taking control in this match, but Botamo isn''t done because he has a surprise for Goku. Goku is attacking Botamo, but he isn''t taking any damage, returning quickly to the fight. Goku even fires a Kamehameha at Botamo, but he takes it. At the urging of Vegeta, Goku thinks of an idea to beat Botamo. He then pushes Botamo down and drags him to the edge of the ring. As Botamo tries to punch Goku after trying several times attacking him, Goku grabs his arm and throws him out of the ring, resulting in a ring out that shocks everyone, even Vegeta. When a sore Champa immaturely accuses Goku of deception, Beerus, Bulma, Krillin, and Old Kai bark at him until Vados reminds him that they do not have to win every fight to defeat their opponents. The next match starts. Goku''s next challenger is Frost. Before they begin their match, they both wish each other luck and shake each other''s hands. As the Tournament Presenter commences the match, Goku is charged by Frost, and they both attack and block each other''s attacks in rapid succession. Goku and Frost are on par with each other. Goku uppercuts Frost in the gut and kicks him, sending him to the arena floor. Goku assumes that Frost is trying to test his power, but Frost says he isn''t doing so. Goku is eager to see Frost transform into his final form, but Frost wonders how he knew he could. Goku tells Frost that he fought someone similar to him and tells him that he should transform so he wouldn''t be defeated without using his true power. Frost takes the advice and transforms into his "final form." Goku is surprised at Frost''s transformation and says he hasn''t seen that form previously. Frost wonders if he in Universe 7 has beaten him, but Goku doesn''t want to say, so Frost assumes he didn''t. Chapter 63 Vegeta Battle Goku and Frost then charge at each other and battle it out again. They both attack each other again until Frost fires a finger blast at Goku, and it has Goku crashing to the ground. Goku immediately hops up, not taking serious damage. Goku still thinks Frost is hiding another transformation, so he transforms into Super Saiyan. Goku has Frost terrified, so he charges towards Frost. As he does so, Frost transforms into his true final form. Goku is glad to see the form he remembers. As a Super Saiyan, Goku completely outclasses Frost''s final form, with Frost unable to land a major blow. However, Frost does manage to land a weak blow to Goku, which instantly renders Goku dizzy and unable to fight, leading to Frost kicking Super Saiyan Goku clean out of the ring and to the arena floor and out of the tournament and Goku being defeated by Frost, much to the shock of all present in Universe 7. Bulma furiously blames Krillin for showing sympathy for Frost, irrationally claiming that is why Goku was defeated so soon. As Goku is unconscious, Chi-Chi hurries to check on him, crying over him to his slight embarrassment. Goku admits his loss to Frost, and then Frost suddenly congratulates Goku and raises his hand. Goku then goes to sit with his team. He explains to Beerus that he thought Super Saiyan was enough for Frost and didn''t think he needed to push him any further. Eero was watching expressionlessly. He is tired of their retardation. Now he will not waste his precious emotion and reaction on them; let them toss. The third match is between Piccolo and Frost. Before Piccolo''s match, Piccolo asks Goku if he can beat him. Goku says he has no chance, but he should at least try to wear him out for Vegeta. Piccolo thanks him for his support. Piccolo confronts Frost, he takes his weighted clothing off and prepares to fight. During which, Vegeta is highly suspicious of the circumstances of Goku''s defeat, recognizing that his fellow Saiyan''s considerable power makes it completely impossible for him to have been rendered helpless by such a seemingly ineffective blow. Frost first charges towards Piccolo but Piccolo vanishes and moves above Frost where he starts to prepare his Special Beam Cannon. Frost then fired multiple death beams at Piccolo but Piccolo dodges all of them except for one which pierced through his right leg, causing him to fall back on the ground, but then Piccolo uses the Multi-Form. Frost uses an explosive wave to wipe out all of the clones, leaving the one real Piccolo behind, and he then did a few swift attacks towards Piccolo, and just as Frost was about to finish him off. Because of his upcoming victory, Frost is off guard. Piccolo uses the mystic arm attack and wraps around Frost with his left arm, preparing to shoot the Special Beam Cannon at Frost. Piccolo says that he allowed Frost to pierce his leg in order to create this chance. However, Frost then uses the poison against Piccolo, making him feel dizzy and shot the Special Beam Cannon upwards, missing Frost. Stolen from its rightful author, this tale is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. Frost then moves towards Piccolo and shoots an energy blast through Piccolo, causing the Namekian''s defeat. Jaco discovers that Frost is cheating by putting a poison needle in his arm, that made the person he stabbed it with dizzy, and that''s how he defeated Goku and Piccolo. Once everybody finds this out, Piccolo''s loss is retracted. Therefore, Piccolo will participate in the next match. However, Vegeta tells the referee to let Frost continue the tournament as Vegeta wanted to beat Frost himself, Piccolo accepts and forfeits for Vegeta. Eero was looking at Beerus with pity and sympathy, who was angrily looking at Vegeta and Piccolo because of their retarded operations. ''This guy is probably going through the same emotional change as me. Poor cat.'' As the match begins, both fighters seem confident about their abilities. Frost threatens to kill Vegeta and says that since there are no restrictions in using his needle, he will use it as well. As Frost charges towards Vegeta, he transforms into a Super Saiyan and immediately delivers a blow to Frost in the stomach and throwing him out of bounds. After this, a new rule has been decided and it is that if one touches the barrier around the ring, it counts as a ring out. After the match, Frost tries to escape in Champa''s cube and steal all of the riches his team was promised to share with. If he were to take the cube, not even the Gods of Destruction nor the Galactic Patrol would be able to chase him, but he is confronted by Hit. Frost is curious if the assassin was sent by Champa or even survivors from a planet he destroyed paid him off to kill him. Frost is hit with a technique by Hit and then rays of light appear out of him, preventing him from escaping. Afterwards, he is then carried by back to the tournament grounds by Hit. Back at the tournament grounds, Frost sits with the rest of his team, slouched over with his eyes closed. Vegeta''s next fight is with Magetta, as soon as he arrives Vegeta estimates him to be slow due to his size but as he starts to punch Vegeta, he realizes that he is both powerful and fast. Vegeta attempts to get rid of Magetta''s head by kicking it repeatedly. Magetta''s head soon pops out with smoke. Vegeta is surprised Magetta gains both speed and power each time he attacks. He then flies towards the barrier now established in the tournament as he is aware that Magetta cannot fly due to his large size. Despite his multiple blasts at Magetta, they clashed with Magetta''s Magma Spit. He then dodges the magma trying to understand his strategy before the room starts to get full of smog. Vegeta clears the smog by turning into a Super Saiyan but is exhausted due to the immense heat generated by Magetta. Magetta continues spitting lava again at Vegeta. He then lets out a hot water vapor attack which pushed Vegeta to almost fly out of the barrier. Later on, Trunks calls out on Magetta for using a weapon, but the referee says it was a natural fart. Chapter 64 Hit While Vegeta prepares for a Galick Gun attack, Magetta raises the temperature which causes the whole arena to become extremely hot. Magetta easily blocks Vegeta''s Galick Gun with his Lava Spit which becomes solidified. He spits another lava on Vegeta, and uses the lava to ambush Vegeta. He successfully hits Vegeta with a club created by cooling the magma, making him fall out of the ring. However, Vegeta is lucky enough to land on one of the broken rocks from the stage platform. Magetta gets pushed back by Vegeta''s Qi after releasing it to break the barrier. Vegeta uses his Final Flash on Magetta, while Magetta prepares for another Lava Spit. However, the Final Flash easily overcomes Magetta''s lava and pushes him to the edge of the arena platform. As a result of Vegeta''s Final Flash, Magetta becomes dizzy and is left open to Vegeta''s attack. Despite trying to block it, Vegeta shouts out an insult which makes Magetta lose his will to fight. Thus, Magetta falls out of bounds and Vegeta is declared the winner of the match. The next match between Universe 6 Saiyan Cabba and Vegeta begins. Vegeta notes that Cabba has his identical fighting stance. As the battle commences, both Vegeta and Cabba are very evenly matched. As both realize this, Vegeta tells Cabba to transform into a Super Saiyan. Cabba states that he cannot transform, and then asks Vegeta how to do this. Vegeta gets angry at this, wondering how Cabba could ask him that question, and then Vegeta transforms into a Super Saiyan. Vegeta then proceeds to pummel Cabba, taunting him on how disgraceful he is. Cabba, after being pummeled, says that he surrenders to Vegeta. Vegeta gets even angrier, saying to Cabba if he surrenders, he will kill him. Vegeta then says that he will destroy Sadala once the tournament is over. Cabba then fills with rage and becomes a Super Saiyan. He then attacks Vegeta with a flurry of punches, and Piccolo notes that Vegeta is struggling to combat against Cabba. After Cabba uses his Continuous Energy Bullets technique, Vegeta tells him to not forget the feeling of anger. This confusion with Cabba causes him to lose his Super Saiyan state. Vegeta then explains how the Super Saiyan transformation is achieved through anger. Cabba then understands that he only provoked him to achieve the Super Saiyan state. Vegeta then barks at Cabba to transform again, to which he does. Vegeta turns into his most powerful form, Super Saiyan Blue, to Cabba''s surprise. Vegeta then tells Cabba that he will become this powerful one day, and then knocks him out cold with a single punch to the stomach. Vegeta tells him to never forget this anger, as it is his fuel to his Super Saiyan power. The referee then declares Cabba knocked out, granting Vegeta three consecutive wins. Vegeta gets a bucket of water to wake Cabba up and splashes it on his face. Cabba bows his head toward Vegeta, which greatly upsets Vegeta, and he says that bowing to your enemy is the same as giving up, and then tells Cabba about Saiyan pride, and how it is the strength of the Saiyans. A case of content theft: this narrative is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. Vegeta then tells Cabba to surpass him in strength, but how Vegeta won''t stop training though and for Cabba to train relentlessly. The last words of Cabba are how the Saiyan King of Universe 6 is a strong and prideful person similar to Vegeta. Vegeta replies that he hopes to meet him someday. The next battle between Hit and Vegeta begins, with both fighters having a stern face. Eero became interested in this match. He sat straight up looking at Hit intriguingly. He still remembers his talent comment about Hit''s ability. Vegeta transforms into a Super Saiyan Blue except throughout the fight Vegeta is unable to land a single attack on Hit and is completely dominated and effortlessly beaten, because Hit moves so fast that nobody can see him. However, it should also be noted that Vegeta was probably not at his peak due to fighting three fighters in a row. During the fight, Goku asks Jaco if he can see Hit''s movements which Jaco says he cannot, and the Galactic King says he is using a time stopping technique that stops time for 0.1 of a second, and that''s why no one can see his movements. Bulma then asks why they can''t arrest him, because time travel is against the rules according to the time patrol laws, but Jaco and the Galactic King say they cannot because they don''t want to die. Eero was surprised looking at Hit. He can clearly see his movement. ''It seems time stop has no effect on me. When Hit uses his ability, i can clearly see him calmly aiming toward Vegeta''s direction and hitting him with a fist Qi-like attack while avoiding Vegeta''s vital parts.'' Eero thought to himself. After his first barrage of attacks on Vegeta, Hit puts his hands in his pockets and looks down on Vegeta, as if to tell him that he is failing in all of his attempts of countering. During the battle, Vegeta notes that the light attacks he uses are his main weakness, and shouts to Hit that he will beat him with a head-on attack, to which Hit counters with a blow to the abdomen. Vegeta then faints from his injuries. Hit then asks the Tournament Referee if killing is illegal, to which the Referee responds yes. Then Hit says that if Vegeta cannot surrender, he doesn''t know what to do and he asks the referee what to do. The referee then declares Hit the winner, though it should also be noted that Vegeta was probably not at his peak due to fighting three fighters in a row. Trunks flies and gets Vegeta water, while Goku asks Krillin to get him a Senzu bean. Vegeta then gets very upset that he lost to Hit and punches the ground. Eero stood up calmly, walked toward the ring, appeared in front of Hit calmly. While Beerus'' mouth curved into a scheming smile, Goku, Vegeta, and other Z warriors fell silent started watching the match seriously. The next match between Eero and Hit begins. Chapter 65 Won As the bell is rung, Eero raised his one hand in the direction of Hit, and said, "Do your best, lest you regret it later." Hit is generally surprised, and asks in return, "Are you sure, you want me to do my best?" "He is right, don''t hold back," Beerus rarely instructed, which surprised Champa and Vados, also other Universe 6 warriors, looking at Eero thoughtfully, ''What is so special about him.'' "Very well, get ready," Hit was surprised but still reminded, instantly activated his ability in his senses everything stopped, he leaped and appeared in front of Eero instantly kicked firmly toward his stomach, Next second his eyes widened in shock, looking at Eero''s hand moving on his own deflected his kick away, kicked his chest in return while looking at him calmly, Hit dodged flew back, acrobatically turned in the air and landed slides on stage to stop his inertia, The time flowed again, looking at Eero his brow furrowed, "What, Hit attack failed," Champa exclaimed in shock, Vados was also surprised, she can see more than Champa, because angel can use time ability, ''This gentleman can use time ability, also stronger than Hit.'' Vados thought to herself looking at Eero. Hit is also shocked by the fact that Eero is able to block his Time-Skip attack. Hit then takes his hands out of his pocket, realizing that he really will have to fight at full power. Instantly activated his ability again, Time Skip 0.1s! Eero also, activated his ability, Dual Domain! Instantly everything froze around in that 0.1 second, Hit ran around Eero at fast speed, attacked with his Qi assassination shots, Eero raised his hand covered his Palms with his own Qi and under shocking eyes of Hit, few afterimages flashed, Eero in extreme speed turning in all directions, with a lot of hands, arms afterimages flashes, Force Breaker! Grabbing the Hit attacks, turning them around and sending them back at Hit''s direction with more powerful and faster force, Hit couldn''t dodge the attack was constantly thrashed by his own attacks, still those attacks avoided his vital parts, Hit backed away again, enduring his body pain. Looking at Eero standing in the same place as before looking at him calmly, his heart sank, ''This guy is unimaginably strong, how can someone move at such speed when time is stopped, wait he also has.'' Instantly his eyes widened in surprise looking at Eero, asked with a furrowed brow, "You also have time ability similar to me." A smile appeared on Eero''s face as he raised his finger, replied. "Bingo, but you are wrong about one thing. Time ability is not your patent; your ability is different from mine. You can stop time, but I can slow the very essence of time. In my ability range, no one can stop time for me, but I can slow time for everyone and everything." "In other words, I can attack trillions of times in a 0.1 second if I want. So the question remains, are you ready for trillions of attacks ?" Eero spoke calmly, explaining his ability without fear, as for usage detail let them brainstorm themselves. Unauthorized usage: this narrative is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. Anyway, even if they knew about his ability, they couldn''t do anything to him. Now he is basically safe in this dimension. Hit was shocked, including Beerus and Champa. Their chins almost dislocated in shock. Other warriors were also surprised, especially intelligent individuals like Bulma, and others were very frightened by Eero''s explanation. Whis and Vados'' pupils shrank, looking at Eero thoughtfully. ''A very interesting ability appeared, father will be very interested in it.'' both thought to themselves. Hit then getting ready to attack again, "Let me see your full power, I don''t want to admit defeat." Eero raised his brow. ''It seems this guy gave up. What a demotivated assassin, Anyway.'' Dual Domain x Trillion Then next moment, in the blink of an eye, Eero appeared in front of Hit and kicked his stomach. Hit''s eyes popped up to an extreme, with red veins condensing in his eyeballs as he flew uncontrollably towards outside the ring. Eero put his foot calmly on the floor. Looking at Hit lying on the Universe 6 station area like a shrimp grabbing his stomach, "Whaat!!!" Everyone exclaimed. Looking at everyone in a daze, Eero replied shrugging, "He asked me to do my best," put his hands inside the jacket pocket, and walked toward the Universe 7 direction. "Wait, you cheated by sneak attacking." Champa came back to his senses, shouting angrily and pointing at Eero, surprising everyone. Eero turned and glanced at him and asked calmly, "What is Hit''s profession?" Champa replied in a flow, "He is an assassin. Why, do you admit you cheated?" Eero then looking at him strangely, as if looking at a retard, asked. "So you are saying I defeated an assassin by sneak attacking and I cheated? Who made you the God of Destruction? You should be a shit showlar with a brain like yours." "Ha ha ha, shit showlar," Beerus laughed very hard, lying on the floor and patting the ground hardly. Champa was speechless, "You!!!" looking at Eero walking toward the stage after mocking him, his purple face turned black because of anger. Vados and Whis also snickered by turning their heads away. Other warriors were looking at Champa controlling their laughter, looking at Eero in admiration and awe. ''This guy just mocked a God of Destruction, admirable.'' Everyone thought. Champa raised his hand aimed at Eero''s direction, condensing purple energy in order to destroy him. Next second, Beerus appeared in front of Champa instantly, "You lost, don''t think about it, super dragon balls are mine now," Beerus spoke seriously, looking at him dangerously, if he dared to play tricks he would pounce on him. Champa argued angrily in return. Eero shook his head appeared in the 7th Universe station. "Eero, you are amazing," Goku praised. Eero nodded then glanced at him, "When I fight you and Vegeta, I will do my best." Hearing Eero, both Goku and Vegeta shivered, looking at Hit still painfully mourning, ''It''s not a good idea to fight him.'' a thought flickered through both minds. Chapter 66 Inheritance After a while, Hit revcovered a little, because Eero held back, Hit then said to Champa that he no longer wants the cube but simply wants to be returned home immediately. Champa annoyed tells Hit that he cannot allow him to return alive for repeatedly ignoring his orders and losing the final match so easily. Cabba then attempts to calm Champa down, but Champa then yells at him as well, then saying how all of the fighters of this tournament disgraced him and embarrassed him with their seemingly pathetic performances. Goku attempts to help, but Beerus says that it isn''t in his place to interfere, and that his place and role in the tournament are over. Champa continues to make threats, and offers the fighters to use whatever techniques they want to fight him, and just as Champa is preparing to destroy them, Vados notes that Zeno has arrived for the tournament, as Whis also notes this as well, with both Champa and Beerus completely mortified and shocked with his arrival. Supreme Kai doesn''t know who Zeno is, so Old Kai slaps him, and then explained which horrified everyone. Beerus and Champa rush over and bow down to meet him, and all the Kais then fly down to also greet Zeno. Eero became thoughtful, looking at Beerus and Champa bowing, ''It seems I forgot that God of Destruction must bow to Zeno, Well, I have to reject the offer of becoming God of Destruction, as I don''t want to bow to Zeno.'' Zeno tells Beerus and Champa that they were having the tournament without his permission so he came to warn the destroyers. Whis and Vados inform him and tell him about Beerus'' and Champa''s foolery (Beerus'' eating and sleeping for excessive amounts and Champa''s overweight, unwillingness to lose weight, and his disrespect to his assistant), and Zeno says that they now might need new Gods of Destruction of universe 6 & 7. Beerus and Champa scream, then Zeno says that he was just joking. He says that he was watching the tournament, and that he actually really enjoyed it and that he wants to do it again, but this time with fighters from all twelve universes. Goku then goes over and tries to talk to Zeno, but his servants stop him. Zeno says it''s alright and Goku shakes his hand. Zeno then takes his servants'' hands and leaves. Once Zeno has left, Beerus mocks Champa about how now he has the Super Dragon Balls. Champa says he doesn''t care because it''ll take a while for them to find the final one anyway. Champa yells at the Universe 6 team to hurry up so they can leave. Cabba runs over to his "Master Vegeta" and asks him when he would want him to visit Sadala. Vegeta tells him to not call him Master Vegeta, and then answers, "soon." While Hit is walking away, Goku runs up to him and challenges a fight later. Hit then stares at him for a moment, and then walks off. Eero raised his head glanced at the direction of Zeno leaving, then glanced the Super Dragon Balls, he just felt a wave from those dragon balls before when he used his Qi fully, The tale has been illicitly lifted; should you spot it on Amazon, report the violation. "Huh!!!" Instantly Eero was surprised, discovering himself in different space, looking at golden expense around, then turned around and glanced at a huge unmeasurable golden dragon floating behind him. "Welcome young man, How are you?" The golden dragon asked in a loud voice looking at Eero, Eero was surprised as he looked at Super Shenron talking to him; he can understand him somehow, but he hadn''t seen such a scene in the anime. "I am fine. How are you?" Eero replied thoughtfully. "Heh, interesting, you are quite calm and unafraid. Everyone show different reaction upon seeing me for the first time, calmness is not amongst them." the Golden Dragon praised with a smile. ''I can''t believe this guy is just chattering and smiling, is he really that serious Super Shenron in anime.'' Eero thoughtfully, gazed at the huge golden dragon . "Young man, you''ve got amazing prowess. I haven''t seen such potential since the beginning. I have finally found a successor and it''s you, i want you to inherit my powers," the Golden Dragon then told Eero about the purpose of summoning him. Eero was surprised looking at Super Shenron, ''My prowess and potential... he is probably talking about my gray Qi.'' thought to himself. "Does your powers have any limitations?" Eero asked curiously, looking at the Super Shenron Golden Dragon. "Ha ha ha, limitations you just said," Super Shenron laughed loudly, waved his wing, and proudly spoke, "Listen kid, I am born at the beginning of time. No one can limit me, but on the contrary, I can limit everything. You will know once you inherit my powers." Eero nodded understandingly then asked, "Please answer my last question, why did you choose me?" "Because you are suitable. I was waiting for an inheritor since the beginning," the Golden Dragon replied. Eero nodded calmly, "Thank you, I accept your inheritance." "Very well, get ready," the Golden Dragon spoke. Then colorful starlight appeared mixed in gold and flew toward Eero after turning into spiral golden energy; they merged in his body and Qi. Eero closed his eyes, a noble aura spread through his body in this space. His whole existence was rendered in golden stars'' shaped Qi. Then the Qi merged with his own Qi; slowly golden dots appeared along with starry colorful dots and purple dots in his Gray Qi. His Qi quality also increased to an unimaginable level, also a memory about usage of creation powers, god language and a technique of creating a Super Dragon Ball appeared in his mind, which can grant any wish. Also, he can use prowess similar to creation, which can create anything through nothing. "Young man, you are now a Super Divine Dragon, although you don''t have the body of a dragon, but you have gained similar powers," Super Shenron Golden Dragon said then sent Eero outside the inheritance area. Outside standing in same place, Eero opened his eyes, looking at everything halted around, then time started moving including Beerus, Whis, and others acting similarly like before. Chapter 67 Who??? ''It seems no one noticed anything,'' Eero thought, estimating his strength he was truly shocked. Suppressing his excitement, he said, "Beerus, Whis, I have to leave. I will meet you later." His figure flickered and disappeared, startled everyone. Eero appeared on his island residence on earth instantly, looking at his status panel. He hadn''t checked his status before. [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 29 [Exp: 45000/90000] Divine Qi: 500 Octillion Divine Body: 500 Octillion (Hidden) Divine Soul: 500 Octillion (Hidden) [1000 Trillion = 1 Quadrillion 1000 Quadrillion = 1 Quintillion 1000 Quintillion = 1 Sextillion 1000 Sextillion = 1 Septillion 1000 Septillion = 1 Octillion] [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 500 Octillion Passive Skill: [All-Rounder Max][Ultra Instinct Max] [Creation Power][Destruction Power] Active Skill: [Survival Max][Ultra Stealth Max] [Instant Transmission Max] [Breaker Max][Kaio-Ken Max] Looking at his unimaginable attributes, Eero turned and glanced at the direction of the sky emotionally, ''It seems now I have finally reached an unsurpassable level in this dimension. Probably I am the strongest entity in this dimension now, if some other hidden powerhouse doesn''t pop up from somewhere beside Zeno.'' ''Even Zeno erasing can''t affect me now,'' Eero thought to himself. "You have returned. How was the competition?" Instantly a voice sounded beside him. Eero turned and glanced at Towa. He was surprised, looking at her wearing human clothes: a half-sleeve shirt and jeans. Towa''s face turned red feeling Eero''s gaze. "These clothes look good on you. I was wondering when you will change your strange uniform," Eero grabbed his chin and commented thoughtfully. Towa face turned red, looked at Eero with a smile, and nodded, "Thank you, clothes on this planet are really good and full of variety." Eero nodded in return, then remembering something asked curiously, "Have you paid for the clothes?" Towa startled, shook her head, "I was walking on the street. This suit attracted me. When I walked inside the store, released a little Qi, everyone were lying on the ground. No one asked me for money." Eero was speechless, looking at her innocent expression, as if she hadn''t done anything wrong. He shook his head and sighed, ''Anyone would faint if a demoness released Qi and stole; she wouldn''t change at all.'' ''Anyway, it''s good that she didn''t kill anyone.'' Eero then thoughtfully shook his head, walked toward his house, while Towa followed with a happy smile on her face. ¡­ A few months passed. On the other side, a time travel machine instantly appeared along with Future Trunks. Eero was sitting in the TV lounge watching a show. As for Towa, she left to see the situation inside the demon realm; she is now a demon queen there. Instantly, Eero raised his brow. ''Trunks appeared at this time, it seems Goku Black timeline. Well, I don''t want to participate; let them toss for a while.'' Eero started watching the suspense thriller TV show intriguingly. He is more interested in suspense, thriller TV shows, where a killer is actually a villain and MC at the same time; these high IQ shows sharpen the brain and show more ways to use the brain efficiently. The narrative has been taken without permission. Report any sightings. After a while, Instantly, Eero was snapped out of thought, feeling an ominous Qi appeared in his perception. ''I remember in a plot future Black Goku followed future Trunks to the past and arrived in this timeline.'' Eero''s figure flickered and appeared beside Beerus and Whis, looking at Goku and Black Goku facing each other. Beerus raised his brow, looking at Eero beside him, and asked, "It''s rare to see you so active, are you going to participate?" Eero shook his head, Looking at Goku Black emerges from Goku''s attack unharmed and powers up, which causes the portal he came through to convulse. As the two fight again, Krillin points out that Goku Black''s ki keeps increasing. Future Trunks wonders why Goku is not using the power he used to defeat him, and Vegeta informs him that Goku has a bad habit of not fighting seriously at the beginning. Goku tells Goku Black he is waiting for his full power, and Goku Black tells him there is no point to rush things and wants to have more fun. Beerus notes that this is not Goku vs. Goku, as Goku Black''s ki feels different. Goku says he will force him to use his full power and starts to fight again but is knocked back. When the portal keeps convulsing, Goku Black is distracted by some feeling, and Goku kicks him all the way back to Capsule Corporation. Goku Black, saying that this pain will make him even stronger, powers up even further and knocks Goku away. The force from the attack knocks over the time machine, which Goku Black then recognizes. Goku immediately attacks back, and the two exchange punches, but Goku Black starts to feel the same pain again as the time portal starts to pull him back. Goku powers down and asks what is going on, and Goku Black wonders if the time distortion is returning to normal. Before Goku Black is pulled back into the portal and disappears, he destroys the time machine. Whis explains that Goku Black''s Time Ring responded to the time distortion created by Future Trunks and brought him to the past. However, his time was short-lived, and Goku Black was forced back to the alternate timeline when the distortion fixed itself. Collapsing, Goku Black is then overjoyed to "embed" Goku''s fighting style into himself and laughs once he strands Future Trunks in the past due to destroying his time machine. Eero was looking at distraught Trunks over the fact he can''t return to the past, also Goku and Vegeta regretting they couldn''t retain Black Goku. He turned and glanced at Goku and said with a smile, "I can send you to that timeline if you want." Goku was surprised, including Future Trunks and others. But Future Trunks was confused because he doesn''t know Eero; there is no Eero character in his timeline. "Who are you?" Future Trunks asked curiously, looking at Eero, surprising everyone. "Trunks, you don''t know Eero." Whis and Beerus also became thoughtful after looking at Eero and Future Trunks. Future Trunks shook his head. "I am sure there is no character like him in the future timeline." Chapter 68 Black Goku Eero nodded, acknowledging Trunks'' claim. "He is right. I also noticed this when I was traveling through timelines. I am a unique entity. I have no future or past. Even in the same timeline, I live in the present only." "For example, I am talking to you now. My existence in the previous moment disappears. It''s like frame refresh rate. No one can trace me through time. It has something to do with my talent." "What? I don''t understand, but you are amazing, Eero," Goku scratched his head, praising. Eero was speechless, looking at him. ''I don''t need your praise. I just explained so you people don''t start wild guessing.'' The most shocked was Whis. Everytime listening to Eero''s explanation, he knows a lot of new secrets of his time talent. Looking at Eero, a thought surged through his heart, ''Mr. Eero must have a huge secret.'' "First, we should head for Universe 10 in order to stop this timeline Zamasu," Whis then suggested. He inferred that Black Goku was Zamasu by the Supreme Kai time ring he was wearing. Goku, Whis, and Beerus then went to Universe 10 in order to erase Zamasu. After dealing with Zamasu, on the way, Goku met with Zeno and talked about the tournament of Universes. Then they returned to Earth. ... Eero then opened a future timeline portal upon their return and walked inside along with them. Looking at the ominous atmosphere spreading on the whole Earth, Goku and Vegeta were shocked. "Why is this?" "We have erased him in the past, yet nothing changed right now," Goku exclaimed startlingly. Future Trunks and Mai were also surprised and shocked. Eero intriguingly glanced at Black Goku and Future Zamasu. Future Zamasu has appeared standing next to Goku Black, which leaves Goku, Future Trunks, and Vegeta shocked. Goku realizes the two are allies, but Future Zamasu corrects him, saying they are kindred spirits. Then Black Goku suddenly attacked Vegeta, Vegeta collapses from the hole in his chest from Goku Black''s attack, and Future Trunks confirms he fell unconscious as he can still feel his ki. Future Trunks realizes that since the two are standing side by side, Goku Black and Zamasu are not actually the same person, and wonders just who Goku Black is. Future Zamasu exclaims that the just world he is longing for will soon come to fruition, and Goku powers up and engages Future Zamasu in battle, his punch blocked by Future Zamasu''s Energy Blade. Goku thinks to himself that things feel different compared to when he fought Zamasu in the present timeline. The two fight an evenly matched battle, but eventually Goku Black joins the battle, and together they drive Goku into a corner. Future Zamasu exclaims that Goku is his prey, but Goku Black says that his body has a strong desire to kill Goku that he cannot go against. After a while, Eero sees all three, Goku, Vegeta, and Future Trunks, are on the verge of death under the attack of Black Goku and Future Zamasu. Just as he was watching them calmly, Black Goku turned and glanced at Eero''s direction and said, "I don''t understand why a mortal like you appeared here to die." Love what you''re reading? Discover and support the author on the platform they originally published on. "I wanted you to leave for the end, in order to let you witness horror, struggle and beg for mercy, yet your reaction disappointed me a lot, Anyway wait for a while when I deal with them, I will conclude zero mortal plan with you." Black Goku spoke evilly looking at Eero. Future Zamasu also smiled coldly. Eero was startled listening to Black Goku; his expression became cold as he walked toward them expressionlessly, reminded, "Originally I was thinking about delaying your death, but you annoyed me, I hope you are prepared to regret your birth." "Ha ha ha, Have you heard what he just said." Black Goku laughed loudly, pointing at Eero. Zamasu shook his head in disdain. Next Second both eyes widened, looking at Zamasu''s arms and legs turning into meat paste floating in the air beside him, then slowly those meat paste turned into ashes. "Ahhhhh," Zamasu released a heart-bursting cry. Thud! His torso fell on the ground. "I can''t heal, I can''t heal? What have you done to me? I was supposed to be immortal," Zamasu shouted in horror looking at Eero. Eero ignored his creak, gazed at Black Goku, instantly appeared in front of him who was in a daze because of Future Zamasu. Kamehameha! "Die!!!" Black Goku came to his senses felt a crisis, instantly attacked Eero appeared in front of him. Next second, Eero in front turned into an afterimage and appeared behind him, grabbing Black Goku neck and his right arm. Eero tightened his grasp, narrowed his eyes and spoke, "I hope you are ready for the consequences." Black Goku angrily shouted, "How can you have such power?" "Heup!" Next, instantly his neck vein bulged, even his face was covered in veins, a suffocating horror shrouded his heart, he couldn''t talk as if his breath was under shinigami''s control. "Ahhhhhhh," he started shouting painfully. Tear! Eero grasped his arm and shredded it like paper, blood splattering. Goku, Vegeta, Future Trunks, even Future Zamasu, forgot his pain, listening the Black Goku painful cry in daze. Eero turned his arm into ashes. Black Goku''s face changed; a huge crisis swelled in his heart as if his arm would not regenerate again. His heart sank. Feeling the grip on his neck relax a little, Black Goku leaped forward, turned around, and attacked Eero behind him. His face changed, looking at the empty area, Eero disappeared. ''Where is he?'' looking around anxiously. While Eero was staying and watching him from behind, no matter where he turns, how fast he turns he can''t reach the trillion fold domain speed, Next second, he found himself lying on the ground, feeling pain on his face. A foot was resting on his side face, while his other remaining arm was grasped by Eero like before. He hadn''t felt such humiliation before in life. "How dare you? I will kill you, definitely," Black Goku glared with his red eye, looking at Eero with hatred and resentment. He started struggling but to no avail; no matter how much his strength increased, he couldn''t move an inch. Chapter 69 See Limit Eero expressionlessly glanced at him and tightened his arm breaking it then pulled it out. Crackle! Tear! A chilling bone-breaking and meat-tearing sound introduced in Goku, Vegeta and other spectators ears. A chill rushed through their spines. Looking at the bloody face of Eero and Black Goku''s arm turning into ashes in his hand. Black Goku felt a little loose turned his head and slide around on the ground like snake without arm, emitted a cry enduring the extreme pain of soul annihilation, and flew away at fast speed, He realized the torturous and unimaginable pain is the soul pain, his soul is constantly annihilated by Eero, piece by piece. Instantly everything halted. Next second, his senses flickered, and again found himself in a similar situation, this time extreme pain flashed through his both legs, both legs turned into ashes. Thud! His torso fell on the ground similar to Future Zamasu, with a stick like body and head only. His eyes were filled with horror and daze. He is Zamasu; when did he endure such pain and grievance? Listening to the calm steps walking toward him, a horror of death shrouded his heart, along with extreme regret surging like a tide through his heart. Turning his head toward Eero''s direction, a horror-filled expression appeared on his face. "I didn''t expect I would fail so miserably." "Oh, you think you are miserable enough." A voice sounded, footsteps stopped beside him. Black Goku''s face changed. ''What does he mean?'' Instantly his hairs were grabbed, and Eero picked his torso calmly, walked toward Zamasu. Grabbing Zamasu''s head also, he put both of them in front of each other. Zamasu glanced at Black Goku, and Black Goku glanced at Zamasu. Both saw each other in similar miserable condition, a torso with head only. "What do you want to do?" Both shouted with dread, looking at cold expressionless face of Eero, As if doing all these things to them were just trivial matter for him, Their face changed, a chill rushed through their spine, couldn''t suppress the horror in their hearts. ''This guy is the embodiment of Evil.'' Eero appeared and sat down beside them, looking at them as if watching two white mice, replied calmly, "Simple, I want to see what is the limit of your immortality." Amidst the horror-filled eyes of both of them, Eero activated his domain layer and shrouded only them. Domain Multi-Layer! x Octillion Instantly, Zamasu and Black Goku became suspicious, looking at each other then looking around. Everything halted around; They can see Eero and others sitting motionless, looking at them constantly. Slowly they felt uneasy because of constant gazes of Eero and other''s, Like that Time passed for them, days, months, years. Their hearts slowly became uncomfortable and extremely heavy; an inexplicable pressure appeared effecting their body, mind and hearts, Who can endure constant gaze for years, also as time passes both started feeling their senses becoming more sharp and more torturous and uncomfortable they felt, Unfortunately they are bound by something in same place can''t even struggle. While outside the domain layer, Eero was calmly looking at Black Goku and Zamasu. Each second outside equals to Trillions and Quadrillions of years for Zamasu and Black Goku inside the Domain layer. After a few seconds, Eero was startled feeling something wrong, retracted his time domain calmly. Enjoying the story? Show your support by reading it on the official site. Looking at Zamasu and Black Goku''s condition. Eero took a deep breath; Their wide burst eyes turned pitch black with visible red blood veins, even forehead and body veins were ruptured. Their hearts also blasted, minds became paste. ''Watching a similar scene for a few Septillion years, it was obvious they couldn''t endure such torture and died. Immortality wasn''t for any help. I should avoid using this ability,'' Eero suppressed chill in his heart, even he felt a little uncomfortable upon analyzing the result. Waved his hand, annihilated both corpses. Turned and gazed at Goku, Vegeta, and Trunks. The blood on his body evaporated slowly and disappeared. But Goku, Vegeta, and Future Trunks shivered; a chill spread through their spines, looking at the expressionless gaze of Eero. As for Mai, she had already fainted when Eero shredded the second arm of Black Goku brutally. Eero then smiled. "Can you move now?" His expressionless nature disappeared, becoming calm and composed like before, exuding his basic nature. Goku and others relaxed; Goku stood up, looking at the gray ashes of Zamasu and Black Goku around. He asked hesitatingly while scratching his head, "Eero, can you tell me what have you done to them in the end?" Vegeta was irritated looking at Goku. ''I hope this bastard doesn''t irritate him.'' Future Trunks almost fainted because of Goku''s question. Eero was speechless; this guy is careless as always. If it were someone else, he would stay miles away from him. "I just let them watch each other for more than a Trillion years," Eero simply explained. Then he said to Goku, "You have the button of Zeno, right? Summon him here and we will take him to the past Zeno in our timeline as a friend, you promised him." Goku and Vegeta were surprised. "What? How did you know about Zeno''s button?" Goku asked confusingly, then nodded thoughtfully. "It''s a good idea." He instantly summoned Zeno with the button. Upon Zeno''s curious question, he explained; Immediately, Zeno became interested in meeting his counterpart. Eero then opened the portal, brought Zeno, Goku, and Vegeta with him toward the past actual timeline. "Well, you can do your stuff; I will take my leave," Eero left them in west city, then disappeared. ... Appeared on his residence island. Looking at his status panel, his strength increased more because he changed the timeline or saved the multiverse. He got a gift from this dimension which increased his strength to almost double. [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 30 [Exp: 000000/100000] Divine Qi: 1 Nonillion Divine Body: 1 Nonillion (Hidden) Divine Soul: 1 Nonillion (Hidden) [1000 Trillion = 1 Quadrillion 1000 Quadrillion = 1 Quintillion 1000 Quintillion = 1 Sextillion 1000 Sextillion = 1 Septillion 1000 Septillion = 1 Octillion 1000 Octillion = 1 Nonillion] [Cheat & Skill] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 1 Nonillion Passive Skill; [All-Rounder Max][Ultra Instinct Max] [Creation Power][Destruction Power] Active Skill; [Survival Max][Ultra Stealth Max] [Instant Transmission Max] [Breaker Max][Kaio-Ken Max] Eero was surprised. ''My strength is only Level 30 in the system panel; sometimes I can''t believe my eyes.'' Eero became thoughtful. ''Level 1 to 10 is probably the level of strength inside the planet. 11 to 20 is probably the Universe Level, and 21 to 30 is probably the multiverse level.'' Chapter 70 Exhibition Eero nodded thoughtfully. "This guess about my strength level feels very accurate." Eero then raised his head, watched the setting sun, and walked inside his house. On the other side, Goku brought the counterpart Zeno and let both Zenos meet, completing his promise. Then Z warriors started getting busy in their daily life. Eero himself decided to relax a little. His strength now reached a level which is almost the ceiling of this multiverse. Eero was sitting in his lounge, instantly raised his eyebrows. He walked toward the door, opening it, looking at the female outside. A smile appeared on his face. "Long time no see." "How are you, Eero?" Marcarita greeted with a smile, then walked inside along with him. Eero appeared in the lounge with her and asked, "I am good. What brings you here, all the way from Universe 11?" "I can''t come to visit you, can I?" Marcarita said playfully. Eero smiled and nodded. "Of course you can." Then he visited the kitchen. He raised his finger, and instantly a little colorful light burst a bull''s liver into small pieces, and seasoning boxes appeared in front of him. "This creation power is really handy," Eero thought to himself. After he started preparing the dishes slowly, after a while, aroma spread through the whole house. Eero prepared a few desserts, appeared in the lounge area, and put the dishes on the table, looking at Marcarita stealing glances and gulping. "Come eat before it gets cold," Eero said. "It''s delicious. What kind of meat is this? I haven''t eaten it before," Marcarita exclaimed. "It''s the liver of a bull," Eero replied. "Oh, it''s surprisingly good," Marcarita said, with a thoughtful expression. "Now why are you here?" Eero asked curiously. "Eero, I want you to join us in Universe 11. I foresaw a danger of universe annihilation. You are already a god of destruction candidate," Marcarita then said while eating. Eero shook his head while rubbing his head and replied apologetically, "I am sorry. I can''t join you. Also, the God of Destruction seat I have rejected it, as I don''t want to bow to Zeno and some higher being in the universe, which I don''t like." "Have you met Zeno-sama?" Marcarita was surprised, then asked. "Yeah, I saw him twice," Eero replied calmly. "Oh, it means all my struggle came to nothing," Marcarita spoke disappointingly. Looking at her despondent state, Eero then asked curiously, "Why don''t you retire from your duties and live your life?" Marcarita''s eyes widened in surprise, then glanced at Eero, tightening her staff, replied, "It''s the desire of all angels to retire from their duties and live their life like our father, but we know it''s not possible." "Hmmm!!!" Eero startled. Looking at her longing eyes, he became thoughtful. ''Maybe my powers probably can.'' Outside the house, Looking at Marcarita turning into colorful starlight flying away, ''She was here for me, must have been disappointed a lot,'' Eero thought to himself, then shook his head. "Also, she appeared here which means Grand Minister already announced a competition between all universes in the sacred world of Kai," Eero muttered thoughtfully. Stolen content alert: this content belongs on Royal Road. Report any occurrences. ... Few days ago, Sacred world of the Kai, The Grand Minister has arrived at the Sacred World of the Kai in Universe 7 in order to relay the details of the Tournament of Power to Goku, Beerus, Whis, Supreme Kai, Kibito, and Old Kai. After stating when the tournament will take place, Grand Minister announces that the tournament will be held in the Null Realm, a world with no time or space, so that all fighters can use the full extent of their powers freely. The Grand Minister also announces that he has collected the Super Dragon Balls for the tournament and that Champa has offered him the three that he already had. Beerus curses Champa under his breath for secretly collecting them again. Supreme Kai asks what the victorious universe will win, only for the Grand Minister to claim that "nothing" would be won. The Grand Minister then announces an ultimatum for all participants, though he regrets announcing it so soon, he feels like he should announce it as Goku is Zeno''s friend: Zeno will instantly destroy any universe defeated in the tournament. The Universe 7 group proceed to panic upon hearing this. Grand Minister also announces a personal request to Goku from Zeno: as Future Zeno does not know what a tournament is, there will be an exhibition match called the Zen Exhibition Match, where 3 fighters from Universe 7 will fight against 3 fighters from Universe 9, and the two Zenos will be personally watching. The Grand Minister tells Goku to find 2 more fighters to team up within the next hour and to head to Zeno''s Palace before leaving. Beerus berates Goku again, asking him just what he has done to every universe. Supreme Kai comments that should Universe 7 lose and be destroyed, he will be too ashamed to face all living beings. Goku offers to personally ask Zeno to not destroy any universe but Whis advises against this, however, saying that should Zeno or Grand Minister get annoyed at Goku''s pestering, he would be destroyed on the spot. Old Kai later reminds him to find 2 partners for the match and 9 more partners for the tournament. Beerus yells at Goku to take responsibility and go find 2 more people to fight with him. Goku goes to Earth and asks Vegeta to come with him and fight, however, Vegeta refuses because Bulma is giving birth soon. Goten and Trunks greet Goku later. Vegeta suggests that Goku should ask his son. After thinking that he was referring to Goten, Goku remembers his other son, Gohan, thanking Vegeta. Goku meets Gohan at his house and tells him about the tournament. Gohan is hesitant at first, later, Goku tells him about the extreme stipulation about the losing universes being destroyed, also wanting Gohan to keep it a secret to himself, much to his awe. Gohan berates his father about the consequences that will happen if the people learn about the tournament. Gohan and Goku agree to keep this a secret from everyone else. Videl appears and asks them about their whispering. Goku claims that Gohan refused to participate in a tournament when he asked him. ... Join patreon for advanced chapters. Patreon.com/ChaosGray Chapter 71 Help Us Videl suggests that Gohan help his father. Pan appears, flying into her mother''s arms, happy. Gohan, proudly watching, decides to join his father, vowing that he is not willing to lose everything that he loves. Mr. Satan appears with Buu and Bee. Mr. Satan greets Goku. Goku flies past him and goes to Buu, also asking him to join. Goku takes Gohan and Buu, with Mr. Satan, back to the Sacred World of the Kais. After a few questions, Beerus secretly asks Goku if they know about the stipulation. Goku answers that he only told Gohan, and they agreed to keep it a secret to avoid panic, with Beerus agreeing as well. ... Supreme Kai takes the entire group and gets them to Zeno''s Palace. While there, Beerus warns the group to avoid saying or doing anything careless. While they walk to the main altar, the group meets the Universe 9 group: the Supreme Kai Roh, the God of Destruction Sidra, his angel Mohito, and the 3 fighters representing them, the Trio of Danger: Bergamo, Basil, and Lavender. The Grand Minister gathers both groups and transports them to the World of Void, where he has prepared a World Martial Arts Tournament-style ring with spectator seats. The Grand Minister then calls for every god in the multiverse to appear, and every single god of destruction, angel, and supreme kai from each universe all gathers to spectate the match. As Goku loudly greets Champa, the Grand Minister orders Goku to be silent. The Grand Minister then explains the future Zeno''s request to watch a tournament match, as he has never seen one before, and he and Zeno appear to spectate. Goku flies to and greets them, calling them "Zennys," and Champa is flustered at Goku calling them "Zennys." An embarrassed Beerus immediately grabs and throws Goku back to the seats, apologizing to the supreme god. The other disgruntled Gods speculate on how vulgar and impudent Universe 7 is acting. The Grand Minister, overhearing them, announces that the Tournament of Power was Goku''s idea. Zeno initially forgot about it until Goku reminded him. Goku is thanking the Zenos for letting them fight first. The Grand Minister explains the rules for the fights: there will be one-on-one matches in order, there is no time limit, and the winner will be chosen if his opponent surrenders or is unable to continue fighting. Unauthorized reproduction: this story has been taken without approval. Report sightings. Roh greedily asks the Grand Minister if there are any prizes, and the Grand Minister answers the purpose of this match is solely to provide anticipation for the tournament and to show Future Zeno what a tournament is. Sidra nervously asks if they will be destroyed on the spot if Zeno considers the fighters to be boring, and the Grand Minister answers about its possibility, as all is as Zeno wills it. Then the Grand Minister calls for the two beginning fighters to go to the stage; Basil, the youngest, goes first. Just like they decided, Goku decides that the first fighter will be Buu, but the group notices that Buu fell asleep during all of the talking. Beerus quickly orders Mr. Satan to wake him up; Mr. Satan wakes Buu with a chocolate bar, promising more if he goes to play with Basil. Buu agrees and heads to the ring. With both fighters present, the Grand Minister announces that the rules will be improvised as the tournament goes along. Basil overpowers Buu and seemingly beats him, which causes Roh to prematurely gloat about the "superiority" of Universe 9. However, an enraged Buu emerges unscathed and launches a Majin Kamehameha at Basil. This inflicted extreme damage to him, although Basil appears to be unscathed, as he approaches Buu, his body cramps and collapses due to the side effects of the power-up drug he dosed, returning to normal in charred rags afterward; the Grand Minister clinches Universe 7 the victory. As the Universe 9 team laments Basil''s loss, Lavender comments that if he had been allowed to kill his opponent, then he would have won. Gohan volunteers to fight next against Lavender, who is allowed to kill to his heart''s content. The next match of the Zen Exhibition Match is Gohan of Universe 7 against Lavender of Universe 9. Later, as Lavender silently chuckles to himself, Gohan suggests to himself that he must see how Lavender fights with his eyes since his ki cannot be sensed, with Goku advising him from afar. Later, the Grand Minister commences the match to begin. After all the hustle and bustle, all three matches were completed with one draw and two won by Universe 7, then Universe 9 was erased. Then the Grand Minister explains that he will begin creating the arena for the final Tournament of Power, which will be completed in 40 Earth hours. Back at the Sacred World of the Kai, Beerus and Goku get into an argument over Goku''s laid-back attitude and Beerus'' hypocrisy, which Whis breaks up. The group agrees to convene at the Capsule Corporation to discuss their strategy. ... While in the Present Timeline, Eero was sitting at the edge of the island, looking at the conclusion of the match in front of him on a golden projection screen. It is replaying the Zen exhibition match that happened a day and a half ago. Instantly, Goku teleports beside him. "Eero, we need your help," he said hurriedly. Eero raised his eyebrows, waved his hand, dismissed the projection, and nodded thoughtfully. "Well, let''s go. It''s time to meet the strongest being in this multiverse." "Thank you, I knew you would help us," Goku patted his shoulder, then transmitted to Capsule Corps along with Eero. At Capsule Corporation, Chi-Chi is preparing a feast for the new baby when Goku and Eero arrive instantly. Eero glanced at Beerus, Majin Buu, Hercule, Whis, and Gohan. While Chi-Chi and Gohan greeted him, he nodded and greeted in return with a smile. Chi-Chi offers the food to them since the baby hasn''t been born yet, and Goku and Beerus happily leap. Eero also ate a little. ... Chapter 72 Recruiting Bulma is exercising in the gravity room with Pilaf, Shu, and Mai, and she apologizes to Vegeta, who is watching them close by. He says she is making him rusty but worries if she is able to move so much. Trunks says Mai said exercise will ensure a healthy birth and Goten asks Vegeta if he is excited about the baby. Turning to walk away, Vegeta retorts he is only staying because Bulma told him to and decides to go train somewhere close, and he reminds Trunks that he has to move the baby''s bed. Trunks asks Goten to help him and they run off, and Vegeta takes his leave and thinks about a name that is worthy of Saiyan royalty. As everyone eats, Goku states his excitement about fighting strong opponents and repeats his assertion to Beerus, who reminds him to be serious, that they only need to win. Shin goes about which participants of Universe 7 will be entering. Gohan asks how many planets there are with powerful life forms in the universe, and Shin explains that since the loss of Planet Sadala, Planet Vegeta, and Planet Namek, there are 28 planets. However, Beerus suggests they stick with warriors on Earth due to not knowing how strong people from other planets are and with those already known on Earth, they have a 12.5% chance of winning. Goku and Gohan start thinking of their friends. They consider Krillin; however, Mr. Satan reminds them Krillin gave up martial arts a long time ago. Goku and Gohan have a mind battle between Krillin and Basil, and it appears that Krillin''s Destructo Disc and Solar Flare have little effect on Basil. Shin suggests Trunks and Goten, but Goku declines because of their insufficient experience and lack of strategic acumen. Gohan suggests Master Roshi because, as he stated, he is experienced and has tricky techniques at his disposal. Mr. Satan suggests Android 18, which Goku excitedly agrees. Gohan also reminds him that there is also her brother, Android 17, as he could potentially enter. Shin questions them because the siblings are androids. Goku tells him that both Androids used to be just ordinary humans and were modified to be "super-humans." Goku decides to get Senzu Beans for the tournament; however, Whis tells him that Senzu Beans are forbidden in the tournament. If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. With one member left, they ask Vegeta, who is still thinking of a baby name. Goku informs him of the battle with Top and of 80 fighters fighting simultaneously. Although Vegeta is intrigued by the battle royal, he refuses due to not knowing when the baby will be born and, suspicious, asks why Goku wants him to participate so badly. Beerus, desperate, orders him to participate. Vegeta informs him that he will not enter unless they convince Bulma. With little choice, Whis decides to intervene. Chi-Chi and Bulma are discussing her pregnant belly when Whis comes in and uses his Time Warping abilities to bring out the baby from inside her, impressing and surprising everyone. Whis announces to Vegeta that he can now participate. As Bulma coos to the baby, now revealed to be a girl, Vegeta instantly comes to love his daughter. Everyone later gathers to properly meet the baby and hold her and remark how she looks nothing like Vegeta, who stands nearby, listening. The baby smiles at being held and cooed by her grandparents and Goku. Looking at them playing with the baby girl, Eero walks toward them, looking at Bulla born the same as in the anime. "Here grab her, Eero, she really likes you," Chi-Chi said. Eero grabbed her in his arm, and she started laughing looking at him, everyone around also smiled. Eero raised his finger, rotated it in the air, and instantly a few toys appeared around her, floating. Little Bulla startled and then laughed, waving her hand. Whis'' pupil shrank looking at the floating toys, looking like clouds and drums, condensed out of thin air. He was confused; they have creation power in them, and others around were also surprised. "Amazing, Eero, how did you do that?" Gohan asked curiously, others also were curious. Eero shook his head and replied, "Nothing, it''s just a small trick." Satan took the baby Bulla in his hand. However, she cries when Mr. Satan makes a face at her, which angers Vegeta into turning Super Saiyan Blue. Eero was speechless, Satan died +1. Yamcha shows up to visit and holds the baby, but she cries, angering Vegeta again. Trunks and Goten finish putting the bed down when Gohan informs Trunks that he is now a big brother. Goten states that a brother would mean that Trunks gets to train with him, and a sister would be cute. Trunks, not interested in having a sister, prefers a brother so he can train. Trunks meets the baby, and is disappointed about it being a girl, and is reluctant to hold her, but later gives in when Bulma tells him he needs to protect his sister. Seeing Vegeta wants to hold the baby, Bulma requests Trunks to ask him to hold the baby. After a silent moment, Vegeta asks Trunks to give him the baby and he holds her. When asked what her name is, Vegeta is about to suggest the Saiyan name Eschalot; unfortunately for him, Bulma announces she has decided to give her the name Bulla. Everyone was adored by the name, calling it beautiful, but Vegeta frantically yells he needs to give his daughter a name worthy of a Saiyan. Goku decides to start recruiting members for the team and informs Gohan that he will be visiting Android 17 first. When Goku leaves, Yamcha, who overheard the conversation, confronts Gohan, thinking he will be recruited as well, and heads home to wait for Goku, while Vegeta finally settles on the name Bulla, much to the baby''s delight. Goku and Gohan fly in the air, heading to meet Krillin. Krillin has just defeated a burglar and saved the clerk of the store, who thanks Krillin. Krillin has just finished catching another criminal when Goku and Gohan meet up with him. Chapter 73 Kais Meeting They return to Krillin''s house and tell him about the Tournament of Power and the rules. Back at their home, after a brief discussion about the tournament, Goku also asks 18 to participate. 18 immediately declines, as she has to look after Marron, not to mention that she never works for anyone unless a prize is involved. Goku suggests that she can leave Marron with Bulma, telling her that Bulma''s house has an aquarium and amusement park, to her excitement. 18 suspiciously asks Goku about why he is pushing her to participate if this tournament is for fun. Goku nervously agrees, quietly discussing with Gohan about keeping the extreme tournament outcome a secret. 18 is suspicious about how the two are acting. Goku comes up with a lie, claiming that he forgot to mention that the tournament winners gain 10 million Zeni. 18 is unimpressed, as she would selfishly and greedily only have 1 million for herself after dividing the prize for the entire team. Goku "corrects" her by stating that each participant would gain "10 million Zeni". 18 shows more interest but is still suspicious if Goku is lying or not. 18 then accepts Goku''s offer and joins the team. Krillin also suspiciously reminds Goku that he better not be inviting him just to invite 18. Krillin also decides to enter. Goku and Gohan glance at each other then nod. Although ten participants are complete, they can take Krillin as a reserve member, in case of an emergency. While Goku and Gohan are flying, Gohan is about to go meet Piccolo, who Goku says would quickly agree to participate in the Tournament of Power, being a fighter himself. Goku is about to head to meet Dende but notices an explosion in a nearby city. He uses Instant Transmission to sense whoever''s Qi is there, which turns out to be Majin Buu. ... Meanwhile, on the Sacred World of the Kai in Universe 11, Khai summons the Supreme Kais of every other universe in a conference call fashion. Khai requests that the other Kais refrain from mentioning the universe destruction stipulation to their inhabitants. Gowasu, the Supreme Kai of Universe 10, agrees but asks why Shin, the Supreme Kai of Universe 7, is not present. Khai answers that he has not invited Shin, due to the Tournament of Power being Universe 7''s idea in the first place. Unauthorized usage: this tale is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. Roh, the Supreme Kai of Universe 9, yells that this is a waste of time and Khai reminds him that they are meeting to discuss their situation. Roh says he is too busy gathering warriors and signs off. Pell and Eyre, the Supreme Kais of Universe 2 and 3 respectively, begin to argue about their universes'' intellectual levels and how Pell thinks it is irrelevant in the Tournament of "Power". They are both silenced by Khai, and Kuru, the Supreme Kai of Universe 4, slanders them for spouting out their egos. Khai advises that all of the Supreme Kais join together to request Zeno to reconsider the universe destruction rule to give them a chance to raise their universes'' mortal levels. The Kais agree but all realize that Zeno has made his decision and if he is displeased, it would mean erasure on the spot. All of the Kais sign off as they are all busy gathering warriors, and Khai settles on the idea that his universe will have to win, as he believes it is home to the strongest warriors. ... Back on Earth, Goku finds out Mr. Satan is helping Buu train. Due to constantly training since the Zen Exhibition Match, Buu has lost weight and has gotten much slimmer in appearance. Buu tells Goku that he had fun "playing with the doggie guy" referring to his match with Basil, and is excited about fighting more strong guys in the tournament. Satan asks if Goku wants to spar with Buu, and Goku eagerly accepts. Satan says the two will be using the tournament rules, and whoever touches the ground first will be the loser. Goku and Buu start fighting an even match, and Goku comments that Buu has gotten much stronger and faster. Buu is excited about eliminating everyone in the tournament, and Mr. Satan and Goku remind him that killing is against the rules; he must knock them out of the ring. Buu continues the fight by assaulting Goku with an endless barrage of Ki Blasts, and while Goku keeps deflecting them, letting his guard down, Buu attacks him and knocks him to the ground, winning the match. Goku compliments Buu''s strategy and is very impressed, and Mr. Satan reminds Goku not to get knocked out of bounds so easily in the actual tournament. Goku tells Mr. Satan he successfully recruited Android 18 and goes to find Android 17. When Goku flies off, while Mr. Satan exclaims that there is nothing he can do now but wait. ... Meanwhile, back in Universe 11, Top appears and talks with the General of the Pride Troopers: Kahseral, who asks him what happened at the Zen Exhibition Match. They are called to fight an attacking monster on the Planet Daldon, and they ride a ship to head there. ... In Universe 6, Champa calls for a meeting with the Gods of Destruction after finding out about the Supreme Kais'' meeting. Mosco, the God of Destruction of Universe 3, asks why Champa has not invited Beerus. Quitela of Universe 4 says they should leave Beerus out due to his universe being responsible for the tournament. Vados argues that everyone should be in Goku''s debt because if he didn''t suggest having the Tournament of Power, the lower level universes would have already been erased, and this way they have a chance for survival. Sidra of Universe 9 and Rumsshi of Universe 10 show ill will towards Goku''s child-like behavior and his closeness with Zeno. Heles of Universe 2 unrepentantly and openly admits that she considers Goku quite attractive. Belmond of Universe 11 is confident that Universe 7 will be unable to stand up against his fighters. ... On Daldon, Araghne and Dorakiyan are running amok. Dyspo of the Pride Troopers shows up and fights Araghne head-on but is trapped in its tentacles. Before he is eaten, he is saved by Top and Kahseral. Chapter 74 Tell Truth!!! United with his teammates, Dyspo poses with Top and Kahseral, who launch a combined attack on Araghne and defeat it. Top throws Dorakiyan into Araghne''s mouth, destroying them. On the ship, Top tells his team about the Tournament of Power. They agree on recruiting Pride Trooper members from other planets, including Jiren, who is currently meditating. ... Goku arrives at The Lookout to ask Dende where Android 17 is. When Dende says that 17 is located on an island to the south, he offers to take Goku there. Dende calls for the Power Pole to retract and uses a technique to make the entire Lookout move, saying that he can take Goku to the island where 17 is this way. Goku asks if 17 is still plotting to kill him, and Dende says he is a new person compared to his former self and he is now working hard, providing for his family. Dende also says that 17 has gotten much stronger compared to back then. Dende then brings up a young boy from a small village having immense martial arts talent, but he is still very young. Goku is impressed but says he can''t recruit him for the Tournament of Power. Dende suggests that Goku teaches the boy how to use his power once he gets older, and Goku says he''s no good at that. The Lookout arrives directly above the island where 17 is, and Goku thanks Dende and flies down there. Goku says it''ll be hard to find 17 on such a large island since he can''t sense his Qi, and notices an explosion nearby. Goku comes across 17 battling a large group of poachers, and their Guns and Rocket Launchers have no effect on the Android. Goku meets 17, and 17 does not recognize him. Goku introduces himself, and 17 says he recognizes his voice due to his programming. A battalion of more poachers arrive, and 17 asks for Goku''s help in detaining them, also telling him not to hurt the animals and not to kill the poachers. Goku and 17 easily destroy the poachers'' vehicles, forcing them to retreat. Goku asks what the poachers are after, and 17 leads him to a rare Minotaur he is protecting, telling him its horns are valuable and can be sold for a fortune. The Minotaur notices them and attacks, and before Goku can attack back, 17 tells him to stop and just fly, explaining that the Minotaur gained a distrust in humans due to constantly being threatened. Unauthorized content usage: if you discover this narrative on Amazon, report the violation. When the Minotaur walks away, 17 says he is surprised that he is meeting Goku so suddenly, saying back then he wanted to kill him because of Dr. Gero''s orders, only to be absorbed by Cell, so the two never had a chance to meet, let alone fight. Goku is thinking the same thing and asks 17 to let him test his strength, becoming a Super Saiyan. Goku immediately attacks, and the two take their fight in the air. When 17 knocks Goku down, he tries to save the forest before Goku crashes into it, but Goku stops himself. The two fight an equal battle, and Goku becomes a Super Saiyan Blue, saying he didn''t intend to go full power, also noticing 17 hasn''t been going full power either. Goku tells 17 to go all-out since they''re above the clouds and they are posing no danger to the forest, charging a Kamehameha. 17 blocks the attack with his Energy Shield, but it ends up getting destroyed. The two collide punches, and they crash back down to the surface fighting an equal battle. 17 suggests they stop there, as any more would destroy the island. Goku agrees and is relieved 17 is not an enemy with his level of power. As the two are drinking tea by a bonfire, 17 is thankful for his resurrection via the Dragon Balls, since being revived allowed him to gain his job and meet his wife. He shows Goku pictures of his wife and 3 children (2 being adopted) on his cell phone, also saying he works away from home. 17 then asks Goku why he tracked him down, and Goku starts to explain. Meanwhile, at Capsule Corporation, Beerus eating a lot of food and prepares to take a nap, only to ask Whis to wake him up in an hour so he can eat again. Whis tells him not to be greedy and only eat or sleep, and Beerus reminds him that he could be erased in a little while. Goku explains the situation to 17, but he refuses to enter despite winning 10 million Zeni. 17 refuses because he already has enough money from his job, and he cannot leave the island in order to protect it from poachers. Goku offers for Trunks and Goten to watch over it during the tournament, but 17 still refuses, also realizing Goku is lying to him. Goku tells him the truth about being erased, and 17 still remains indifferent, saying that if everyone is erased then it can''t be helped, while he is leaving and tells Goku to find someone else. ... Eero was standing on his residence island, sensing the whole situation of the multiverse calmly. Now his domain can easily shroud all twelve universes. Goku and Android 17 fighting space poachers, In a secluded place in the mountains, Gohan and Piccolo are training, where Piccolo tells Gohan that he is aware of the Tournament of Power and about the universe being erased should they lose. Piccolo tells Gohan about Goku meeting with him after the Zen Exhibition Match. Trunks calls for Vegeta, who effortlessly changes Bulla''s diaper, stopping her crying. Beerus watches the others, saying that they could be erased soon and they''re acting so carefree. Whis suggests telling them the truth, and Beerus imagines Bulma mouthing off to him, blaming him for not stopping Goku from going to Zeno. Whis asks if he should tell Bulma, and Beerus says it''s not necessary. At Krillin''s house, he and Android 18 are sparring. While two civilians walk by and are shocked that lovers'' quarrels have escalated so much, Marron cheers on her parents as 18 defeats Krillin. Krillin advises 18 to hold back a little, and 18 is determined to not only win her 10 million Zeni but gain Krillin''s 10 million Zeni for herself, telling Marron she''ll buy her whatever she wants. Krillin was speechless. Chapter 75 Multiverse situation In Universe 6, Cabba is flying in a spaceship, and he says that even though Hit is strong, it''s not guaranteed he''ll be able to win against 70 opponents. He flies to a planet to meet his friend, Renso, but Renso injures his leg as he tries to open the door for Cabba. Renso praises Cabba for his hard work being the ace of the Saiyan elite unit, the Sadala Defense Force, and Renso is revealed to be Cabba''s former Captain. Renso heard about Cabba''s new ability, and Cabba agrees to show it to him, turning into a Super Saiyan. Renso is impressed and is relieved that the universe is safe as long as Cabba is here. Cabba then tells him about the Tournament of Power and asks him to enter since his battle experience will come in handy. Renso refuses, due to his retirement and his injured leg, but advises Cabba to take his sister, Caulifla, with him, saying that even though she seems like a punk, her potential power is even greater than Renso''s. ... Over in Universe 10, Gowasu is fretting over which warriors he should select to fight in the tournament because he doesn''t want to mess up and pick someone like Zamasu again. Rumsshi and his Angel Kusu stop by to tell Gowasu he''s overthinking things and rather than using his head, he should decide with his body. To that end, Rumsshi and Kusu have brought along ten warriors Rumsshi has already selected. ... At Zeno''s Palace, Zeno and Future Zeno''s are playing a strange version of Rochambeau where they hit each other with hammers, but they soon grow tired of this. To entertain them, the Grand Minister gives them an update on how the various universes are preparing for the tournament. They are happy to hear that in Universe 7, Goku has successfully assembled a team of ten fighters. At that moment, Goku and most of his team members are holding a strategy meeting with Beerus, Old Kai, and Shin, while Vegeta has flown off to The Lookout to use the Hyperbolic Time Chamber, fueled by Goku and Gohan''s earlier contest. At the meeting, Old Kai suggests using his ability to draw out Goku''s potential, but sadly that ritual takes over 24 hours, so they no longer have enough time. Instead, Goku decides to train with Whis until the tournament. Seeing Goku makes the Zenos want to hold the tournament right away, but the Grand Minister insists they stick to the predetermined time. A case of theft: this story is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. After all, the Grand Minister explains, not all the universes'' team-gathering efforts are going so well. For instance, Universe 9 is having a tough time: word has gotten out about their universe''s potential destruction, causing hoodlums to run wild and attempt to flee to other universes. Sidra destroys the city and decides to look for contestants on some other planet. So far they still haven''t managed to gather anyone besides the Trio of Danger. In Universe 6, Hit tracks down Frost, who''s on the run from the law and slumped over in an alley somewhere. Assuming Hit has come to kill him, Frost at first seems to accept his fate, but this is a bluff to catch Hit off-guard. While Hit blocks the attack, he can tell Frost has improved; being on the run seems to have toughened him up. Hit explains that Champa has sent him to recruit Frost, and tells Frost about the upcoming tournament. If Frost refuses to enter, Hit vows to kill him on the spot. Frost is happy to enter but is annoyed to hear he won''t be allowed to use his poison needles. If he cheats and gets caught, he''ll be annihilated! In Universe 11 Top and Dyspo wait at a fancy restaurant for their comrade Kahseral to arrive. They call him, but he''s preoccupied saving a cat for some kids. Back at the palace, the Grand Minister explains to the Zenos how Top and his friends are not merely strong, but all good people as well. Still, the Grand Minister continues, while Universe 11 has a good chance of winning the tournament, its counterpart Universe 2 is interesting as well. Right then, an audition is being held in Universe 2 to select their universe''s "idol warrior" to enter the tournament. A slim, green-haired girl lines up, and some other ladies in line harass her: did she think this was merely an idol audition? But the girl, Brianne de Chateau, quickly transforms into a pink, chubby warrior known as Ribrianne, who proceeds to blow her opponents up with her Pretty Cannon attack. ... In Universe 10, Kusu has Murichim and his nine warriors dance together in order to "improve their team bonds". Off on the side, Gowasu tapes the event, which he''s sure will get plenty of views. The Universe 10 warriors dance has the Zenos excited, but the Grand Minister notes that there''s trouble brewing in Universe 7. ... Back on Earth, Goku cools off after his training while Gohan and Shin consider strategy. Gohan thinks they should stick to the center of the arena to avoid ring-outs, but Shin figures everyone else will try the same thing, turning the center into a fierce battlefield. Suddenly, Bulma comes in with news from Mr. Satan: it seems that Buu has fallen asleep, and won''t wake up again for two months! Shocked, Goku decides to go try and wake Buu up. Beerus insists on coming along too, to give Buu a good pounding. Beerus is plenty ticked off at Buu, first for the infamous "pudding incident", humiliating him by once before falling asleep before the Tournament of Destroyers, and now this. But while Beerus stews, Goku has already left. ... In Universe 11, Top finds Kahseral and asks him to enter the tournament, and although Kahseral has some reservations, he agrees. ... In Universe 6, Cabba shows his Super Saiyan form to Caulifla, and she demands that he teach her how to transform. He instructs her to focus on bringing out her energy from the center of her back. She easily transforms into a Super Saiyan and agrees to participate in the tournament. She introduces Cabba to her prot¨¦g¨¦e, Kale, and asks her to try transforming as well. Chapter 76 Stage Back on Earth, Krillin and 18 arrive at Capsule Corp. with Marron, who goes to see Bulla with Trunks and Goten. Krillin is surprised to hear that Master Roshi is training to overcome his weakness to seduction. Elsewhere, Vegeta blows up the Hyperbolic Time Chamber again, which irritates Piccolo. Beerus is still concerned about Buu sleeping and asks Gohan to pick a strong replacement, but Gohan believes Goku will wake Buu up. Krillin brings up the prize money being on the line, but Piccolo and Gohan are confused. When Goku returns, everyone angrily confronts him about lying to them about the prize money and the fact that the universe will be erased if they lose. Goku offers to pay them the money himself, but Vegeta points out Chi-Chi has control of the money. Goku then asks it from Bulma, but she refuses. Krillin condemns Goku for bribing them with money because Goku thought he would be too scared to participate. Krillin and 18 no longer want to participate, but Beerus threatens to kill Krillin if he refuses, and Krillin changes his mind. But he says 18 won''t participate since there is no prize money, and Bulma in turn changes her mind to pay everyone the money, only wishing for Goku, who is suddenly hesitant, to ensure they win and survive. Then they decided to put Krillin again inside the team, instead of Buu, which made Krillin more angry at the fact he was considered as a reserve member for emergencies. ... In Universe 6, Cabba and Caulifla try to teach Kale how to transform into a Super Saiyan. Kale struggles to transform by focusing on releasing her energy from her back. Caulifla starts insulting Kale to force her to transform through anger, and Cabba is confused. Kale apologizes because she is a weak Saiyan. Caulifla then orders Cabba to insult Kale, but he instead makes her cry, and Caulifla berates him for hurting Kale''s feelings. Kale, through jealousy of Cabba and Caulifla''s friendly arguing, abruptly transforms into a completely different Super Saiyan form. Caulifla is stunned and wonders how she did this, and Cabba thinks it''s because Kale thinks Caulifla likes Cabba. Kale attacks Cabba, trying to kill him while Caulifla praises Kale for her newfound power. However, Caulifla realizes Kale''s instability and transforms into a Super Saiyan 2 to save Cabba from getting killed by an energy blast. Caulifla tells Kale she doesn''t need to get upset because she would never fall for Cabba. If you stumble upon this narrative on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen from Royal Road. Please report it. Kale turns back to her normal state and collapses into Caulifla''s arms. Cabba tells Caulifla that she has accidentally found a team member. ... In Universe 4, the God of Destruction Quitela learns from his spy about Team Universe 7 recruiting members. Kuru is afraid of Zeno finding out they are spying on other universes, but Quitela says there are no rules about spying. ... On Earth, Goku asks Trunks if he wants to go to 17''s island to protect all its animals and monsters so 17 can attend. Vegeta is about to protest, but Trunks excitedly agrees and goes to tell Goten. Bulma and Vegeta are irritated at Goku for using their son as a bargain to get 17 to agree to the tournament, but relent regardless. Goku asks Krillin to take the boys to the island to pick up 17. Krillin is reluctant, but Goku reminds him of how much 17 has changed, and Krillin, comparing this to 18, agrees. Eero then stood up calmly, stretched his arms, and said, "It''s time to leave." His figure flickered and appeared beside Goku and others. All ten members gathered: - Goku - Vegeta - Master Roshi - Gohan - Krillin - Piccolo - Tien - Android 17 - Android 18 - Eero Whis instructs everyone to hold hands in a circle. Whis then contacts the Grand Minister, who uses his power to instantly teleport the group to the fighting stage. As they leave, Bulma and Chi-Chi wish them luck. Eero glanced at the huge and tough stage, also feeling null energy around, no time and space effect inside. Even if the god of destruction flies on this stage, it will not be destroyed. Goku is fascinated by the stage, and soon the groups of the other universes arrive, first being Team Universe 4. Beerus notes to Whis that they could have teleported without holding hands, but Whis was jokingly attempting to raise the team''s morale, even though Beerus says that almost tore it apart. Android 18 directs the group''s attention to the side of the stage, revealing pure darkness. Whis reminds the team that they cannot fly to counter falling off the stage, and Goku confirms this by attempting to fly, showing that their flight is nullified. Android 17 directs the group to Team Universe 10, showing that a couple of bird-like warriors are flying, and Whis says that they can do so manually due to their wings. Whis, Beerus, Shin, and Old Kai head to the spectator seats wishing the warriors good luck. Team Universe 6 has arrived, and Frost introduces himself to the group, particularly Gohan and Piccolo. Goku says hello to Hit, and Cabba reunites with his de facto mentor, Vegeta, introducing him to Caulifla and Kale. Excited at meeting female members of his people, even if they are from another universe, Goku tries to shake Caulifla''s hand, but Caulifla slaps it away, stating that it is unwise to become close to an opposing universe. Despite the rude gesture, Goku cheerfully agrees with her. Krillin asks Master Roshi if he will have an issue with going against women, and Roshi says he has overcome his weakness. Eero''s mouth twitched upon listening to Master Roshi, thought funnily, ''This old guy overcomes the hardest weakness in the multiverse.'' Team Universe 9 shows resentment towards Universe 7, mainly due to Goku and the fact that they lost all three matches to them in the Expo, but show confidence in their warriors. The Grand Minister is contacted by Team Universe 11, and as they arrive, Goku, Vegeta, and Cabba feel their Qi and stand on guard, except Eero who glanced at everything expressionlessly. Caulifla says if Universe 7''s Saiyans are afraid, then they are nothing to worry about, which aggravates Vegeta. Goku goes to greet the Pride Troopers, wanting to settle his business with Top. Chapter 77 Competition Start Top says he is uninterested in personal squabbles, and he is determined to fight to save his universe. Goku tries to greet Jiren, but Jiren suddenly appears behind Goku, harshly advising him to step away. Goku wonders how he got behind him, and Liquiir, Iwan, and Arak notice the warriors gathering and they pick up the pace, with everyone being forced to dodge the blocks they''re throwing around. But to Goku''s surprise, Jiren is unfazed as the blocks narrowly pass by him. Jiren turned and glanced at Eero, who was looking at the Universe Eleven stage far away, while a few blocks halted around his body. Eero glanced at the blocks halted in front of him, not moving. He took a side calmly as they flew away beside him. All the warriors were puzzled. They can see Jiren is very strong and wasn''t fazed facing the blocks. That''s why the blocks dodged him. But Eero is just a mortal. Why did the blocks stop in front of him? Even the Grand Minister and Angels around were startled because those blocks were controlled by the Grand Minister to complete the stage, although it''s not his complete power but enough to defeat everyone on stage. Only Whis, Vados, and Marcarita were silent, looking at Eero. ''Today we can see the glimpse of his true powers,'' all three of them thought at the same time. The fighting stage is finished, and every universe has gathered. Goku notices a Yardrat on Team Universe 2, his son and Vegeta agreeing with him to watch out for the combatant if he knows Instant Transmission. The group also notices that Universe 4 has only 8 warriors, but Tien realizes that even though it''s faint, he can sense the presence of the remaining two, who are concealing themselves. Every universe is formally introduced, and Gohan says that once the fight begins, they should gather and strengthen their defense, and to work together to fight. However, Vegeta disagreed. The two Zenos greet everyone and tell them to make this fight exciting to watch. Thus, the Tournament of Power is about to officially begin. The eight universes participating in the Tournament of Power are staring each other down. The two Zenos are excited as the Grand Priest makes his entrance on top of the stage''s main pillar. The Grand Priest goes over the rules again: the time limit is 100 takks, which is 48 Earth minutes, and the use of weapons, killing, and Flight are not allowed. However, warriors with wings may still fly. Stolen from Royal Road, this story should be reported if encountered on Amazon. Gohan goes over the strategy again with Universe 7: stick together and always fight with superior numbers. However, Vegeta once again shows sarcastic disagreement. Kale is afraid, and Caulifla tells her to remember to "go flashy" again. Goku and Top stare each other down, and Eero was sitting on a block, looking at the warrior calmly. Master Roshi offers to fight against the female warriors, and Tien shows skepticism. Shin is worried about his universe, and Old Kai tells him to just trust in them as their fates rest in the warriors'' hands. Beerus yells at his fighters about teamwork, and Quitela mocks and laughs that Beerus, of all people, would spout teamwork, which Beerus refuses to retort to. The Tournament of Power finally begins, and every warrior rushes to face another warrior, soon engulfing the entire battle stage with energy lights and sounds of combat. Universe 7 sticks together in the ensuing chaos. However, Goku spots Top fighting with Magetta and flies away to fight him, but he is interrupted by Ganos. Gohan tries to remind Goku about their teamwork strategy, but Android 17, Android 18, and Vegeta also fly away to fight. Narirama, a modified robot warrior from Universe 3, begins spinning himself in order to knock some fighters away. Heles of Universe 2 comments that it''s not beautiful for her female warriors to be attacked before they transform. The Universe 3 gods dub this method the "Super Survival Mode," however, it was easily shut down by Hit and Basil. A female warrior from Universe 10, Rylibeu, fights against Basil. However, he counters her attack and knocks her out of the ring, revealing that defeated warriors are instantly transported to the stands to spectate. In order to keep track of the fighters, the Zenos reveal they have a tablet, called the GodPad, that they use to mark the fighters who have been knocked out. The Universe 10 God of Destruction, Rumsshi, berates Rylibeu for forgetting to use her wings, and for the fact that his universe is the first to have a fighter being knocked out. Beerus cheers for his universe. However, he overhears Champa cheering for Universe 6 to knock out Universe 7 out of spite, likely due to losing the Tournament of Destroyers to his brother. Android 18, Vegeta, Android 17, and Goku are fighting their respective battles, and the remainder of Universe 7: Gohan, Piccolo, Krillin, Tien, and Roshi are surrounded by Botamo, Shosa, Comfrey, Dercori, and Lavender, who wants revenge against Gohan. The Universe 7 fighters assume a Manji Formation, following the plan, and they initiate a combo attack: Tien''s Solar Flare, Piccolo''s Special Beam Cannon, Krillin''s Destructo Disc, Gohan''s energy beam barrage, and Master Roshi''s MAX Power Kamehameha to attack the fighters. However, the fighters remain unharmed, and Master Roshi compliments them as they are indeed worthy of entering the tournament. Basil is fighting a sumo-wrestling warrior, Napapa, and fails in knocking him out. While Goku continues to fight Ganos, the latter leaves in frustration at the Saiyan''s power, allowing Goku to lay eyes on Top, who looks back at him before he is knocked aside by Murichim, revealing Jiren to be standing still in the ensuing chaos. Zeno spots Jiren, and they agree to keep an eye on him. Goku prepares to battle Jiren one on one, but he is grabbed from behind and held in a headlock by a muscular warrior from Universe 4, Nink. Despite Goku struggling to be free, Nink prepares to jump off the ring, intending to sacrifice himself to eliminate Goku. Before they both fall off, Goku goes Super Saiyan Blue to overpower the fighter, sending him knocked down and saving himself. Beerus, clearly flustered and frightened by the near loss of his greatest warrior, yells at Goku for not going Blue before, but Goku wants to save his power. Chapter 78 Profound Lesson Goku is then surrounded by a number of warriors, including the Trio De Dangers. However, he smiles, wanting to be in this kind of situation. Several warriors from Universe 9, including Lavender and Bergamo, immediately surround Goku. Roh cackles while he waits for Goku to feel despair just as Champa similarly holds out hope for the trio to eliminate the Saiyan, aware that he is Universe 7''s ace and that his defeat will spell the end of his brother''s universe. Goku immediately engages the warriors in battle, excited to fight them again, especially Bergamo, commenting that Bergamo hid his power in the Zen Exhibition Match and only used the power he stole from Goku. Beerus has full confidence in Goku''s ability to handle the "furry nobodies" but reminds him not to waste his power by prolonging his contest with them and to focus only on eliminating them. Goku remarks to his destroyer that he is only warming up, which annoys the Trio. Shin asks why Goku is not going Super Saiyan Blue to finish them off quickly, and Whis answers by saying since the form drains stamina heavily, Goku is pacing himself by making sure he has enough stamina to last the whole tournament since the use of Senzu Beans are prohibited. Old Kai criticizes Shin for not figuring this out. The two Zeno and even the Grand Minister show interest in Goku going against the Trio De Dangers'' combination attacks. Lavender reveals his Poison Blow, and relentlessly attacks Goku with his brothers, as Goku desperately dodges Lavender''s attacks to avoid being poisoned, knowing about how dangerous it is. To counter it, Goku creates a Qi barrier around himself, having discussed with Gohan about how to counter the poison, and is able to attack and defend against it. However, the combined might of the three brothers seems to keep Goku on the defensive. Eero was sitting beside the broken block, instantly his figure flickered, the area he was sitting upon blasted by Qi attack and turned into debris flying around. Napapa revealed himself in surprise, looking at the empty area, Eero nowhere to be found, looking around alertly, where is he? "Are you looking for me?" Instantly a questioning voice sounded beside him, his eyes widened in surprise, looking at Eero standing beside him. "How?" Napapapa exclaimed in shock, the next second his body flew in reverse at unimaginable speed. A few Universe 9 warriors'' faces changed looking at Napapa''s figure flying at unimaginable speed toward them, they dodged, wiped their sweat away, looking at Napapa fall and disappear from the edge of the stage. Eero rested his arm, turned, and glanced at other warriors around, especially flying fighters. Time Domain! Instantly everything slowed down, Eero appeared in front of the wingman, turned in the air, and kicked him outside the stage. On the other side of the Stage, Bergamo explains that in order to survive in the "garbage dump" that is Universe 9, the Trio De Dangers had to work together to team up and defeat opponents more powerful than them individually, revealing their combination attack: Dangers'' Triangle. Vegeta, knocking back Nigrissi and Obni, notices Goku''s struggle and arrives to assist him, asking him why he is wasting his time with the trio, referring to them as "puppies" and "mutts". A case of theft: this story is not rightfully on Amazon; if you spot it, report the violation. Goku reminds Vegeta that it''s tough to fight three of them at once when their energy can''t be sensed. Whis is aware that even though Goku and Vegeta working together would mean they would have no trouble, but Whis acknowledges that neither of them have that kind of mentality. With Goku and Vegeta against 8 enemies, Goku suggests they split 4 each, but Vegeta refuses and wants to fight whoever attacks him first, leading to his battling Lavender, creating a Qi barrier due to knowing about his poison. Vegeta is then suddenly attacked by Hop and her claws, and Lavender also attacks him. Chappil goes against Goku with his iron body, and Goku and Vegeta find themselves fighting nearly all Universe 9 warriors, Roselle and Sorrel and their combination attacks. To Beerus'' annoyance, Champa roots for Universe 9, knowing that if Goku and Vegeta are out of the picture, the rest of Universe 7 is easy pickings. Goku and Vegeta are pushed back by the Universe 9 warriors, and Vegeta''s hand is frozen solid by Hyssop''s Ice Lance. Despite this, Vegeta narrowly dodges Hop''s claw slash, and she accidentally attacks Lavender. With the two distracted, Goku takes the opportunity to go Super Saiyan and knock Chappil and Comfrey off the stage. Vegeta then unleashes a combo attack on Hop, knocking her out. Whis explains that after they froze Vegeta''s hand, they rushed trying to end things, but their coordination got sloppy, and they were left wide open. Vegeta''s other hand is trapped by Oregano''s webs, but he goes Super Saiyan and frees both of his hands, telling him not to underestimate his power. Vegeta assaults Hyssop with multiple attacks, knocking him and Oregano out with a single powerful attack. With 7 warriors eliminated Sorrel was knocked out off-screen by Android 18 and Roselle was kicked off by Eero and fell off, the Trio De Dangers are left to face Goku and Vegeta. Eero glanced at Vegeta and Goku, not doing their best, a thought appeared in his heart, ''Today I will teach them a profound lesson, they will remember it for life.'' Dual Domain! Multiple Layer Instantly his domain layer shrouded, Goku, Vegeta, and Trio De Dangers, separately instantly Goku and Vegeta frowned suddenly feeling strenuous against the Trio''s attacks. The Trio''s eyes lit up, feeling the two Super Saiyans'' attacks are reducing and unleash their final, desperate combo attack: Triangle Danger Beam. Vegeta and Goku''s faces changed, feeling a crisis. They hurriedly went Super Saiyan Blue and unleashed their Final Kamehameha combo attack. But somehow the attacks balanced each other and crossed, blasting both Saiyan and Trio, knocking them all out of the ring. "Huh?" Goku, Vegeta, and the Trio De Danger all appeared on their respective universe sections, with wide eyes, Especially Beerus, Champa, Universe 7, Universe 9 and Universe 6 warriors. Their eyes popped up in shock looking at Goku and Vegeta sitting in the Universe 7 section and Trio De Danger in Universe 9 Section along with all other members defeated. Universe 9 is completely eliminated. Eero''s mouth twitched looking at the dazed faces of Goku and Vegeta, turned his head away controlling his laughter. Still, he couldn''t control himself. "Puft," Eero hurriedly grabbed his mouth, lest someone notices him. Chapter 79 Out Especially Goku and Vegeta became extremely annoyed, regret swelling in their hearts. "Why didn''t we do our best from the start?" Beerus also scolded, pointing at Goku and Vegeta. Champa teased with a happy smile, which ticked Beerus off even more. Then he glanced at Eero standing on stage calmly. "Now he is our final hope," he thought to himself. Eero turned and glanced at all Universe 7 warriors'' pale faces, he became speechless. ''It seems they forgot me. Well, leave it alone they all are group of idiots,'' Looking at the stage, Grand Priest, including all angels, and Zeno were in a daze looking at Goku. ''As expected, they already knew the final result of the competition, but I have changed it. Let''s see what you are going to do about it,'' Eero thought intriguingly. Everyone came back to their senses. "Please Zenos, all warriors of Universe 9 are eliminated," Grand Priest then said. Both Zenos glanced at every Universe 9 warrior who had been eliminated, and as a consequence, their universe would be erased. The remaining warriors watched as the two Zenos raised their hands, immediately erased the frightened Universe 9 warriors, Roh, Sidra, along with their entire universe, except Mohito, who mischievously smirked to himself. Beerus had Whis confirm that Universe 9 had been completely erased from existence, and every remaining fighter realized the severity of the situation they were in. Having stopped their fighting, every warrior stood in disbelief over the sudden erasure of Universe 9, including the spectating Gods. Goku and Vegeta were surprised that Zeno really followed through with the extreme stipulation, and Goku felt even more regretful. Goku reminded Vegeta that if Zeno decides to erase something, then it''s getting erased no matter what, and he confidently stated that Universe 7 would be victorious. Vegeta retorted, accusing Goku of being responsible for their elimination. Mohito, the Angel of Universe 9, snidely commented that he was the first out since his universe was erased, and it was to be expected. Anato, Supreme Kai of Universe 1, stated that Universe 9''s sacrifice was necessary. He also added that everyone should show gratefulness and gratitude to Goku for his hand in orchestrating the Tournament of Power, as all of the lower-level universes had a chance to survive instead of being arbitrarily erased. And since they were defeated, they deserved to be erased to balance the universes. The spectators of Universe 7 were shaking that Zeno erased Universe 9 with no hesitation, and Vados laughed at Champa''s nervousness and reminded him that he needed his fighters to try hard, so he wouldn''t get erased. Krillin, rattled by what transpired, took a deep breath and calmed himself down, and Gohan made sure his teammates hadn''t lost their morale. Eero glanced at Zeno. He felt a rule-like power, which could instantly target a specific object and erase it. It was the first time he saw Zeno act. A smile appeared on his face. ''It seems I was right. This erasing rule has no effect on me now. My creation rule can easily counter it and even override it. I can easily bring back the universe he just erased,'' Eero thought to himself, relaxed a little, and glanced at the other Universe Seven warriors. Enjoying this book? Seek out the original to ensure the author gets credit. Android 18 was also a little rattled, but Android 17 reminded her that if they lose, they would be erased, and there wouldn''t be a chance for them to feel despair. He reminded her of their advantage of being Androids with infinite energy and that they would never tire, also noting that it was good that she had gotten kinder since they last fought together. 18 agreed with her brother, and they both agreed to cut loose. Zeno wondered why everyone stopped fighting, and Grand Minister said they should start again once they regained their composure. Old Kai noted that since everyone witnessed Zeno actually erasing a universe, they would be more cautious and rework their strategies. Hit and Botamo started walking towards Eero. While Hit reminded, "Be careful, Botamo, this guy is capable of defeating all universe competitors. You must strike without holding back." Eero raised his brow, glanced at Hit. Instantly their both figures flickered. The whole stage vibrated, and the warriors around were shocked, looking at a long, piercing line in the middle of the stage. Hit laying in a corner, while Eero appeared beside Botamo. He punched his stomach. Botamo''s specialty couldn''t work. Eero grabbed his ear, rotating around, and threw him towards the outside stage directions. Turning his head aside calmly, Eero dodged the punch attack. [Time Skip 0.6s] Dual Domain! Eero and Hit both used their abilities at the same time. Hit used his assassination attack at a fast pace during the time skip. Eero''s figure flickered, instantly appearing in front of Hit. He deflected his attacks using his two fingers, Hit punched at unimaginable speed but Eero calmly stroke same area on his wrists to deflect away his attack. The whole area and stage around them damaged because of Hit''s attack debris flew around. A few Universe warriors were shocked looking at Eero and Hit''s fight, especially Jiren. His expression became solemn looking at Eero. "Amazing, Amazing," both Zenos exclaimed excitedly, watching their attacks in slow motion on their tablets. After a while, Hit backed away, his arms hanging and trembling constantly, looking at Botamo sitting in the Universe 6 area, then glanced at Eero. "I surpassed my limit, but I couldn''t see your limits. I hope someone here can let us see your limits." Hit said looking at him, Eero glanced at him calmly, next second appeared in front of him, and kicked his stomach threw him down from the stage. Universe 6 warriors were shocked looking at their top warriors also eliminated. Champa exclaimed angrily looking at Eero, hatefully, then glanced at Hit, pointing at him angrily, "How can you be eliminated so soon?" Hit raised his arms in order to show them. Champa was surprised, Vados also raised her brow. Looking at normal and clear arm on the outside, but they could feel if Hit had attacked anymore, his arm bones would become dust inside. Chapter 80 Kale "His use of force I haven''t seen anyone using it before, all my attacks were not only deflected, but a small amount of my force was reversed by him and damaged my whole arms on my strikes. If it weren''t for my assassination carrier, I would have lost within a few strikes. Also, his fingers felt like heavy mountains striking my wrists. I can''t use assassination technique for a few months until my injury heals," Hit replied, analyzing the battle with Eero. Champa frowned looking at Eero. "This guy is really that strong. Who is he?" Eero turned and glanced at Champa who was looking at him resentfully. "You said before I sneaked attacked, this time I faced him off openly. You should be happy," Eero said, dodging the attacks from behind and counterattacking the warrior''s stomach with his elbow, sending him outside the stage. ... Dium tries to attack Krillin, but Gohan counters the attack, saying there''s no need for them to exert too much. Piccolo takes off his weights, and Krillin, despite Beerus telling him to just run, uses Destructo Disc Triple Blade to cut Dium''s wings, and he is knocked out of bounds by Master Roshi''s Kamehameha. ... Eero walked toward the other direction, and a few warriors avoided him. He didn''t care. Instantly, Metal Man Magenta appeared in front of him and attacked him. Eero raised his hand calmly and punched the metal stomach, sending him rolling like a football, with his fist mark on his body. Whis points out Android 18''s battle with Shosa, who is overwhelmed and knocked out by 18, but after a hard attack, he was considered to have been killed. However, his specialty is playing dead, and he attacks 18 when she checks on his body. Before she is knocked off the stage, Krillin saves her. 18 says she''ll pay Shosa back in full, but Shosa offers them to jump off the stage while they still can, saying that 18''s pretty face shouldn''t get messed up. 18 and Krillin agree to try a new attack they practiced, and Krillin fires a Ki Blast that Shosa dodges, but 18 knocks it back. Krillin and 18 play ping-pong with the Ki Blast with Shosa in the middle, and he notices that after each hit, it grows bigger. 18 then knocks the huge Ki Blast towards Shosa, who is knocked off. Krillin is suddenly attacked from behind by Majora, but 18 protects him. Ensure your favorite authors get the support they deserve. Read this novel on the original website. He wonders if they can defeat him, revealing his closed eyes, and Krillin gives 18 the shades he suddenly took from Master Roshi without him noticing, using the Solar Flare x100. However, it proves ineffective, and Krillin is knocked down, with Majora commenting that his eyes lost their sight long ago. Krillin wonders how he was able to pinpoint their location despite the light, but 18 points out that he''s using his sense of smell. Krillin prepares to fight Majora alone, dismissing 18''s concern. Krillin and Majora go head-to-head, and when Majora attacks, Krillin throws his shoe at him, stunning Majora with its stench. With Majora distracted, Krillin knocks him off with a Kamehameha. Krillin is triumphant in his victory, but 18 is embarrassed, saying when they get home, she''ll burn his shoes. With Krillin distracted, he''s suddenly knocked off by Frost. When 18 tries to retaliate, Frost creates a smokescreen and disappears. With Krillin eliminated, Beerus shuns him but implies that what''s done is done, and all he can do now is cheer on his teammates. Supreme Kai looks sternly down at Krillin, Goku, and Vegeta and says that he is not disappointed in them, but they are not reassured due to the fierce look in his eyes. Gohan, Piccolo, Tien, and Master Roshi discuss Krillin also being eliminated. Master Roshi pulls the group together by reminding them that they still have seven people left. Android 17 and Android 18 both criticize Krillin for letting his guard down, with 18 also telling him that the money he used for his training equipment has been put to waste. As for Goku and Vegeta, they don''t even want to see their useless faces. Both Vegeta and Goku became embarrassed looking at Universe 7 warrior reactions on stage. Beerus and Champa were extremely annoyed looking at each of their three warriors out, Goku, Vegeta, and Krillin from Universe 7, Hit, Botamo, and Magenta, from Universe 6. Magenta metal man was recently defeated with a lot of visible shoe and fist marks on his whole iron body, recalling Eero using his body as a soccer, shooting other universe warriors. Magenta became very depressed. Eero was walking on stage, looking at the figure in front, Cabba. Then, glanced at Caulifla and Kale, appearing on both sides. "So you Trio Saiyans want to join hands," Eero asked calmly. "We know you defeated Hit san, but we three combine have definitely more chances to defeat you," Cabba spoke. "Kale, do your best and transform or we all will be eliminated," Caulifla reminded seriously, looking at Eero''s calm and composed expression. "Ahhhh." Instantly Caulifla and Cabba turned into Saiyans, but Kale couldn''t. Eero smiled playfully looking at Kale. Raised his hand, grabbed Cabba''s punch, looking at him, Eero spoke, "Your Saiyan transformation is not up to standard," clasping turned and threw him at Caulifla''s direction, who was also going to attack him. "Huh," Thud! Both slid on the stage and fell. Kale finally went berserk mode looking at Caulifla being attacked and thrown away. "Ahhhhhhhhh" A berserk Qi spread around the stage, surprising everyone, looking at Kale turned into Special Super Saiyan state, then attacked Eero. Eero calmly dodged all her attacks. The next second, Kale became more angry she couldn''t hit him even once, her figure became more robust and burly, her powers increased more. "Saiyan race are although special, but they have a huge weakness. They depend on their transformation a lot, ignoring their basic physical limits. If they start focusing on basic body strength their transformation may reach unimaginable levels," Eero commented calmly, next second flickered beside Kale, hit her neck side with a chop. Kale fell unconscious and flew toward the edge of the stage. Chapter 81 Good & Evil Cabba and Caulifla''s faces changed looking at Kale progressing toward the edge of cave, they hurriedly transformed and leaped in front of Kale in order to grab her. Eero''s mouth curved, Instantly Champa realized something, shouted, "Idiot, dodge don''t try to catch her." Listening to Champa shout, Caulifla and Cabba were startled but it was already late, Kale already took their bodies along with her inertia toward the edge of the stage. Cabba and Caulifla''s faces changed feeling unimaginable kinetic force, exerting their complete force in order to stop, their faces turned red, but to no avail fell outside the stage. Looking at Eero standing at the edge waving his hand at them with a smile, "Bye, Bye." Frost, hidden behind a block, was surprised looking at defeated Cabba and the others on the Universe 6 station. Then his eyes lit up, looking at Eero standing at the edge waving his hand, with wide-open back in his direction. ''Here is my chance,'' Frost instantly leaped in order to push him outside the stage. Beerus wanted to shout out loud. Next second, he saw Eero dodge and turned around as an afterimage flashed. Eero glanced at the horror-filled eyes of Frost, released his killing intent and spoke, "I was waiting for your attack. You truly didn''t disappoint me." He kicked Frost back, sending him toward the lower direction of the stage. Frost flickered and appeared in the Universe 6 area, sighing in relief as he looked at Eero in fright. ''I thought I was going to die at that moment. It wasn''t an illusion, that was truly the interntion to kill.'' recalling upon the glimpse of Eero expressionless face, whole void red and red ghost wondering around in order to take him to hell, his body shivered. Champa''s heart shrouded in despair, looking at seven useful warriors knocked out, only three left on stage. Zeno scrolled through the universes on his GodPad and noted the number of fighters that had decreased. ... Brianne de Chateau called for her female companions, Sanka Coo & Sous Roas, to get ready to fight. Gohan thanked Android 17 and Android 18 for their help as they ran in different directions. Brianne de Chateau gained the attention of the remaining fighters as Universe 2 underwent a recital, much to the annoyance of Beerus and Champa. If you spot this tale on Amazon, know that it has been stolen. Report the violation. Heles gracefully announced her fighters as Brianne, Sanka, and Su began transforming. However, before they could finish, they were immediately blasted by Android 17. The girls confronted 17 on his vulgar actions, and Top came to their defense, saying that a warrior assuming a pose is justice and should not be interrupted. Every warrior noticed the girls'' change in appearance, and most of the male warriors were infatuated with their looks, even a silent, smiling Beerus, while Krillin admitted to preferring their normal forms. Android 17 prepared to fight them so they could demonstrate their power, and Brianne de Chateau unleashed a love attack with a sweet aroma that would brainwash those who inhaled its scent. Old Kai was impressed by the attack, and Whis pointed out that the Universe 7 fighters would be fine, noting their stoic nature. He also pointed out that Master Roshi, the one they would be worried about the most, was also unaffected, which shocked everyone. Gohan told his comrades that due to the fighting stage getting more and more destroyed, they should begin to fight independently. Piccolo, Roshi, and Tien agreed and they all separated, telling each other to stay on guard. Ribrianne and No. 17 fiercely attacked each other. ... Universe 10''s Obni and Rubalt appeared to challenge Gohan. Jimizu defeated Universe 10''s Zircor. Gowasu accepted his imminent demise, while Rumsshi remained defiant. Obni expressed his respect for Gohan before he shifted his Qi away from his body to render himself impossible to detect and wounded the young Saiyan. Obni began to overwhelm Gohan until he powered up to his Potential Unleashed state and powered through one of Obni''s punches. He counterattacked Obni''s moves and defeated him. With this, every Universe 10 warrior had been eliminated, and as a consequence, their universe would be erased. Right before Universe 10 was annihilated, Gohan discovered a locket containing a picture of Obni with his wife and child. Gohan and Kusu mourned Universe 10''s destruction. ... Eero glanced expressionlessly at the empty Universe 10 area, then turned around and glanced at Top and Dyspo appeared in front of him. Looking at Dyspo, he asked calmly, "Are you the long-lost third brother of Beerus and Champa?" Dyspo wanted to say something next second he was speechless. Beerus and Champa''s faces sank, their forehead veins throbbed, both glaring at Eero with killing intent, While Vados and Whis turned their faces aside and snickered beside them, making both of them more angrier. "I will defeat you for our universe," Dyspo then said moving his ear. "Yes, we will defeat you for justice," Top said, posing with both arms. Eero glanced at them calmly and asked, "What is justice and evil?" "Evil is your 7th Universe, which put all the universes in danger and consequently erased two universes. You are responsible for it and we will eradicate evil creatures like you," Top said resolutely. Eero raised his brow, shook his head, and raised his finger, "Your justice is not justice, nor is your evil an evil." Top glanced at him solemnly, ready to attack. "Let me explain what true justice is," Eero suddenly said, startling them, Top raised his brow in order to listen to what Eero is going to say about justice. The spectators around also became curious. "There are two things: Good and Evil. You consider universe erasure and a lot of creatures dying as evil, but you forgot the main root of erasing. In your mind, Zeno is not in the category of evil and justice. Can you tell me why?" Eero asked pointedly. Zeno, Grand Priest, and the angels were surprised, and Top was also shocked, looking at him, becoming thoughtful. ''Yeah, I consider Zeno erasing the universes as an inevitable fact, but I accused the 7th Universe as the evil who caused erasure.'' ''If I am considering the erasure as evil, then I should also consider Zeno ultimately evil and enforce justice.'' Chapter 82 Master Roshi Top turned and glanced at the two Zenos and Grand Priest. ''I can''t do that. I can''t reach that height where I can impose justice on them.'' Looking at his thoughtful face, Eero smiled then further explained. "So you finally realized what true good and evil are. It''s power. If you stand above everything, you can easily influence justice and evil in others'' minds," Eero said calmly. Top fell silent, including the other spectators, God of Destruction, and Angels. Grand Minister thought with a smile, ''Magnificent, He knows the essence of Power.'' "Well, thank you for letting me see the clear picture. I will definitely gain strength and see things openly, then decide the evil and good. But I will not go easy on you," Top said after a while, then attacked, Eero blocked his attack with fist bump, purple destruction aura spread on the stage, Top face changed feeling unimaginable force from the Eero thin arm''s, ''How can he have such a formidable power in his thin arm.'' Top flew backwards. Eero raised his brow, looking at Dyspo flickered into an afterimage and reached beside him in order to attack. ''I remember this Beerus photocopy guy has acceleration talent, can increase his speed more then thousand time.'' Eero''s body also flickered and turned into an afterimage, dodging the attacks, kicking him in the face sending him flying away. Then raised his palm, grabbed another attack reaching his face, turned and punched in return. Top flew away. A purple Qi wave rushed around, damaging the stage. All three of their figures flickered around, looking at Dyspo using the same fighting pose again and again. Eero became very annoyed, Dual Domain x Nonillion Looking at frozen Dyspo in front of him and audience around, grabbed the huge ears of Dyspo and threw him outside the arena. Time retracted, "Huh," Dyspo, in a daze, appeared in the Universe 11 area instantly, feeling pain in his ears, they turned dark blue because of the tight grip. His expression became very annoyed, and Marcarita snickered looking at Dyspo''s ears. Looking at Eero dodging and punching Top''s away, then in a while throwing him outside the stage, ''So he finally reached such a strength where he doesn''t even need to use his talent to defeat the top warrior of our universe.'' Marcarita thought to herself, looking at Top just appeared beside Dyspo after being eliminated. ... The two Zenos are counting how many fighters are left in the Tournament of Power, having difficulty counting. They come to the conclusion that there are a lot of fighters left. Meanwhile, Master Roshi is walking around the arena alone and observing the ongoing fights. He is then attacked by Universe 4''s Caway, who can create weapons out of Qi. She creates a hammer to attack Roshi; however, he dodges it. Master Roshi states that Caway cannot defeat him with her strength. Roshi then reveals that he has been observing everyone ever since the Tournament began. Caway reveals her other power: Seduction. Krillin states that it won''t work on Roshi as he suppressed his desires; however, it works on both Roshi and Old Kai. Enjoying this book? Seek out the original to ensure the author gets credit. Master Roshi jumps at Caway, and she creates an energy spear and almost hits Roshi with it; however, Roshi snaps out of it and dodges the attack at the last second. Roshi then catches the spear with his fingers and breaks it, knocking down Caway. Master Roshi then states that he has always lived by his desires and that now he has suppressed them. Master Roshi then starts powering up and moves to touch Caway who is scared and runs off the arena, and she is declared out of bounds, annoying Quitela. Eero is speechless looking at Roshi, this old guy is definitely a masterpiece in this dimension. Beerus then compliments Roshi. Master Roshi then detects Dercori behind him, who reveals herself. It is revealed that Dercori is using talismans which create illusions as her ability. Dercori spreads talismans across the arena, revealing that her illusions consist of 79 attacks and 129 illusions. Dercori then flees. Master Roshi dodges Dercori''s illusions and in the end, is trapped by her in a shadowy place; it is revealed that Dercori''s power grows in the shadows. Master Roshi, in order to take out Dercori, pulls out a jar and then uses the Evil Containment Wave to seal her inside the jar, which he then throws out of the arena. Dercori is declared out of bounds. Beerus once again compliments Roshi, and Quitela accuses Roshi of "cheating". Eero is speechless again, ''This is called experience not cheating if this Roshi had powers similar to Goku then he will defeat Jiren instantly.'' Then Eero shakes his head thoughtfully, ''If he really had that power. On the other hand, the whole universe girls wouldn''t be safe.'' Beerus and Quitela then get into an argument; however, they are stopped by the two Zenos, who found it to be neat and menacingly tell the two destroyers that it is allowed, frightening them into verbally submitting. Krillin is worried that the Evil Containment Wave has taken a toll on Roshi; however, Roshi is fine, having lost no stamina from using the technique. Master Roshi is then attacked by Ganos, who wants revenge on Roshi for taking out two of his teammates. Roshi mocks Ganos, to which Ganos becomes angry and transforms. Ganos attacks Roshi while repeatedly insulting his age, but is easily knocked away. Master Roshi then dodges all of Ganos'' attacks, pointing out that his combat skill had not changed despite his transformation. In addition, Roshi admits that while Ganos is stronger and faster than him, Roshi has far more experience and is therefore able to overwhelm Ganos, earning further praise from Beerus. However, it is revealed by Quitela that, because of the extreme condition of the tournament, Ganos is able to increase his power every second and now is able to overwhelm Roshi. Roshi states that at this rate, Ganos might become a problem even for Eero himself. Master Roshi then tries to use the Sleepy Boy Technique and is almost successful; however, Ganos injures himself and is unable to be hypnotized. Chapter 83 Revive In response, he knocks his elder senseless before collapsing to catch his breath, admitting that Roshi was indeed at some point an excellent warrior before he aged. Beerus believes Roshi''s time in the tournament is up, but shows no signs of disappointment, as he had remained in the ring longer than he had expected. Master Roshi, in order to defeat Ganos, powers up to Max Power. Goku and Krillin from the station urge him to not do it. Master Roshi then states that Goku and Krillin were the ones who taught him to go beyond his limits. Master Roshi tells Goku and Krillin to enjoy their lives to the fullest as the Kame Style is with them. Roshi then fires his most powerful Kamehameha ever and knocks Ganos out of the arena. Roshi then collapses because he used his life force. Goku and Krillin extremely worried wanted to go to the arena using transmission, but were unsuccessful; Then next second they stopped looking at Eero standing beside Roshi''s body. Eero glances at Roshi, ''I have somehow forgotten this plot. Well anyway, this old guy gave his life happily.'' He sits down amidst the intriguing eyes of Spectators, puts his palm above his body, instantly a golden colorful Qi ejects and merges with Roshi''s body; Then next second, Roshi opened his eyes confusingly. Eleven Angels and Grand Priest''s eyes widen in shock but God of Destructions were confused; Zeno also halts a little, looking at Eero seriously; they don''t say anything everyone falls silent, a solemnity spreads through the arena, The universe 7 were happy and other universes spectators were shocked, but no one notices the solemn expression of Angels and Grand Priest, also Zeno. Eero stands up and walks toward the remaining warriors, leaving Roshi sitting on a block. ... Gohan and Piccolo are approached by Universe 6''s Dr. Rota. Dr. Rota wants to reveal his ability; however, before he can do so, he is taken out by a powerful Qi Blast. Gohan and Piccolo hide. Piccolo throws a rock out in the open which is destroyed by the same Qi Blast that took out Dr. Rota. Piccolo says it''s an attack that focuses energy in one point like the Special Beam Cannon and is shot from far away. This story has been unlawfully obtained without the author''s consent. Report any appearances on Amazon. Also, Piccolo cannot sense the attacker''s energy. Gohan asks if Dr. Rota is dead, Piccolo says that if he were dead then the attacker would have been disqualified, meaning he is still alive. Gohan and Piccolo decide to move to an area with rubble without the attacker seeing them. Afterward, Piccolo''s arm is shot off by the attacker, whose Qi Blasts travel through sphere-like drones. Piccolo regenerates his arm, and the two decide to find their enemy. Meanwhile, Prum, a fighter from Universe 2, is unable to find Gohan and Piccolo, and so, he sends out more spheres to search for them. While the spheres are patrolling the area, Piccolo puts his arm out in the open and is shot, however, he dodges it. Gohan sees the direction of the shot, and the two decide to head there to take out the attacker. Gohan throws a rock, which Piccolo blows up with a Qi Blast, creating dust, which they use as cover. In the dust, Piccolo finds one of Prum''s spheres. Piccolo wonders what the sphere does, and the two are attacked once again. Piccolo destroys the sphere, revealing that the sphere had heat. Meanwhile, the two Zenos wonder why Gohan and Piccolo have not moved, and the Grand Minister reveals that a sniper is lurking. The Grand Minister explains what a sniper is, and the two Zenos say that snipers are amazing. Piccolo takes a shot that was meant for Gohan; this time, both of his arms were shot off. Fortunately, Piccolo regenerates. Piccolo reveals that the attacker is looking for their body heat, explaining why the attacker was capable of shooting them even in the dust. Piccolo and Gohan then heat up the entire area with heat to trick the attacker. Prum then bombards the entire area with Ki Blasts, cutting off Gohan and Piccolo. On the other side, Tien sees that every time Harmira shoots, he moves to another position. Tien then uses the Multi-Form technique to create 4 clones of himself. Shin calls this a wonderful attack and that they will surely win; however, Krillin reveals the technique''s weakness: the power is split between all 4 clones, making every clone weaker than the original. Beerus considers this a risky play but decides to have faith. Harmira then takes out 3 of the clones, and the last one destroys Harmira''s cover with a Neo Tri-Beam, severely damaging Harmira in the process. Tien calls Harmira a worthy opponent. While Tien is about to knock Harmira out with another Neo Tri-Beam, Harmira blows up the ground beneath them and knocks out Tien. Fortunately, Tien''s 3 other clones grab Harmira and drag him off the arena, signifying a double elimination. Tien apologizes to Beerus; however, Beerus praises Tien as he took it to a draw at the very end, not like some useless fellows who were eliminated by others as a draw, Looking at Goku and Vegeta disdainfully, both turn their heads away embarrassingly. Meanwhile, the Zenos ask for a count of the remaining warriors. The Grand Minister counts 36 for the Zenos: Universe 2 with six, Universe 3 with seven, Universe 4 with four only two of which anyone has been able to sense the presence of so far, Universes 6 & 7 with three and six remaining, and lastly, Universe 11 with 3. The two unseen warriors from Universe 4 greatly concern Team Universe 7 on the bench, as Whis notes that Universe 4 warriors are known to have special abilities, which could cause a severe problem for them during a vulnerable moment. While Marcarita expresses displeasure at her universe''s low numbers, Belmod and Khai confidently boast that their remaining warriors are by far the strongest in the tournament, with Jiren being their undisputed standout. Chapter 84 Conclusion It is also stated by Eyre, who recognizes that Jiren''s powers are very obscure and wants to conduct a study to unveil their limitations, stating that Maji-Kayo would be the perfect warrior to do it. Maji-Kayo suddenly attempts to attack Jiren, but Jiren steps forward. This pleases Maji-Kayo, who states they were after Jiren the entire time, but Jiren quickly ends the fight by blasting Maji-Kayo off the stage with only the power of his fist, leaving Eyre in shock and disbelief. On the other side, Eero glances at the Brianne in front of him, an obese alien lady speaking about love in all her sentences, Instantly, he grabs a block pillar beside him, blasts Brianne, who leaps toward him, sending her outside the ring with it, She appears unconscious in the Universe two section surprising everyone, especially Heles was speechless and angry looking at Eero resentfully, "How can he handle such beautiful warrior so roughly." Eero threw the block pillar away, walks forward, after eliminating a few more figures, he halts, sensing Gohan and Piccolo were eliminated by the sniper, leaving him, Roshi, Android 17, and 18 four of them on the stage now, ... Finally, Jiren glances around, after looking at all warriors, his gaze sets on Eero far away, Eero turns around, glances at him calmly, recalling his own experience about how he appeared a few years ago, and in just a few years, he reached a level others can''t even in a thousand years. Belmod telepathically orders Jiren to eliminate Eero, all God of Destructions start feeling that he is a little dangerous; during the whole competition, they couldn''t even sense his Qi, Jiren and Eero gaze down at each other, Instantly both figures flicker, Eero controls his force and punches, The whole stage shakes, the warriors beside them fly away, including Roshi, remaining Universe 2 and Universe 11 warriors, clearing the stage at every collision, debris flew around as if petals, android 17 and 18 are doing their best to grab the pillar, but the air pressure waves and Qi pressure make their bodies weak, Beerus and other God of Destructions are shocked, looking at the void and stage shaking then glance at Eero and Jiren''s calm expression colliding with similar force, "Oy oy are you kidding." Krillin speaks with a wry smile, Goku, Vegeta, and other Universe warriors are shocked in disbelief, ''Jiren and Eero are so strong.'' Not only them, Jiren''s brow furrows looking at Eero''s fist bump, feeling a little pain on his fist. As if his fist collided with iron planet not another fist, Jiren turns and kicks his neck, Unauthorized content usage: if you discover this narrative on Amazon, report the violation. ''Such a simple fighting style.'' Eero Thoughtfully raised his hand, stopped his kick attack with his arm, once again Jiren feels a little pain on his leg, looking at Eero, ''Such a hard physique,'' a thought appears in his mind. "Ahhhhh" Jiren charges up extremely an orange-red Qi energy burst from his body covering the whole stage, instantly appearing beside Eero, punches, Eero dodges and deflects his attack, then crossed kick''s, next second he punches Jiren''s chest, sending him flying away, ''No comparison my strength is in another league, this guy''s full power is in septillion, but my strength reached more than Nonillion,'' Eero thinks to himself, Jiren stops his inertia at the edge of the stage and leaps at Eero''s direction again, feeling a little angry, Eero then breaks his motion and shoots him back, each time Jiren stops himself at the edge soon after colliding for a while, Jiren''s whole body is on the verge of collapse, taking a direct shot from Eero is no joke it''s like weight of universe is striking him, Eero''s physique has reached a level even those angels may not compare. After a While, "Let me see your full power once." Jiren stands up from the debris and requests, looking at him resolutely, Looking at Jiren still struggling to stand up, Eero says, "I will use full force next, if you die I will not be responsible." Jiren raised his head, showing a firm expression, "This is cheating, no killing is allowed," Belmod said suddenly, looking at Jiren''s miserable condition. Not only him, everyone was in a daze looking at struggling Jiren against Eero. Grand Minister replied, "If the warrior himself wishes for death, then it''s allowed." "Yes, Yes," Zenos also spoke excitedly. Belmod fell silent, other Gods of Destruction were confused; they somehow felt Grand Priest was taking Eero''s side. Zeno then saw other universe warriors were knocked out of the stage amidst Eero and Jiren''s collision; he instantly erased Universe 6, 4, 2, 8, leaving only 7 and 11, Even Android 17 and 18 were knocked out after Jiren collided with their hidden area, knocking them both out from the stage. Eero instantly released his Qi; a heaviness shrouded the whole void. Those angels and Gods of Destruction felt stiffness in their bodies; Belmod and Beerus''s eyes popped out, looking at a thin layer of grey Qi on Eero''s body surface with golden, purple, and colorful starlight flickering, Marcarita and other angels opened their mouths in shock. Eero glanced at Jiren, looking at his straight body, even after enduring his Qi pressure, Eero simply raised his hand and punched; the whole void in front of him was pierced into a few black holes because of his punch, his Qi and Physical force compressed the void in front of him to the ultimate, which results turned the void into several black holes, Instantly, Jiren''s body was sucked inside these black holes and disappeared. "Aaa," Belmod''s eyes widened in fear, looking at the black holes in dread. Similarly, Beerus felt death and annihilation inside. After a while, the black holes disappeared, including half area of the stage below his feet. Grand Priest sighed in relief; the stage managed to endure somehow. Grand Priest, along with other angels, appeared around, including Zeno and his two guards, "Welcome, Dragon God," Grand Priest bowed; angels around also bowed. Zeno''s guards, Zeno then waved his hand, "I am happy you returned, Dragon-san, it was super fun," Eero glanced at them thoughtfully, then a memory appeared in his mind; he is the next successor of Dragon God; his job is to manage the Creation in this Dimension, Similarly, Zeno manages Erasing, ''That bastard golden dragon lied to me; he said I have no duties; wait, I will stew him next time I encounter him,'' Eero cursed in his heart. Glanced at angels around, he said, "No need to bow next time you see me." All angels and Grand Priest raised straight up nodded, "Yes, Dragon God." "Well, just call me Eero; no need to call me Dragon God or stuff like that," Eero then added. "Yes, Mr. Eero," Grand Priest replied, Chapter 85 Wonder Eero then turned and glanced at the shocked Beerus, Belmod, Universe 7, and 11 candidates. "Eero, it''s time to erase the 11th universe," both Zenos said,Then raising their hands; instantly, a colourful light spread through Universe 11 disappeared. Grand Priest then said, "Mr. Eero, your universe 7 won, and those Super Dragon Balls are the reward. You can let universe 7 wish for anything." Eero glanced at the huge golden seven Dragon Balls, each the size of a planet, raised his hand in their direction amidst the puzzled eyes of universe 7 candidates. Instantly the Super Dragon Balls moved and shrank, finally turning into seven tiny beads and started rotating around Eero''s wrist as a bracelet. Eero raised his eyebrows looking at the Dragon Balls, ''Really, I can control them as I want,'' then glanced at the shocked Goku and others, walking toward them. "E-Ee¡­ I mean, Your Excellency Eero, I didn''t expect you to be a big shot," Beerus greeted awkwardly, with sweat on his forehead. Eero was speechless looking at him, ''This guy is a cat, why is he acting like a rabbit?'' Then turned and glanced at Goku and the others. "Our Universe 7 won; What kind of wish should we ask the Dragon Ball? Tell me," Eero asked curiously, looking at them. Grand Priest and others behind him also became curious, looking at Goku and the others, ''This Universe 7 is really special; before Dragon God''s arrival, we concluded it to be a winner; after his arrival still, it still won.'' Goku and the others then relaxed a little, looking at Eero, interacting with them the same as before; They started discussing and then said, "Eero, we should wish for the revival of all erased Universes and all those warriors, including Jiren." Goku then said after discussing with the others. Eero relaxed his brow with a smile and nodded, glanced at Grand Priest and Zeno, "Have you heard their wish, right?" Grand Priest nodded in surprise. Zenos also nodded happily and said, "Yes, Yes Eero, Come on, grant their wish." Eero raised his left hand, the Dragon Balls started rotating around his wrist at a fast speed; a golden pillar pierced the void, spreading through everything, golden veins like tree branch started spreading through everything and covering the whole multiverse. Everyone were shocked by this spectacle as if a huge golden tree shrouding all existence, Grand Priest and Zeno were surprised, ''So this new creation god power''s describe whole nature instead of power like previous creation dragon god. Probably that''s why he was chosen.'' Instantly, the disappeared candidates and universes appeared again one by one; not just twelve, but all eighteen universes appeared, including six which were destroyed by Zeno a few epochs ago. Grand Priest and Zeno both were startled, then felt silent. If you find this story on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the infringement. Golden spectacle disappeared slowly, Eero then appeared beside Zeno, looking at him and said, "Why not we add a rule in erasure and creation?" "What? What?" Zenos were confused, asked curiously. Eero then said, "Erase the God of Destruction and Supreme Kai in the universes instead of creatures; if they aren''t doing their work properly, destroying whole universes is a useless act," "I think; also, you can let those warriors, Kai, and Gods of Destruction in each universe compete as much as you want." "Amazing!" both Zenos exclaimed excitedly. "We will do it," both Zenos then said happily. Angels'' standing around controlled their twitching mouths, ''This Eero sama is lazier than the previous one. The previous one ran away and hid from his duty, which angered Zeno sama, resulting in the destruction of six universes, but this Mr. Eero restored those six universes again, and now wants to fool poor Zeno sama.'' They all thought with pity but didn''t show anything on the surface. Eero then turned and glanced at Marcarita, pointed at her; instantly, a golden colorful light shrouded her body amidst the surprised eyes of other angels and Grand Priest around. A golden dress appeared on her body; her staff also turned golden. "You are now my spokesperson, Grand Priest Marcarita." The Grand Priest was surprised then greeted his daughter as a new Grand Priest; other angels were envious. Especially Whis and Vados. Eero then glanced at the empty sections and broken stage around; all universes'' individuals were sent back to their respective universes, including Universe 7. Other angels also left, except Marcarita, Zeno, two guards, and Grand Priest. "Eero, you must visit my Omni Palace," Zeno said happily, then left disappeared with his guards and Grand Priest. Eero nodded looking at their disappearing back, then glanced at Marcarita standing there with a happy expression on her face. He asked curiously, "How much has your strength increased after being promoted to the Grand Priest?" "It''s similar to my father, more than a hundred times higher than before," Marcarita replied. She then added thoughtfully, "Before, I could retract time for 3 minutes only; now it''s in hours." Eero nodded thoughtfully, ''It seems Grand Priests are also not my opponents; I wanted to challenge the Grand Priest, but it seems now it''s unnecessary; my strength is already out of their league.'' "Let''s go; we should leave this boring void," Eero then said, looking at null void around. Marcarita nodded, replying with a smile, "Yes, Eero-sama." She waved her golden staff; instantly, shrouding both of them in golden light, they teleported outside the null void, disappeared. ¡­ Universes 1 to 18 are regulated again, after Zeno ordered to change the erasure plan and promote battle competition to produce warriors for the battle of universe final ranking. Each universe competition will be held after ten thousand years. While outside this universe, there are a lot of multiverses; together they are taking the shape of a single Omniverse. "I call it the Dragon Ball dimension," Eero explained universe, multiverse, omniverse and dimensions, looking at the bubble-shaped multiverses thoughtfully and explained. "Eero, then you mean there are other Omniverses outside this Omniverse, and the area these Omniverses located in is known as Dimension?" a curious female voice sounded beside him. Eero turned and glanced at Towa, who was also curiously looking at the bubbles of multiverses floating around, and there are uncountable multiverses out there. She was surprised by the size of a single Omniverse in Eero''s description. ''So many multiverses are just inside a single Omni verse and there are others.'' Marcarita thoughtfully standing beside him also surprised. Eero nodded with a smile and stood up from the golden throne, looking outside through the huge golden palace hall. This is his residence now, located in the middle of a beautiful wonder continent, a huge continent adorned with a combination of natural green and golden plants and colourful animals, also crystal clear water and other wonders everywhere. Anyone can see breathtaking sights upon visiting this continent. Named by Eero, ''The Wonder Garden and Wonder Palace.'' Chapter 86 Unblocking He appeared outside at the edge of the palace wearing a black long robe with stylish golden work above. Looking at Towa and Marcarita battling using their new equipment golden bracelet and staff he gifted them far away, he was speechless. Shaking his head, he glanced at the multiverse bubble floating around. After controlling the creation power of this dimension, his strength increased each second at an unimaginable pace. For example, any new universe or creature born in this dimension would increase his strength, and it''s permanent. Even if that creature and universe were destroyed later, it would not affect his strength. "It seems I have now completely conquered this dimension. Even the previous golden dragon can''t have this benefit. Probably it''s because of my Infinity talent," Eero muttered thoughtfully, looking at his status panel. [Status Panel] Name: Eero Level: 39 Divine Qi: 3 Infinity Divine Body: 3 Infinity (Hidden) Divine Soul: 3 Infinity (Hidden) [Infinity = Sum of infinite attributes] [Cheat] Cheat; Time Domain Level: 3 Infinity "Level Thirty-nine is the Limit of this dimension, and when my strength breaks through 40, my attributes will become 4 Infinity." "Infinity is a unit by which my talent can describe my total power. 1 infinity can destroy and create infinite universes. 2 Infinity can create and destroy infinite multiverses. 3 Infinity can create and destroy infinite omniverses," Eero muttered thoughtfully, but he doesn''t know the complete standard. Just his Infinity talent gave this explanation. Eero then glanced around thoughtfully, ''It''s time to visit the Infinity realm.'' His Infinity talent activated just after he reached the top of this dimension, and announces he can put the conquered dimension in his exclusive infinity realm, "Infinite Realm, my exclusive personal realm containing unlimited space and I can design it as I want. Also, the dimensions I conquered will be transferred in it." Eero muttered thoughtfully, looking at the wonder continent he created using his creation powers. "Transfer this wonder continent first, then this dimension." [Transfer complete] Instantly, Towa and Marcarita were surprised, stopped their battle in shock, looking at the pitch-black void around their wonder continent and a single star flickering above. "Don''t worry, this is my exclusive space, and the star above is the dragon ball dimension I just explained to you before," Eero explained calmly. You might be reading a pirated copy. Look for the official release to support the author. Towa and Marcarita relaxed a little, looking at the dragon ball dimension flickering like a golden star. Then next second, the wonder continent below their feet trembled and started expanding at alarming rate. In their vision, the black void surrounding wonder continent receded at a fast speed and disappeared. "Wonder Continent expanded so much, I can''t see and sense the black void around anymore," Marcarita muttered in surprise. She couldn''t even see the edge of the continent like before. "You will never be able to see that void again in the future." Eero walked toward them and explained, pointing at the star above. "Now our wonder continent''s width is similar to the dragon ball dimension above and it is expanding synchronously. In the future, as I transfer more and more dimensions, this wonder continent will expand at more alarming rate." "That''s why I said you will not be able to see the black void again in the future," Eero then further explained. Marcarita and Towa were surprised, looking at the dragon ball dimension above in a daze and its shining golden light falling on the wonder continent, illuminating it and surrounding void like a shining sun. Eero also glanced at the shining golden light like the sun emitted by the dragon ball dimension above. ''It seems my wonder continent won''t need a sun; these dimensions will be there always illuminating it,'' he thought to himself happily. Then, looking at the ever-expanding wonder continent, he turned and glanced at his golden palace, walked inside. Towa and Marcarita followed, He sat down on the golden throne, and they stood beside him. Eero then glanced at them and said, "Marcarita and Towa, you can visit the dragon ball dimension above if you feel bored on this wonder continent. Sometimes I may disappear for a while or for years to visit other dimensions." "Unfortunately, I can''t take you with me because only my soul is special enough to hide from the security system of other dimensions. But once I conquer them, you can visit them later when I transfer them here." He also explained more, lest they felt sad that he couldn''t take them on adventure. Marcarita and Towa smiled in return, shook their heads, and replied, "We will always wait for you, no matter how much time passes. Anyway, our lifespan is almost infinite." Eero smiled and then said, "It is one of my Infinity realm''s specialties; the creatures living in it will have an infinite lifespan." "That''s why we felt our aging stopped completely," Towa and Marcarita nodded, realizing. They were surprised, then became happy. ''It seems we can stay with him always,'' both thought sweetly, looking at Eero. Eero then glanced at them and said, "I have to leave for a while. I have an urgent task to complete. This time I am not visiting a new dimension but bringing the dimension I was born, before I traveled to dragon ball. Till then, you can watch other dimension shows." Marcarita and Towa nodded with a smile, "Go, don''t worry about us." Eero nodded. He had already added a few functions in this golden palace, he had in his portable Home, like an infinite menu in the kitchen, infinite entertainment on the Display. "Infinity send me to the Zero dimension I have traveled through from." [Transfer Complete] ¡­ Eero suddenly opened his eyes on the hospital bed, looking around at the familiar room, looking at his hands and feet, the hospital gown he was wearing, and the feedback book he just filled out yesterday. ''It seems Infinity replaced me through the timeline. Well, anyway, it''s good. I can fulfill my regrets,'' Eero thought to himself. [Memory Unlocking Initiated] A notification appeared in Eero''s mind. Next second his blocked childhood memories appeared in his mind. "Little Eero, how are you?" "I am super good, Sister Cicely.?" "Do you like your big sister?" "Umm, I love Sister Cicely. I will marry my sister when I grow up." "Hehehe, it seems my little brother really likes me." A female figure clearly appeared in his mind, a very beautiful youthful face, big innocent eyes, perky cheeks. She spoke, pecking his cheeks happily. Looking at her interacting with his six-year-old self, Eero fell into a daze, sadness and grief. Chapter 87 Necessary Suddenly, the door opened, and a nurse walked inside, looking at Eero sitting on the bed calmly in a daze. The tray from her hand fell to the ground, medicine scattered on the floor. She grabbed her mouth in shock and hurriedly ran to click the emergency button. Doctors appeared in the room one by one, including other nurses. They were also shocked, and everyone exclaimed and whispered. After snapping out of their thoughts, doctors hurriedly started checking his body. Eero hypnotized everyone, making them think they were checking him, but in reality, they didn''t. Still, his recovery caused quite a commotion, even appearing in the news as a medical miracle. They wanted to interview him but were rejected, that happened in the future. After a few hours, Eero walked outside the hospital. He had to alter the whole hospital memory and record to be discharged from the hospital in a few hours, Eero appeared in front of the apartment building, which had been renovated after eleven years, now changed into another building. A key condensed in his hand he walked inside after unlocking the door. Looking at the empty apartment, with boxes stored in the rooms, probably all the items packed by the renovators and then put back again after renovation. After opening a box, he glanced at the photo of him and Cicely. ''It seems it was the right decision to return here.'' "Infinity, who sealed my memory after that accident, even it wasn''t unlocked after awakening my talent," Eero had a guess in his heart but still asked. [Yourself] A smile appeared on Eero''s face. ''As expected of me, only I can abuse myself. Well, I basically know how and why I did it.'' Eero appeared near the alley where the accident happened. Time Reversal! Instantly, time went back, everything retracted in reverse direction. Not only the earth, but the whole universe and multiverse reversed. Finally at a point, everything halted, Eero glanced at Cicely lying on the bloody ground and looking at his younger self. Eero then followed what happened next, also glancing at the two thugs running back inside the alley. Inside the hospital, looking at Cicely take her last breath, her body turning cold slowly, the operator and nurses around sighed sadly. After tending to her wounds, they walked outside, but they didn''t know another Cicely was standing beside a young boy, curiously checking her body and looking around. "Look there, Sister Cicely, you are already dead," a male voice sounded beside her. "Ahhh," Cicely scaredly jumped, looking at Eero standing beside her. "I was surprised, Who are you? Why did you call me Sister Cicely?" she asked after patting her chest, next second she fell silent, finding herself attracted to the boy''s facial features, feeling familiar but couldn''t recall where she had seen him. Instantly, another voice sounded in the operating theater, and a little figure appeared running inside, started crying. "Little Eero," she hurriedly called, worriedly, ran toward the little Eero but couldn''t interact with him, as if a barrier was separating them, she became extremely anxious. Eero walked beside her, then glanced at his younger self and looked at the doctor and staff running in this direction. Time Domain x Infinity. Everything halted. Eero glanced at his frozen younger self and spoke, "This will not trigger your subconscious counterattack. I know what kind of monster I will become if I don''t seal my memory and go through that misery." If you discover this narrative on Amazon, be aware that it has been stolen. Please report the violation. "Infinity, extend the time of your awakening to 11 years, 1 day, 2 hours, and 3 minutes, reason energy insufficiency. Also, seal my previous memory," Eero ordered expressionlessly. "If a reason is given, I will not doubt it," Eero muttered thoughtfully, looking at his younger self. ''If a reason is given, I will not think about it and find loopholes.'' [Executed Successfully] Eero then raised his finger, shot grey energy inside his younger self''s body, breaking the neuron connection below his chest area, making him paralyzed. This grey energy would kill him on the verge of talent awakening in the future. Time Domain retracted. Instantly, Little Eero was paralyzed amidst everyone''s exclamation, and Cicely started crying anxiously, but she couldn''t do anything. Eero, standing beside her, was speechless, feeling a little guilty looking at his younger self''s miserable condition. "I am sorry, I your future will become a bad guy." [Shameless +Infinity] A notification sounded. Eero turned his eyes away, not paying attention to useless notifications, looking at the doctor operating on his younger self. Cicely was looking at them worriedly, then her vision inadvertently fell on similar corpse on another operation bed. She was startled then her face turned pale with fright. ''I am dead, that''s why I can''t touch and talk to people and little Eero. Am I becoming a ghost?'' Looking at her hands sadly. "You are not a ghost, Sister Cicely," a voice sounded again. She suddenly raised her head and turned around, glancing at Eero in shock. "You can see me?" Eero was speechless. ''As expected, she is an idiot as always.'' Then, helplessly explained, "Sister Cicely, I saved you. Although you aren''t dead, that body is a fake replacement I created." "Really? But why can''t I touch little Eero, my little brother, and can''t talk to people?" Cicely startled, then asked doubtfully, pinching herself. ''Ouch, it hurts, it seems I am really a body, not a ghost.'' Then she raised her head and asked thoughtfully, "Also, who are you? Why are you calling me Sister Cicely?" "I am your little Eero. Of course, I will call you Sister Cicely," Eero walked beside her and said, pointing at his younger self and then himself. "I am from the future. You always used to tell me time traveling stories. At this time, you died, and I traveled from the future to save you. Also, I am preventing you from meeting my younger self to avoid any changes in the timeline." Eero explained, appearing beside her. Cicely stared at him for a while. Eero also looked at her calmly. "Then do you mean I will not be able to meet little Eero in future." Cicely asked hesitatingly with mist appearing in her eyes. Eero nodded taking a deep breath, ''Control yourself you can''t give in because of her tears, or it will be a huge loss.'' Cicely then said looking at him, "I believe you. Can you let me touch little Eero for the last time? I want to say goodbye to him." Eero was surprised, looking at her. ''Did she said goodbye to me when I was paralyzed?'' Then nodded. Time Domain! Instantly, everything halted except Cicely and him. Cicely was surprised, looking at everything frozen, even those doctors standing around and Little Eero frozen on the bed. She walked beside him calmly and touched his cheeks and face. "It is necessary for my future, Sister Cicely. You will realize later that my decisions were correct," Eero spoke consolingly, standing beside her. Chapter 88 Revenge After a while, Cicely looked at little Eero paralyzed on bed, stood up hugged him started crying again, and spoke chokingly, "I want to know everything, how much hardship you have gone through after my death. I am sorry for all that, little Eero." Eero was relieved, feeling her warm embrace, patting her back calmly. After a while, Cicely backed away a little, then cleared her tears away, looking at him and smilingly said, "As expected, little Eero became extremely handsome after growing up." "Well, I am now worthy of marrying you, as we promised during childhood," Eero teased. Cicely''s eyes widened, then her face turned red as she glanced away, replied, "Little Eero you still remembered that, don''t tease me. How can you marry your elder sister?" Eero shook his head, then time retracted. Cicely and Eero then followed for a few days, watching little Eero admitted to the hospital VIP room by future Eero and paid the hospital bill anonymously. Cicely, inside her apartment, then grabbed future Eero''s arm. "Eero, you said you can travel to other dimensions," she said, her grip tightening. "Y-You also said you have two girlfriends." She finally accepted the fact that he is her little Eero. ''I don''t want to hand little Eero to another,'' she thought to herself. She then glanced at Eero seriously. "As an elder sister, I will first meet your girlfriend and then decide¡­" Instantly her eyes widened, feeling the warmth in her mouth, looking at Eero''s loving eyes and his tongue a little restless in her mouth, kissing her deeply. Cicely closed her eyes, giving in. ''It seems I can''t dominate him anymore. I am relieved little Eero is grown up.'' Her brain became extremely hot, her face visibly turned red. After a while, Eero separated, feeling the sweet taste in his mouth. He glanced at her red tomato face, and she was constantly looking in another direction, panting a little. "Little Eero, don''t do it again, or elder sister will beat you," Cicely spoke embarrassedly, feeling constant burning gaze from Eero. Eero smiled happily and turned to glance outside the apartment then his expression became extremely calm. "Sister, do you remember what the stabber said when he stabbed you?" Cicely fell silent, then glanced at Eero''s back standing beside the window, nodding replied. "He said we were given orders to kill her only." "Do you know who it is?" Eero asked calmly, looking at her. Cecily trembled, looking at Eero''s calm eyes. ''He is extremely angry,'' she thought, knowing this state of Eero very well. He looked extremely calm on the surface, but inversely, he was extremely angry inside. Cicely nodded and said carefully, "I know it''s the chairman of our company I worked for. A few days ago, I rejected his proposal in front of all employees. It''s probably him." The author''s narrative has been misappropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. Eero nodded thoughtfully, then appeared beside her, hugging her body tightly and said, "Sister Cicely, don''t worry. My anger is always for my enemies, not for you. Also, I will take revenge, so please don''t stop me." Cicely wanted to say something, but listening to Eero, she fell silent taking deep breath nodded silently, and then rested her head on his broad chest, feeling sense of security she haven''t felt before. Eero gazed at the direction of the building. His gaze passed through everything and fell on a middle aged man standing beside the glass window, talking on the phone. He is the chairman, Cicely was talking about. Scene reversed in his gaze finally settled on a the day when he recieved a call, "Boss, your task is completed. She had no family relatives, just a little brother. We followed him, and he is now admitted to the hospital, paralyzed. Poor fellow, do you want me to finish him off also?" A middle-aged man in another city was sitting in an empty warehouse along with a few other people, talking on the phone. "No need. A paralyzed person can''t do anything," the chairman replied standing beside the window disconnected the call, looking at his phone and smiling mockingly. ''A lowly bitch. How dare she insult me,'' he thought. After a while, a secretary appeared with files. The chairman turned around, looking at her figure. His mouth curved with a playful smile as he grabbed her and let her sit on his lap. ... Eero retracted his gaze, his mouth curved. ''What kind of punishment should I give him?'' [Please choose punishment option] [Hell Torment] [Ultimate Death] [Ultimate Pain] Eero was speechless, looking at the infinite options on the talent. ''It seems this infinity is more angry than me.'' Eero then shook his head. ''No thanks. I will decide myself.'' The talent notification disappeared. Eero glanced at the stabber and his companion sitting in the warehouse. ''First, let''s deal with them.'' ''They like to stab. I will let them feel what a real stab is,'' Eero thoughtfully activated his talent. Then he glanced at the chairman in action inside his office. ''This guy is proud because of his status. Let''s take it away first.'' ¡­ In City J, the gangsters were sitting in the warehouse. Instantly, all of them stood up and leaped at each other. Somehow, a knife appeared in their hands, and they stabbed each other again and again. After a while, all of them were admitted to the hospital. The doctor appeared shocked, looking at them riddled with holes, but somehow miraculously, they survived. In the future, they were discharged from the hospital. Then somehow, they leaped at each other and started stabbing each other again. This process continued until death. After death, they signed relief but instantly their faces changed, looking at each other in soul form and knives in each of their hands. They started crying and begging stabbing each other''s souls, but their souls were immortal. They started running away from each other in despair, but somehow, they would teleport back near each other then stab each other''s souls. This torture continued for eternity, all that happened in the future. Meanwhile, their boss''s chairman family went bankrupt, and the company fell to the bottom was closed, losing everything in dept. No one gave him a penny. Even his family scattered¡ªsome were arrested, some died¡ªleaving him alone in a daze, begging at roadside. Few years later, He died but looking at stabber souls standing around looking at him with red resentful eyes and started stabbing him, Chairman soul was hiding somewhere, Instantly, his eyes widened, looking at Eero and Cicely standing in front of him. He stood up frightened, looking at Cicely. "How are you alive? I confirmed it myself on the news. You died in the hospital." "Also, how can you see my soul?" The chairman exclaimed. "How does it feel falling from the sky to the ground? I have felt it before. It''s very painful," Eero said, while Cicely was silent, looking at his soul without replying. "It''s you, It''s definitely you. You are definitely doing all this, who are you? Please spare me?" The chairman exclaimed looking at Eero playful eyes, begged. Eero then took Cicely hand, and walked away without paying attention to him, disappeared, "Bastard I curse you to death." Chairman cursed next second purple lightning fell from out of knowhere, scorching his soul, Then the stabber reached him amidst of his painful howling and despair stabbed him and then each other, but sadly no one paid attention to them. ... Chapter 89 Conquering "Wow, this palace is very huge and beautiful, Little Eero," Cicely exclaimed, looking around curiously, running beside the clear lake near the golden palace looking at her beautiful reflection inside, with purple-gold fish and other colourful fish leaping out. Cicely exclaimed happily, waving then looking at the beautiful gardens, flowers and trees around. "Eero, you have returned, and there is another dimension star above," Towa voice sounded, she appeared along with Marcarita, looking at the second dimension star above. While Marcarita was looking at Cicely, who was playing and watching everything happily without caring about the surroundings, Towa also noticed her and became curious. "She is Cicely my childhood sweetheart, sister and the one who took care of me, I love her very much." Eero introduced her to them. Both Marcarita and Towa were surprised, then smiled and nodded. "Well, she is beautiful and extremely cheerful. It seems she likes this place very much." Eero also nodded with a smile, looking at Cicely, who was happy like a child. "She always loved such scenery and dreamed to live in it. Now upon seeing it with her eyes, she probably can''t contain her excitement." Marcarita and Towa nodded, then both flickered and appeared beside Cicely, startling her. Cicely was surprised and suspicious, looking at them. Both of them introduced themselves. "So you both are girlfriends of Little Eero. You look like aliens, but very beautiful," Cicely said suddenly, then became thoughtful. ''So my brother likes this type of girls.'' After a while, she started talking with them. Eero was looking at them thoughtfully, then walked inside the golden palace, letting them familiarize with each other. After a while, Cicely appeared along with Marcarita and Towa. She sat down beside him on the wide throne and asked, "Little Eero, when will you go to the next dimension? I heard it from Marcarita and Towa," she asked curiously a little worried also, "Well, I will travel, but not for now. I am going to spend some time with you three." Eero replied with a smile carrassing her hair calmly, then glanced at Towa and Marcarita. All three of them smiled happily and nodded. Soon, the DB dimension star dimmed, and zero dimension star shone like a moon. Night spread with dim moonlight on the whole wonder continent. All of them were surprised looking at only two stars in the sky, but they illuminated the whole wonder continent, creating day and night scenereio. ''It seems dimension star addition brings new changes to the continent,'' Eero thoughtfully glanced at the silver moonlight rays floating on the horizon. His golden palace turned into silver, along with plants and some animal transformed into silver-blue from golden-green. A winter-like chill and silver ice scenery condensed in some areas of the wonder continent. Eero glanced at the side face of Cicely and her shining eyes looking at moon star above, grabbed her hand, then slowly hugged and kissed her. Both Towa and Marcarita were surprised looking at them. Eero glanced at her red cheeks illuminated by moonlight, grabbed her hand amidst of her rasing heartbeat and daze expression proposed, "I love you, Cicely. Please marry me." Cicely was shocked, then tears appeared in her eye''s cried happily. she nodded. A golden ring made from his power appeared in his hand. He wore it on Cicely''s finger, then picked her up and disappeared. Leaving Marcarita and Towa, sighed looking at the moon, ''It seems Eero really loves her,'' Eero appeared in his spacious room, looking at the nervous face of Cicely. A strong love surged through his heart. Kissed her small mouth, then removed her clothes amidst of her shy red face, Unauthorized usage: this tale is on Amazon without the author''s consent. Report any sightings. Looking at the perfect figure White like creamy milk, also bursting mountains and curves as if creation by perfection itself, also long slim legs, exuding captivating charm, after being washed by his creation power''s, her charm reached unimaginable level. "Don''t stare like that, it''s embarrassing." Cicely covered her private parts with her arm and spoke softly, feeling very embarrassed being stared at by him, but she felt extremely happy by the fact that Eero is so attracted to her and showing such possessiveness toward her. Eero kissed her then removed his clothes undressed, Cicely peeked at him with red face, looking down her eyes widened nervously, "Eero, please go easy it''s my first time." Eero smiled let it touched her narrow slit in the middle of her long legs, "Cicely, you didn''t call me little this time." Then said playfully, "Y-you d-don''t talk such embarrassing stuff this time, hmmmm" Cicely face turned red, head started smoking. Eero didn''t tease her anymore started carrasing her whole body, after a while looking at Cicely reaction reaching peak with redness covering her whole charming body, Eero muttered softly in her ear''s, "Cicely I am going inside," "Ummm," Hearing soft almost inaudible response, Eero heart burned, then broke the last blockade, Cicely felt a bolt of pain instantly, responded by grabbing the blanked tightly, feeling strange current in her lower body, with constant rush of pain and joy in her whole body, tears started condensing in her eyes. Eero then halted for a while looking at her tearful eyes, fell into a little hesitation. "Please go on, Eero don''t stop." Cicely spoke softly grabbed his neck, pulling him toward herself. Eero smiled and kissed her mouth and neck, started carrasing her body while moving slowly both felt joy wave after wave, after a while attractive moans spread through the whole room, enliven the passing night. Next morning, looking at sleeping Cicely hugging him like a koala, Eero smiled and happily kissed her forehead, ''I didn''t expect she will take away my first time. It was her first time also,'' looking at red remembrance marks on the light golden sheet and blanket. Eero then appeared in the kitchen, started preparing the breakfast, then served after waking Cicely up. "It''s delicious," Cicely gobbled up the breakfast, exclaiming while looking at Eero with love and anger. ''I didn''t expect him to be so bad. It was my first time, and he didn''t pity me and did it few times,'' Then looking at the playful eyes of Marcarita and Towa, her face turned red, and she bowed her head. ''It''s all your fault,'' giving Eero blaming glances. Eero scratched his cheek, turned his eyes away. ''It can''t be helped, I was so attracted to your don''t stop word so, I couldn''t control myself.'' Then thinking of something, he turned and glanced at Marcarita and Towa eating breakfast silently while teasing Cicely. ''It seems I have crossed them and did it with Cicely first. I have to compensate them well,'' Eero thought to himself, After a few days, looking at Marcarita''s naked body, extremely slim but charming figure, and her embarrassed shy face. Eero adjusted his strength to her level and pounced on her, after enjoying kissing and caressing her, he broke through her veil and Waves of joy spread through the whole room. Towa, on the other hand, took the initiative to ride Eero as a demoness. It was her nature probably, but she made a mistake challenging Eero''s authority, in the end she admitted defeat and begged, Eero without any pity filled her up well and let her fall unconscious before stopping. Soon, a few years passed, looking at all three of them happy and spending fulfilling days with him. Looking at Towa and Marcarita, Eero sighed in relief, it took him a few days constantly to conquer them. It''s because of their strength and race probably. Eero almost sweated, but it was very delightful experience for him. ''Each tastes differently, but all are the best. I didn''t expect in the future, I will have three beautiful wives,'' Eero thought to himself happily, looking at them with a smile. ¡­ Chapter 90 New Dimension: DanMachi A few years later, Eero was sitting in the open area of his palace, looking at the three of them with a smile. They also turned and glanced at him. It had been a few years since he had been staying with them, and their life was very fulfilling. Eero then glanced at the two stars above to illuminate the sky of this continent. "I have to travel to a new dimension. Also, I really love adventure and want to reach a height I can''t imagine." "Infinity, suggest me the next dimension," Eero thoughtfully ordered. [Here are some best suggestions] [Magical Anime Dimension] [Danmachi][Arifureta][Re: Life] [Mashle][Black Clover] [Imminence in the Shadow] (Click to View All) [Eastern Fantasy Dimension] [Douluo Dalu][BTTH][Emperor Domination] [Covering the Sky][Swallowing the Stars] [Perfect World][Invincible Conqueror] [Eternal Life](Click to View All) [Fantasy Series Dimension] [Tales of the Nine Tail][Sweet Home] [King''s Eternal Monarch] [Strong Girl Nam-Soon] (Click to View All) Eero became speechless; now his choice phobia increased to an unimaginable level. ''Well, leave the rest of dimensions aside. First, I should explore the anime dimension,'' Eero thought to himself. Then, he glanced at a few dimensions in the suggestion list. Finally, he set his eyes on the Danmachi series. "Infinity, select this dimension. As for identity and timeline, set identity as orphan in Orario, and timeline same age as Bell Cranel." Eero instantly set everything, including selecting random matching talent, and then informed Cicely, Marcarita, and Towa about leaving. His figure dissipated amidst their surprise expression. ... Somewhere in huge Grey expense, An unimaginable size tower was hidden, Next second, it flickered revealing itself turned red bloody as if angry then after a while it returned to normal felt silent. "A magical world where individual survival depends on hunting monsters, exploring the dungeon." "Orario is the only place in the world that has a dungeon, and many people of different races gather from across the world to explore it." "Before the Gods and Goddesses came down to the lower world, heroes fought against monsters with the help of Spirits. Once the Gods began to come to the lower world, they bestowed the falna upon people and gave them a status to better fight monsters. Ouranos was the first God to bestow a falna upon a person." The author''s content has been appropriated; report any instances of this story on Amazon. In one of the districts of Orario, in a small church, An older woman with black hair tied at the top of her head, she has a thin but kind expression. She was looking at a few children aged from six to ten years old and explaining about the magical world, telling them stories of the only Dungeon located in this city. She is Maria Martel, the caretaker of this small orphanage known as Maria''s Orphanage. While children were listening to her stories with bright eyes exclaiming and dreaming about becoming adventurers, one of the children, about 6 or 7 years old, sat amongst them, looking at everything around and Maria. He is none other than Eero, who just traveled through, opened his eyes, and found himself sitting in the middle of children his age and a few years older than him. "Why am I a child again? And I am six years old," Eero thought surprisingly, looking at his tiny palm and body without any strength, just a normal child. "It seems six years old is my default age of traveling in order to adjust in a dimension. Well, anyway, it''s fine like this. I can learn more about the dimensions I traveled through," Eero thought to himself. After telling stories, all children slept. Eero was lying on a hard rock bed, feeling the constant pain from his back speechlessly. Looking at the damaged and cracked roof, ''So, orphan lives like this. It seems I gained a new experience.'' He closed his eyes and slept slowly after a while. A few days later, In the morning, he appeared outside the orphanage after eating a simple bun as breakfast. Eero glanced at other children playing happily in the street. "So, is this the life of an orphan? It''s really hard, but children are always happy." "Little brother, are you new in the orphanage? I haven''t seen you before." A girl appeared, about ten years old, a normal human girl with bluish-gray hair tied with a small knot in a ponytail hairstyle. Gray eyes similar to her hair, and she has a light peachy-colored smooth skin. Wearing a white blouse and a leaf-colored knee-length long skirt, also wearing a slightly long half apron around her waist and a pair of brown boots over black stockings. Eero glanced at all her appearance; he recalled a character who sometimes visits this orphanage, ''Syr, the hidden persona of Goddess Freya.'' Eero nodded calmly. He could somehow read, write, and understand the language in Orario. Syr was surprised then smiled rubbed his head, giving him bread, she walked toward other children cheerfully. "Sister Syr," other small children became very happy seeing her, they ran in her direction. Eero then glanced at the brown bread in his hand, ate it, and was surprised by its good taste. Looking around at the bundled houses constructed above each other, the majority of buildings here are made from wood. A few rich use blocks and cement in their construction. He walked toward a direction. This area is known as Daedalus Street is one of the many districts in Orario. Daedalus Street is a wide residential area for the poor class located between Orario''s east and southeast Main Streets. It was designed by an eccentric man known as Daedalus and is complex due to the multiple planning done to it. It is rumored that one will never find their way out once they enter and is often called the other dungeon. Eero then appeared in front of a blacksmith shop. He stopped, looking at a single dwarf-blacksmith working inside. Short stature with unkempt beard and wide arm muscles, similar to those dwarfs in anime, He walked inside. "You are here again. What do you want, kid?" The dwarf blacksmith said annoyingly, looking at him. "I want to become a blacksmith. I will also work for you," Eero said, repeating the same sentence he said from past few days, looking at all tools and weapons around thoughtfully. ''If I want to enter the dungeon, then the equipment is the first thing to get.'' "As I said before, you are too small to learn blacksmithing. Also, I don''t accept children in my shop," the dwarf blacksmith shook his head, waving his hand. Eero became thoughtful glanced at the equipment around then pointed at a heavy hammer, which is a little hard for a six-year-old to pick. "If I pick that hammer, then will you teach me how to forge a weapon?" ... Chapter 91 Blacksmith The blacksmith turned and glanced at Eero, then at the hammer. An idea popped up in his mind, and then he said. "Not that one. If you pick up this one, I will teach you." He put the hammer with long handle he was carrying on the ground. Eero glanced at the hammer; it looked just a little larger than the previous one but felt a few times heavier. Eero smiled in his heart. ''Nailed it. I harassed him these days in order to bring him to this challenge; otherwise, I knew he wouldn''t teach me. These dwarf are extremely persistent, but they are good.'' Without showing anything on the surface. Eero nodded calmly, appeared beside the hammer, surprising the blacksmith, ''This kid is quite courageous, Not bad.'' Eero grabbed the long handle of the hammer, estimated its size, and adjusted his grip on the handle from the end and middle point. ''It''s time to use my force-breaking technique, I learned in the previous dimension. But I have to be careful lest I break my bones.'' Eero''s eyes sharpened; all his joints, knee, elbow, shoulder, waist bones were locked instantly, surprising the blacksmith beside him. ''What kind of technique is this?'' Then his face changed, looking at Eero''s stance bowing like a full bow. ''This kid is damn serious, like this he will break his backbone.'' His face changed; he wanted to stop. Then next second froze, a shocking expression appeared on his face. He saw Eero''s bones popping up, some kind of force traveling through his body, from hand to foot then foot to hand, and at each turn, the force increased. Looking at Eero''s thin arms and legs slowly bulging with visible veins. ''What kind of technique is this?'' Blacksmith exclaimed in his heart, his chin almost dislocated because of shock. Finally, the hammer moved. Eero picked it up instantly, turning it from above his head and striking the ground behind him. The whole shop shook; the hammer released all that kinetic energy toward the ground, and cracks spread along with smoke. "Impossible, Cough Cough." The Blacksmith exclaimed in shock, coughed because of sucking dust in shock, hurriedly opened the window and door cleared the smoke, looking at the crack below the hammer. He took a deep breath again; then his face changed; he ran beside unconscious Eero, started checking his body, feeling his heartbeat. He sighed a relief then laughed loudly extremely happy. "Ha ha ha, I found a treasure. No one will believe such a divine feat accomplished by a six-year-old child." Looking at unconscious Eero''s, ''Thank Kami sama, I finally found a successor with divine talent. Now I can brag to them.'' Excited and wicked expression flashed through his face. Unauthorized content usage: if you discover this narrative on Amazon, report the violation. After a while, Eero woke up in an unfamiliar room, looking at milk beside him. "Drink it. Your body is exhausted because of that unimaginable force you used there. I don''t want to know where you little kid learned that strength technique, but don''t show it in front of others easily. Also, you can visit my shop from tomorrow; I will teach you everything, but it will not be an easy task. Remember that," the dwarf blacksmith said with serious expression. Eero nodded in return with a smile, then drank the milk calmly, feeling a little relieved. But still, as a sequel, he is feeling very lethargic and slow. ''It seems I shouldn''t use force technique without proper strength or it will damage my body.'' Eero thoughtfully glanced at his trembling hand''s. Also, all his body bones and joints are aching as if overused. "You can stay here if you want; I have already informed Miss Maria. Also, my name is Garry Loft, remember it." Then the dwarf blacksmith said. "Yes, teacher," listening to the respective reply of Eero, he left with a happy smile. Eero was looking at his back until he left, turned and glanced at the wall in front, looking at axes and other weapons hanging around. ''It seems he is an adventurer, but I can''t recall any character similar to him. Anyway, I knew he is basically a good person, or I wouldn''t take risk showing my technique easily.'' Few days passed. While his body was recovering, Garry taught him all theoretical knowledge and spells of forging. Also, Eero was surprised that Garry knew inscription engraving. Few months passed. Upon his body''s recovery, he started learning forging practically. The most shocking was Garry looking at Eero learning at a fast pace. He was depressed for a few days, but still very happy that his student will learn all his life achievements and surpass himself. Inside the Hostess of Fertility Pub, Eero was speechless looking at Garry bragging to his friends in a pub and showing off after bringing him here each month; they were also blacksmiths. He is benefited too, also learned a few special inscriptions for forging from them. Soon time passed. Few years passed. Dang! Dang! Dang! A young immature boy was working in an empty blacksmith shop, surprisingly at each strike whole shop walls and floor trembled, Inside the shop looking at the silver metal in front with his resolute purple eyes and focused expression shrouded his handsome face. With each hammer strike, the boy long spiky grey hair flickered in the air scattering sweat around, the metal block condensed and shaped with each strike while sparks filled with impurities flashed around. If an experienced blacksmith witness the boy forging they would be shocked to extreme, because the forging technique used by him is not available anywhere in this world. This boy is no other then Eero, 13 Year''s old this year, after learning everything from Garry, he became a full fledged blacksmith, and created his own technique ''Force Forging''. Using this technique Eero can use the force meticulously by scattering force in metal veins to shape the metal as he desire without needing frames. After a while, Looking at a silver long sword with a straight black handle in his hand, it''s 32 inches long and two inches wide blade. There are a lot of golden inscriptions on its blade, looks like runes describing the nature, sheathed it inside the black sheath, put it beside another similar sword. After wiping away the sweat from his face using a towel, his appearance is almost the same as in the previous dimension, grey hair and purple eyes with golden edges in his iris, facial features that are quite attractive. He is quite popular in this district because of his talent and appearance, named as the little genius blacksmith. As for Garry, he left Orario after passing him his skill and shop. ... Chapter 92 Familia Eero took a shower and appeared inside the blacksmith shop, wearing black clothes and complete dark slim armor: chest and back guard plates, wrist and leg gauntlets, and shoes with metal plates, with two swords hanging on both sides of his waist. The armor is designed in a way that it can be merged with his clothes and doesn''t affect his body shape, but instead enhances his personality. "Well, it''s time to deliver the goods," Eero muttered thoughtfully, looking at the two boxes filled with weapons. Putting them on a cycle-shaped carriage, he prepared for himself and appeared in front of the guild building. ... "Eero-kun, your quality of goods is best as always," Eina praised after checking the goods, looking at Eero. Eina is a beautiful Half Elf with a slim body, pointy ears, shoulder-length brown hair, and emerald-colored eyes, wearing the uniform of the Guild. Eero nodded with a smile and replied, "I can earn extra with the best weapons." "There are twelve best swords, 100,000 each, totaling 1.2 million valis, and six complete armors, also the best, 500,000 each, totaling 3 million valis...." Eina started counting. "Miss Eina, give me the total price, don''t count each penny, I believe you," Eero said calmly while drinking tea, looking at her. Eina''s face turned red, then she adjusted her glasses and replied, "Ahem, Eero-kun, thank you for believing me, but it''s not good. You should do business properly; it''s my work to inform all the details." Eero was speechless. He had to nod helplessly. Eina then informed: After a while, "Here is the total: 8.5 million Valis, and the purchased materials are put inside those boxes as always," Eina said, giving the money. Eero nodded, sighing with relief. After taking everything, he left the guild building and returned to his shop. He was surprised to see a small female standing outside his shop. ''Why is she here?'' "Excuse me, are you the shop owner?" Hestia asked calmly. Eero nodded and asked curiously, "Do you need anything, miss?" "I saw a notice on your door about a job. Are you looking for an employee?" Hestia pointed at the notice and asked. Eero, surprised, looked at the notice and then glanced at her speechlessly. ''If I hire the goddess of poverty as a saleswoman, then what will become of my business?'' The story has been taken without consent; if you see it on Amazon, report the incident. But still, he nodded. "Yes, I am hiring. Are you here for the job?" Hestia happily said, "Yes, I live nearby here, and I know a little about sales." Eero nodded, opened the door, walked inside along with the boxes, and Hestia followed curiously, looking around. Eero grabbed his sheathed black sword and passed it to her. Hestia grabbed the sheathed sword puzzled, instantly her arms sank, and her face turned red because of the weight. Eero grabbed it back, looking at her calmly. Hestia became depressed, understanding the meaning of Eero''s gaze. ''You can''t lift up a sword, how will you sell it?'' "Please, I need this job. I will learn to pick it up," she said anxiously. Eero nodded then said, "If you tell me the reason truthfully, then I will consider hiring you for this job." "Because you are paying the highest remuneration and meals. I don''t have any Valis; I have been hungry for a while," Hestia replied embarrassingly, hiding the fact of her being a goddess. ''As expected of the goddess of poverty, even she isn''t safe from her title,'' Eero thought, then nodded. "Well, you are hired. I just wanted to hire a truthful person. It doesn''t matter if he knows sales or not." "Really, thank you very much," Hestia said, her eyes lighting up. Eero nodded calmly, grabbed both swords, put them on the table, and walked toward the back direction of the shop. "Follow me." ''He is so young and has such strength. If he were to become my familia,'' Hestia thoughtfully glanced at his back then shook her head. ''Maybe he already has joined some familia. Who will not want a young boy with such potential?'' She has already been rejected by almost 50 adventurers; no one wants to become familia of the weakest goddess like her. Looking at the clean and decorated house around, different from her shabby abandoned church room, and the food on the table in front of her, "eat, you are hungry," Eero said, looking at her. He also filled his own bowl with rice and egg and started eating, then introduced himself, "By the way, I am Eero." Hestia started eating, and then she also introduced herself cheerfully, "I am Hestia." Eating the rice in surprise, ''It''s quite delicious.'' "Well, Miss Hestia, you can visit my shop for a few days to learn sales and see how I deal with customers. Then I will leave the shop to you and find a goddess, then go on an adventure in the dungeon," Eero said, being playful in his heart. Hestia''s ears moved. ''Adventure, also he isn''t anyone''s familia yet.'' Her heart was scratched. Eero finished his lunch and started dealing with daily adventurers and customers who wanted equipment. Hestia watched his work and learned thoughtfully. "Miss Hestia, you should write all the details and requirements customers ask you in this book and take some advance payment from them," Eero showed her the order book. Soon, a few days passed. Hestia stood in the blacksmith shop, silently looking at Eero forging the weapon, looking at the cuts and perfect figure, also the clean back without any familia crest. She became restless and then thought firmly, ''I can''t let him join any other familia. I will make him my familia.'' During lunch, Hestia glanced at Eero and said, "Eero-kun, actually I have hidden something from you." Eero raised his brow, glanced at her puzzled, while being playful in his heart. ''Here it comes, I thought she would endure it for a while.'' "Actually, I am a goddess. You can become my familia," Hestia then said seriously, looking at him. Eero was surprised. "Really, but I refuse." Hestia''s face became depressed, an arrow shot through her heart, bowing her head sadly. ''What kind of reaction is this? I didn''t expect such a blunt refusal. Why is it so hard to find my own familia.'' ... Chapter 93 Dungeon Looking at her reaction, Eero smiled in his heart, ''She is a little naive and cute, though.'' "Well, how many familia do you have? If you have any familia before, then forget it. I don''t want to take orders or obey any senior," Eero then said thoughtfully. Hestia raised her head, feeling a little hopeful, replied hurriedly, "I don''t have any familia." Eero was speechless, looking at her anxious appearance, then nodded calmly, "Well then, it''s okay. I can become your familia." "Really?" Hestia said excitedly. Eero nodded, looking at her. Basically, he was invited by other familia, but he rejected them because he doesn''t like someone acting senior above his head. He may end up leaving them, that''s why he waited for her all these years without joining any familia. If she hadn''t arrived herself, he would have visited her soon. A goddess with no familia is perfect for his personality. After completing a ceremony, "What''s going on here???" Hestia exclaimed, extremely shocked, looking at the status details on his back. Eero also smiled, looking at the status panel in front of his eyes, Eero Level 1 STR 1099 SS DEX 1099 SS AGI 1099 SS END 1099 SS MAG 1099 SS Luck SS Exclusive Talent: [Lord of Elements] [Dominate and Suppress any Element] (Note: Only Host can see exclusive talent) Skill: Balancer Development Skill: Smith Eero became thoughtful, ''It seems she is shocked by my SS class attributes. All these years of hard work and force usage finally came to fruition.'' Hestia''s eyes lit up looking at his status. Already have two skills before receiving Falna, Balancer is unknown and Smith is a growth skill. Then she suppressed her excitement, hiding the status in Hestia Crest behind him. Eero sat up calmly, wearing his shirt and looking at Hestia''s excited expression. "Eero-kun, you have amazing attributes and have all reached the limit of level 1. When you visit a dungeon and hunt more monsters, collecting enough excella, you will upgrade to the next level instantly," Hestia said, looking at him sitting on the bed, grabbing his arm excitedly. ''She became casual so soon, forgot I am her boss,'' Eero became speechless, then didn''t care, ''Maybe all goddesses are like this to their familia.'' The narrative has been taken without permission. Report any sightings. Eero nodded in return politely, looking at her eyes filled with excitement, ''She is quite happy. Anyway, soon she will receive another one. It will take a year though.'' Next morning, looking at her lying on his bed, grabbing his arm, Eero became speechless, ''Why did she start living in my room?'' Eero then left after wearing his black slim armor and dual black swords, passed by the Babel Tower, looking at the huge tower built above the dungeon. Stopped beside the guild building, walked inside, appeared in front of the reception. "Eero-kun, what brought you today?" Eine wondered curiously, looking at his armor and sword. "I am here to register as an adventurer. I am going to explore the dungeon," Eero said. "What?" Eine exclaimed. "What about the blacksmith shop? Are you closing your shop?" she asked anxiously. Eero shook his head, "Rest assured, I will supply equipment. It was just my dream to become an adventurer and explore the dungeon. Just tell me the information about the first few dungeon floors," he replied. Eine sighed in relief, then registered his identity. "What, you joined the Hestia familia?" She exclaimed again in shock. Today is the most shocking day for her. She didn''t expect Eero, in the end, to decide to join Hestia. Her expression became strange, ''Is he interested in that Loli goddess?'' Eero glanced at her strange expression, said calmly, "She is suitable to be my goddess." Eine became speechless. After giving him the identity badge, she then gave him info about the first twelve floors. Eero glanced at the info intriguingly. "Eero-kun, you must be careful. I don''t want this city to lose a talented blacksmith," Eine reminded solemnly, adjusting her glasses. Eero nodded, thanked, then left the guild building. After a while, He appeared beside the Babel Tower, looking at it. He walked toward the 1st underground floor of the Babel Tower, after showing his identity badge. Within the circular room are multiple columns at equal intervals, and above is a beautiful azure painting of the sky that resembles the real sky. Along the circle are gentle stairs that spiral down into the dungeon. There are some other adventurers moving outside and inside. Eero glanced at the light-blue walls around, walked through a wide hallway on the 1st Floor known as the Beginning Road. "Grwwe!!!" Instantly, a sound fell through his ears, looking at the monsters that appear. A few green and plump humanoid monsters with large eyes. Eero raised his brow intriguingly, ''Interesting the goblin looks like this in reality. It is considered to be the weakest monster in this dungeon.'' Dodging their attacks, Eero''s figure turned unsheathed his sword. Slash! Separating all goblin from the middle using one strike. Burst! Monsters bursting into black-purple ash and leaving small crystals on the ground. Eero picked one up looking at the purplish color in the middle. ''This is a magic stone.'' [Automatic Collection Activated] Eero raised his brow looking at other crystals that disappeared and appeared in his storage panel box as Magic Stone +3. Also, there is another item, Goblin Fang +1. Putting the one in his hand also, it becomes +4. Eero then stood up, walked toward the 2nd floor, after slashing a few goblins, then glanced at the new monster that appeared. A dog-headed monster walking on hind legs; they are also in a group. He reversed his step to dodge the Kobold bite then kicked his face flying him away, raised his knife, slashed all Kobold turning them into ashes, after collecting spoil, he walked toward the deeper floor. After passing through first four floors, reached the 5th Floor, The walls change to a light-green color, and the structure of the dungeon begins to change. "All monster are same it''s boring to kill them again and again, the upgrade here is also slow," Eero disappointingly complained, slashing similar goblins and Kobolds turned them into ashes, collected the magic stone and few Kobold Nails, then walked toward the next floor. Just near the passage wall, he turned and pierced his sword beside him, pierced the head of a creature: a brown quadrupedal lizard-like monster with sucker discs on its feet. It attacks by climbing walls and jumping down at people, preferably from ambush. ... Chapter 94 Limit Break Entering the 6th Floor, walking for a while, looking at the light green and dark mix atmosphere around... Drrr! Eero raised his sword; instantly a long object appeared and struck his sword blade, revealing a frog shooter: a monster with one large eye that attacks by shooting out its long tongue. He ran and appeared beside the frog monster, piercing its only eye, turning it into ashes, and collecting the magic stone. Then, noticing another three monsters standing in darkness: dark humanoid monsters with long arms with three claws that are sharp like knives. Eero raised his brow, muttering, "So, it is the strongest monster on the 6th Floor, War Shadow." Clang! Looking at their three claws attacking at a fast pace, he dodged and slashed in return, looking at the shadow, he called and backed away still alive after being slashed by him. Eero suddenly became interested, ''It means the next floors will start becoming a little challenging, but...'' [Lord of Light Element Activated] Instantly, Eero''s appearance changed, his hair started flickering in the air, turning white along with his iris turning pure white. The whole cave around lit up, a smile appeared on his face as he grabbed his sword handle. Slash x16 White arcs flickered around Eero; instantly, the shadow warrior dissipated, leaving a magic stone on the ground. Arc-shaped marks appeared on the surrounding dungeon walls. Eero''s appearance returned to normal as he sheathed his sword intriguingly. ''Lord of Light Element can increase my dexterity and agility double; also, I can control light magic particles in the air for healing and other purposes. It''s very effective against monsters with opposite attributes like dark and shadow. It seems I have to test all my other Lord of Element''s forms.'' After a while... Clang! Slash! Swoosh! Eero battled a few red ant monsters with four legs and two arms, dodging and killing them easily by breaking their joints. Because ant exoskeletons are very hard, leg joints and other body joints are their weakness. Then, the ant bodies dissipated into ashes. After killing the red ants and collecting the stones, he sat down on the stone feeling a little exhausted. He already reached the 10th floor; on the way, he killed a lot of moths and rabbits with horns and collected their wings and tusks. Stolen from its original source, this story is not meant to be on Amazon; report any sightings. "Dungeon upgrade is harder than I thought," Eero muttered thoughtfully, feeling his attributes increase very little after hunting monsters, recalling the information he read from 4th to 12th Floors. 4th-7th Floor: Stronger monsters such as War Shadows and Killer Ants appear, and the monster birth time is faster, which is why these floors are where a lot of newbie adventurers start to die. It''s recommended for Level 1 adventurers to have a status of at least D in their basic abilities to explore these floors. 8th-9th Floor: The number and size of rooms increase, and the length of the hallways between them becomes shorter. Also, the ceiling changes height from three to four meters from the floors above to nearly ten meters. Moss covers the brown-colored walls, and the ground below becomes a short grass plain. The strong light from the phosphorescence above is similar to light from the sun. No new monsters appear; however, monsters from 1st-7th Floors reappear but stronger. It''s recommended for Level 1 adventurers to have a status of at least C in their basic abilities to explore these floors. 10th-12th Floor: The 10th-12th Floors keep the same structure as the 8th-9th Floors; however, the light from above becomes reminiscent of morning mist. The mist on the 12th Floor becomes much thicker than on the 10th and 11th Floors. Large category monsters such as Orcs and Infant Dragons begin to appear on these floors. These floors are also where monsters use landforms such as trees as weapons for the first time. The 11th and 12th Floors are extremely dangerous for Level 1 adventurers because stronger monsters like Silverbacks and Hard Armoreds appear here. Infant Dragons that are categorized as Level 2 and considered as floor bosses of the area also appear, though rarely. It''s recommended for Level 1 adventurers to have a status of at least A in their basic abilities to explore these floors. Parties that explore these floors are normally the ones preparing to venture into the middle floors for the first time. ... Noice!! While Eero was thinking, instantly he snapped out of his thought, his perception shook, feeling a crisis. He directly activated the Lord of Light Element and slashed at a direction behind him. Shing! A flickering white light reflected in the air; visible red lines appeared on the bat-shaped monsters. Instantly, all turned into ashes, dropping inch-size magic stones. ''A dark bat monster that has sharp fangs and the ability to create sound waves that disrupt concentration,'' Eero recalled the details of this monster, realizing that''s why just now his perception was disturbed. Thankfully, his attributes are balanced; it didn''t affect him too much, but his heart became a little vigilant against spirit and soul attribute opponents. Then the magic stone disappeared; looking at the storage panel box filled with x 230 Lv.1 magic stone, he walked toward the depth, appeared on the 11th Floor. After hunting a few monsters and a large monkey monster covered in white fur with silver fur down the middle, which has great arm strength, along with Hard Armored, called Silverback, Eero stroked its eyes and stirred its brain in order to defeat it. [Excelia gathered successfully] [Please select: Level / Limit] [Level: Increase level to 2] [Limit: Break the limit to SSS] Eero halted after grabbing the sword handle, pulling out the sword from the Silverback skull, it turned into ashes. "Obviously, choose Limit; only an idiot will choose Level," Eero muttered amusingly, then felt a little warm current in his body. He didn''t break through to Lv. 2, but his attributes increased a lot. "Well, it seems this is the function of the balancer," Eero muttered, feeling all attributes increased in balance, reaching SSS 1300+. Looking at more monsters spawning, he ran toward their direction, instantly feeling a difference, becoming a little more agile, slide dodging their attacks, slashing them one by one. After a while, looking at the empty 11th floor. "This floor was a little tough, but it''s nothing special, just took a little extra time. I should try clearing the 12th floor today," he muttered thoughtfully. ... Chapter 95 Level 2 Then he appeared on the 12th floor, the final point for 1st-level adventurers, but for a normal adventurer, for him, nothing can be called final on his journey. Looking at the mist surrounding the whole floor with limited vision. Monsters take advantage of the surrounding mist and terrain to sneak attack the adventurers. Eero defeated other monsters easily, using sword attacks. His sword usage also increased, and his body became more coordinated with his swords. Crimson Dance! Crimson-red rotating slashes flew all around in the mist, defeating all Imps and other monsters surrounding him. Eero stood up, his hair and eyes transformed into crimson red. Thunder Charge! His figure flickered zig-zag among monsters like a thunderbolt, slashing all monsters. Each of his hair flickered into a lot of thin purple lightning bolts, his purple iris and pupil emitting sharpness as if thunder raging among them. "So this one is the strongest form. My whole body feels more powerful and faster than before. It''s increasing my all-around attributes by three times. Even Level 2 monsters and adventurers are not my opponent," Eero muttered thoughtfully. ''Also, my attributes also reached their limit,'' looking at 1499 on the status panel and SSS Limit, written in front of them. Anggggg!!! Instantly Eero raised his brow looking at the monster that appeared revealed from behind the pillar, resembling a small dragon with a height of around 150 centimeters and more than four meters long. Eero charged, the surrounding lightning particles became restless. His figure flickered, running at fast speed, appearing beside the dragon, slashing its neck. Instantly his sword flashed in thunder, passing through the dragon''s scale and body like butter; a head flew up. Burst! The dragon turned into ashes instantly. Eero became speechless, looking at his sword turned purple filled with lightning. "So one of my swords finally reacted to my lightning magic and increased its sharpness during the attack," Eero muttered, looking at the flickering lightning on the sword and the other sword still silent. ''It seems this one will take time. I will make these swords fully compatible with my Lord of Element Talent.'' [Excelia gathered successfully] [Please Select: Level] "Finally, I am going to upgrade," Eero sighed in relief, then clicked the only option Level; instantly, the mark behind him became hot, and then his whole body became warm, feeling his strength increasing by leaps and bounds. The genuine version of this novel can be found on another site. Support the author by reading it there. He opened his eyes, feeling a little lighter and clear-headed as if some shackles have been removed. ''So this is Level 2,'' clenching his fist, then glanced at his status panel. Eero Level 2 STR 10 I DEX 10 I AGI 10 I END 10 I MAG 10 I Luck SS Exclusive Talent: [Lord of Elements] Skill: Balancer Magic Eater Development Skill: Smith [Magic Stone Detected] [Activate Magic Eater Y/N] Eero became confused, looking at the Magic Eater notification. Then he clicked Y. Instantly, another notification popped up, [Eating 440 Level 1 Magic Stones] [Gained 44 Free Attribute points] [Eating 1 Level 2 Magic Stone] [Gained 1 Free Attribute] Eero became speechless looking at the empty storage slot; all magic stones disappeared. Also, there is another section, FREE ATR 45 Eero glanced at his five stats; all are 10 I attributes and then became thoughtful. ''My strength now is almost equal to Mid-Level 2 of other adventurers, and Top-Level 2 Adventurer. If I use my Lord of Element Talent, well next, how should I add my attributes? I think the balanced way is good. I don''t want my stats unbalanced.'' Eero then realized something, ''Wait, Balance?'' glanced at his Balancer skill. ''I hope my guess is right,'' looking at his MAGIC attribute, he added all 45 Free attributes to it, increasing it to 55 I, feeling a little almost unnoticeable change, then glanced at his status panel hopefully, [Unbalanced Attribute Detected] [Balancer Skill Activated] [Balancing All Attributes] A smile appeared on Eero''s face feeling the changes in his body. ''As expected, it seems my guess was right.'' Eero Level 2 STR 55 I DEX 55 I AGI 55 I END 55 I MAG 55 I He nodded satisfied. ''It seems because of my desire to upgrade faster in the dungeon all these years, awakened these two matching skills,'' thought to himself. "Well, it''s time to leave, enough exploration for today," Eero muttered then returned toward outside the dungeon direction; on the way, he hunted a few monsters. At the dungeon entrance, he glanced at the people moving around, taking a deep breath of magic and oxygen-filled air, he sighed happily. Eero appeared on the brick-lined street, looking at the two-story building, and walked inside, Hostess of Fertility. He appeared and sat down at the table. Looking around, instantly a group caught his attention, ''The Loki Familia, also that dull girl is probably the sword princess or war princess.'' "Guest, what do you need?" Eero glanced at the Elf waitress; he was surprised then said, "Can you tell me what kind of dishes your pub offers?" ''She is Ryuu Lion, a level 6 adventurer,'' Eero thought to himself. Ryuu was also surprised looking at Eero''s immature face, then walked away and brought the menu. ''Did he just recognize me now?'' she thought to herself. Eero ordered fried meat, noodles, rice, and fruit juice. After eating and drinking, he packed a few dishes and left the pub. Returning to his blacksmith shop, looking at Hestia sitting boringly, looking at him she jumped up happily, "Eero-kun, you are here. You are late; it''s already night." Next second, Eero passed the parcel to her, "Here, I have already eaten; I have brought some for you." Hestia nodded cheerfully and thanked, went inside along with Eero; she forgot what she wanted to say. The next morning, looking at his status, she was extremely shocked. "What is going on here? How can your attributes increase so much? Also, you ranked up automatically, Eero-kun," Hestia exclaimed then sighed depressingly. Because she felt useless, familia rank is under the control of their gods and goddesses, but Eero is different, his stats aren''t under her control, also another unknown skill appeared on his status, she didn''t know anything about. Hestia then glanced at Eero in order to share and let him see his status, looking at his sleeping face without caring, she became more depressed. ''What kind of familia I have received.'' ... Chapter 96 Rex Goliath After a while, Eero woke up, showered, changed his clothes, and then appeared in the shop. He found Hestia sitting depressed on the chair. "What happened?" he asked curiously. Hestia, then coming out of her senses, shook her head and showed him the status page. "Here is your status, Eero-kun. Congratulations, you ranked up." Eero took a glance at the page with a similar status panel. He said calmly, "I noticed my attributes are increasing in a balanced way because of my first skill. Also, the effect of the other skill is probably killing monsters and upgrading." "Amazing, you may be right," Hestia blurted out, surprised. Then, realizing why she reacted surprised as a goddess, she hurriedly coughed and spoke proudly, "Ahem, I knew it already. I wanted to see how intelligent you are, Eero-kun. You are amazing. Also, don''t tell others the effect of your skills." With that, she left the shop embarrassingly. Eero became speechless looking at her, shook his head with a smile, and muttered, "It seems my skills and rank have made her depressed." Throwing all the monster items he got from the dungeon into the fire stove, he started beating them one by one using his hammer and lightning magic. Soon, the impurities were removed, leaving a few tiny materials of different monsters. He put them away. "Well, they aren''t enough. I have to collect a few high-quality metals and more monster materials to recast my magic swords," Eero muttered thoughtfully. Next few days, He started visiting the dungeon regularly and increased his attributes by leaps and bounds after eating magic cores. ... After a week, Clang! Thud! Kaboom! An intense battle occurred on the 17th floor. Eero''s figure flashed, and a horn flew up as his second sword pierced through the chest of the bull-shaped monster in front. Eero smiled wickedly, grabbing the sword. Amidst the startled expression of the Minotaur, high-frequency lightning oscillated on the blade, directly separating the Minotaur in half. Boom! A crystal fell to the ground. Eero collected it calmly. He had already reached the 17th floor by defeating monsters on upper floors. The 13th-17th Floors are known as the Cave Labyrinth. Love this novel? Read it on Royal Road to ensure the author gets credit. The entrance to the 13th Floor is called the First Line. Starting from the 13th Floor, the walls, ground, and ceiling become made of bedrock. While the upper floors are just flat, circular mazes, the middle floors have more complex layouts which include intertwining upper and lower tunnels. The light becomes darker, and the air seems to be moist. Vertical holes leading to the deeper floors appear randomly. On the 17th Floor, The layout is more complex, and monsters spawn at a faster rate in the middle floors than in the upper floors, so it is very difficult for Level 2 adventurers to solo these floors. Like this Minotaur, it was a Level 3 monster. Even though he had just recently upgraded to the limit level 2 with 1599 SSS attributes, he felt strenuous piercing its skin. "At level 2 SSS limit, my attributes are 1599, more than a hundred from level 1. It seems at level 3 SSS limit, my attributes would be 1699," Eero muttered thoughtfully, then walked toward the final point of this floor. He had heard a few days ago that Rex, the floor boss, was going to be born today¡ªa level 4 monster. He was going to hunt him for excelia. Eero appeared inside the big room. There were already other adventurers standing in the room. Looking at Eero, their pupils shrank. "A Solo Adventurer. He is here to defeat Rex." Everyone''s expression became solemn. Eero glanced at them calmly, without caring about them, walked, and sat down at the edge of the room wall with his swords lying on his shoulder. "Before gaining enough strength, it''s wise to avoid getting involved with other people in this world. All others are unimaginably young and strong. I have to surpass them, then talk to them on equal terms," he thought to himself, tightly gripping both his swords. Instantly, a huge wall surfaced from the middle of the room. Everyone got alert. Looking at the direction of the wall, the Big Wall of Grief, which spawns the Monster Rex Goliath. Thud! Two hands ejected out from the middle of the wall, and a humanoid monster walked out of it. It had a large body that reached seven meters and had gray skin. "It''s truly a Level 4 monster. No, it feels different. Looks like a Top Level 4 Monster," Eero raised his brow intriguingly, looking at the Goliath, then glanced at the Adventurer party ready to attack it. "They are going to die soon." "Grwwwwwwww!!!" Goliath glanced at the adventurers and roared, then ran toward them and attacked with his claw. The adventurers also started attacking without giving up, but the next second, their faces changed, feeling the agile movement of the Goliath and the force exceeding their expectations. "It''s a Top Level 4 Monster. Hurry up, scatter, and take formation, attack from all sides," the captain among them spoke anxiously. Others also scattered, started attacking, using arrows and some elemental magic attacks, but to no avail. Only two among them were Level 3; they couldn''t damage the Goliath. Thud! Instantly, one of them flew and collided with the wall behind, spurting blood. The captain and other defensive adventurers'' faces changed. They hurriedly raised their shields, and the claw attack fell on their shields. They also collided with the wall behind; soon, all of them were knocked out by Goliath and thrashed around. "No teamwork. It looks like a temporary party," Eero thought, then instantly appeared in front of the Goliath, slashed its chest, and saved one of the adventurers. "Thank you. Who are you?" the adventurer said, looking at Eero standing with thunder and lightning flickering on his body and sword in awe. Boom! The air regressed around like a sonic boom. Eero leaped in front of Goliath, slashed its chest, and lightning rays scattered in the whole room. "Is this guy a Level 4 adventurer?" the captain thought, grabbing his companion and retreating to the entrance of the room, looking at Eero and Goliath''s collision. ... Chapter 97 Rivira City Eero''s brow furrowed, feeling his attacks weren''t that effective. He raised his sword, stopping the claw attack. Clang! He slid back on the ground, leaving two long marks on the floor, stopping his inertia. "If weapon attacks don''t work, then the only option left is to kill this guy using force," Eero thought to himself. "Grw Wwww" Looking at the Goliath roaring at him, Eero sheathed both swords calmly. The adventurers witnessing the battle, their faces changed. "Don''t tell me this guy is going to take on that monster physically," one of the adventurers said hesitatingly. Others were also puzzled. Eero glanced at the claw attack and punched toward the claw amidst the wide eyes of the adventurer. Upon touching the claw attack, both Goliath and the adventurer froze. The ground cracked below Eero''s feet. His figure flickered, turned into air, and shot into Goliath''s stomach with his elbow. Goliath felt an unimaginable force, slid back on the ground, then got angry and moved forward to attack again. Eero similarly collided, then at a faster speed, redirected and attacked again. This time, he kicked Goliath''s chest, throwing him back, sliding on the ground. Goliath stood up angrily, smashed the wall beside, and started attacking again. The adventurers froze in shock, looking at Eero strangely. He was stopping Goliath''s attack with his own and thrashing the monster around with even faster attacks. Slowly, an awe spread through their hearts. It was the first time they saw someone thrashing a monster physically, and Goliath at that. Eero frowned. The redirection of the force in Goliath''s attacks was slowly taking a toll on his body. But he glanced at Goliath''s body, which was deforming and bulging from different sections. "Just a few more attacks, and I will burst this guy''s body," Eero thought, colliding again, then turned and punched his stomach using both fists. Eero is using a force technique to forge Goliath''s body by redirecting its own attack force and returning it. Also, the force is concentrated in the monster Goliath''s body. After attacking a few more times, the ground cracked. Eero appeared in front of him, shot his knee into his stomach, then landed on the ground. Eero''s eyes widened as he coughed up blood, backed away, looked at his blood on his palm, then gazed at Goliath calmly. "This guy is a little tough," he said, clenching his trembling bloody palm. If you encounter this story on Amazon, note that it''s taken without permission from the author. Report it. "Grw Wwww," Goliath roared angrily. The next second, cracks spread through his whole body. Eero sighed in relief. Kaboom! A huge blast happened. The whole dungeon room shook, and even the ground vibrated a little. Eero raised his arm, tightened his body, and tackled the coming air and magic flow. After a while, Looking at the big crystal lying on the ground, he collected it along with Goliath''s monster materials. [Excelia gathered successfully] [Please Select: Level] "Well, let her upgrade my status, or she will become more depressed if I level up again," Eero thought to himself. Then, he turned around and glanced at the adventurer party captain walking toward him in awe. "Thank you for saving our lives. We didn''t expect this monster would turn out to be so strong," the captain thanked, then introduced himself. "I am Silford, the captain of the Wolf Adventure Party." Eero nodded and replied, "I am Eero, an adventurer. Also, no need to thank me. I was just going to hunt the Goliath and take away its crystal." Then he stood up, nodded at the other adventurers behind him, left the monster room calmly, and activated ''Lord of Light.'' Feeling a rush of warm current through his body, his injuries and body damage repaired slowly. He walked toward the next floor, the safe zone Reverie. The adventurer party also left after being healed by the healer in their party. Eero appeared on the 18th floor, looking at the scenery inside. The 18th Floor is a safety point where no monsters are born, though some monsters can come up from the floor below. It is also called the Under Resort. The floor is filled with crystals and nature. Large forests and lakes cover the floor. Within the forest are blue crystals of different sizes that reflect the light from above, causing the forest to be filled with a pale blue glow. The exceptionally high ceiling is filled with brilliant shining crystals of two colors: white crystals in the center that resemble the sun, and blue crystals surrounding it that resemble the sky. The amount of light from the crystals depends on the time and cycles through the day. On the eastern side of the island facing the lake stands the city of Rivira. It is located 200 meters above the lake on a cliff. Level 2 adventurers would need to be extremely capable to reach this floor solo. Eero walked through the gate of the city, looking at guards on lookout towers and the city, which is quite populated with adventurers, looking at vendors and hawkers selling their products on stalls. He walked and appeared in front of a blue crystalline-shaped item and then glanced at the black rock beside it. Also, there are other ore materials. "I didn''t expect I would find high-level material here on a stall rather than outside in the guild," Eero thoughtfully observed the metal ores on the stall. "How much are these?" Eero said, looking at a young adventurer wearing blue armor. "I don''t know the price. We found those materials on the 27th floor, so according to the floor price ratio, I will sell you each item at 270,000 Valis," the young adventurer replied. "I will give you 300,000 for each. Sell them to me," another adventurer appeared from behind and said, pointing at the metal ore on the stall. Eero turned and glanced at him and at his arms and palm, then glanced at the stall owner. "Well, sell it to him. He is offering more money. I am a blacksmith; your price is expensive. I will give 100,000 Valis for each materials, no more." Both of them were surprised. The stall owner smiled wryly, then nodded. "I will sell it to you," then glanced at the boy who just bid helplessly. ... Chapter 98 Amazoness "How did you know that we were companions?" the adventurer who just bid asked curiously. "You are not a blacksmith and coming out of nowhere bidding on material only a blacksmith can use. Even a child will notice it," Eero replied calmly, paid 1.2 million Valis stamp, and took the material away, putting them inside a bag. He can''t reveal his storage space. Both adventurers realized, then nodded. Eero then turned around in order to leave. "Wait, Mr." He turned around and glanced at the adventurer. "I want you to fix my sword if you can. I will pay the remuneration," the stall owner said, after picking a sheathed sword from the ground, showing it to him. "Its blade has a huge cut, almost separated from the middle." Eero walked and took it, revealing the blade. Looking at the red and blue thin veins inside the metal, a little different from white force veins, he thought to himself, "It''s a magic sword with damaged magic veins. I haven''t seen such complex magic veins before. I can try using force technique to restructure the veins." The veins inside metals, only a few top blacksmiths can see them through their vision. Others can only feel them through their senses. He then nodded, "I can fix it, but you will have to leave it to me. After a few days, I will return it to you. As for remuneration, if you can find a few ore metals, like I just bought from you, I will take them as an exchange." The young adventurer hesitated then nodded, "Okay, I will give you five more metal materials." Eero nodded then said, "I have a blacksmith shop on Daedalus Street, near Maria Orphanage. You can visit if you don''t see me on this floor in a few days." Then left after taking away the sword. The adventurer nodded, looking at his back, then realized he hadn''t asked for the name, nor introduced himself, then shook his head with a wry smile. Eero visited the whole Rivira City, bought a few metals that were hard to find outside, then left the dungeon. ... Outside the dungeon, looking at the dark sky, he walked toward the pub direction. The pub was filled with a lively atmosphere. A lot of familiar people gathered around, drinking and eating. "Little brother, why are you staring at us? Don''t tell me you are interested in one of my companions," a dark-colored beauty appeared and whispered in Eero''s ear. The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement. Eero raised his head, glanced at the dark, half-naked beauty, and also at another similar dark-skinned girl standing beside her. ''They are Amazoness Tione and Tiona in Loki Familia, the twins shown in the anime,'' Eero thought to himself, then shook his head and replied, "I was just watching the atmosphere around." "Oh, then can you show me your sword? It looks amazing," Tione was startled, then said, pointing at the sword beside him. Eero raised his brow, looking at the magic sword he just bought from the young adventurer for repair. ''So this was her purpose,'' he shook his head calmly. "I can''t show it to you. It''s a damaged sword, and it''s not mine. Someone gave it to me for repair." "You are a blacksmith, amazing! Have you joined any familia?" Tione was startled, then asked again curiously. Eero nodded calmly, "I have already joined one." "Oh, what a pity?" Disappointment flashed through her eyes, then she smiled and waved her hand, "See you later, bye little brother." She walked away. Eero was speechless looking at their backs, shook his head. He was not interested in those extremely open girls. He ate dinner calmly then left the pub with the parcel. Next morning, An excited laughter spread through the room. Eero opened his eyes, feeling Hestia sitting on his back, laughing like a witch. "He he he, Eero-kun, you have ranked up! Also, you got so much excelia it was almost overflowing. Also, you have broken through the limit again and reached SSS. I haven''t heard about an adventurer breaking through the limit constantly at each level," Hestia started chattering happily and excitedly, hopping on his back. Eero felt relieved looking at her excited and happy expression. A smile appeared on his face as he sat up, looking at his status page. "There is another good news; you have awakened another strong skill," Hestia then said mischievously, gesturing with her fingers. Eero startled, glanced at his status panel, Eero Level 3 STR 484 E DEX 484 E AGI 484 E END 484 E MAG 484 E Luck SS Exclusive Talent: [Lord of Elements] Skill: Balancer Magic Eater Arcane Resonance Development Skill: Smith "Arcane Resonance?" Eero was puzzled. He clicked it, looking at its description, (Arcane Resonance grants the user the power to manipulate the fundamental frequencies of magic within their surroundings. By attuning themselves to the natural flow of magical energy, the wielder can amplify, dampen, or redirect spells cast by themselves or others.) Eero realized something then became thoughtful. ''It''s probably because of my force technique I got this skill related to magic.'' Then a smile appeared on his face. This ability is a perfect match for him. Now he can manipulate magic force along with physical force. "If I had such a skill before battling the Goliath, I would have annihilated him within a few strikes," Eero muttered, then shook his head. Anyway, he would use it on another opponent in the future. ''Also, Hestia''s rank-up has another benefit. My status directly reached 484 E. Is it the benefit of Goddess Grace? I still have 378 free attribute points, which I got after eating all magic atone. There were actually 3780 free attribute points,'' Eero thoughtfully glanced at his attributes. After rank-up, they reduce ten times. Also, his attribute gain also decreased. Now he can only get 0.01 attribute per level 1 magic stone. A hundred level 1 magic cores give him 1 free attribute. Eero then added all 378 attributes to magic, increasing it to 484 E. [Unbalanced Attribute Detected] [Balancer Skill Activated] Eero Level 3 STR 484 E DEX 484 E AGI 484 E END 484 E MAG 484 E Luck SS ... Chapter 99 Forging Hammers Feeling his body warming up and strength increasing at an alarming rate, he doesn''t encounter the issue of uncontrollable or irregular strength like those other adventurers after ranking up. After wearing his shirt, he appeared in the blacksmith shop after eating breakfast, picked the materials, grabbed the two hammers, and started dual-hammer forging technique. After removing impurities from all monster items and the ores he brought from the dungeons, Looking at the huge 1.7-meter metal thin pillar-like block almost reaching his height, it''s one of the heaviest metals on this planet, the core metal. Just this 1.7-meter block weighs almost a thousand kilograms. "First, I have to create my own exclusive magic-forging hammer. These old hammers don''t work correctly on magic items," Eero muttered, looking at the old hammers in his hand. Made from similar metal, but lacking magic-conducted metals mixed inside, he is going to use them to forge a new magic hammer that suits his appetite. "Also, I have Arcane resonance skill now. Probably using it, I can adjust magic veins in the magic materials now," Eero nodded thoughtfully. He decided to try it while forging a new hammer. Eero then melted the pillar block in fire, started beating it up in order to remove impurities. The whole shop shook at each of his strikes. He was surprised by the efficiency, looking at the compressed area of core metal lustering without impurities. His strength increased so much he can now even remove impurities with a few strikes only. Slowly, under his unrelenting strikes, the metal block compressed and became extremely pure without any impurities. Even deep impurities were scattered by Eero using force technique. He then added a small quantity of pure mithril and other magic-conducive metals he brought from the dungeon, also particles of adamantite metal, which is the second hardest metal in the world. His strength is not enough to forge adamantite as it requires a 6th level adventurer, but he brought small particle powder of adamantite from the guild in order to mix it with other metals using his force technique. Then he started heating and beating the metal while activating his Arcane resonance and using his force technique to the utmost. After a while, all the metal mixed under the constant force pressure. Eero then divided the metal into four sections: two small and two large, and started shaping the hammer structure he wanted to make. After a while, a rectangular-shaped box condensed, while Eero''s eyes filled with excitement, looking at dual veins in this metal: one is full white in his vision and the other is colorful. Using his Arcane resonance and lightning magic, he pierced those block veins and arranged them, also the other white force vein. The tale has been illicitly lifted; should you spot it on Amazon, report the violation. This hammer looks like Thor''s rectangular hammer, but it''s a bigger version. Its rectangular main body is 1 foot lengthy, 6 inches wide, 4 inches in height. Then there are four rectangular layers above 4 inches, each 0.5 inches and an inch smaller than the sides, with a round section in the perfect mid where he is going to equip the handle inside. Eero smiled then started forging the next hammer. After a while, looking at both hammer main bodies with perfect same design and weight, he sighed in relief. His force technique is really hard to use; he was using Arcane resonance along with it, which is very exhausting. While eating lunch, "Eero-kun, what are you making? You look so exhausted," Hestia asked curiously. "Hammer," Eero replied calmly. "Do you want me to help? I know a friend. If I ask her, she will definitely help you create the best weapon," Hestia suddenly said. Eero glanced at her speechlessly, ''She is definitely going to kneel in dogza position to request her. I wonder how many days she will kneel. In anime, she kneeled three consequent days for a small knife.'' "What are you thinking, Eero-kun?" Hestia said, looking at him with her big eyes. Eero glanced at her, then shook his head, replying solemnly, "No need to beg anyone. I can create a suitable weapon for myself." Hestia startled, looking at his serious face, nodded her head, with a little timidity spreading through her heart. ''Why is he suddenly so serious and scary? I am not going to beg anyone. I am just requesting?'' She thought to herself. Eero stared at her for a while. Hestia became more nervous. ''I hope she doesn''t start begging like in anime,'' he thought to himself, then walked toward the forging area. Hestia sighed in relief. ''Why am I suddenly so afraid of Eero-kun? I am a goddess; he is my familia. Why is my familia so different from others?'' Instantly she was startled, then became depressed. Eero then manufactured a 2 feet long and 3-inch round handle, a compact handle area. No matter how long these hammers are gripped in hand, no discomfort or tiredness will occur in the palm. Picking up both hammers, feeling about 500 kg weight in each hand, Eero nodded thoughtfully, then glanced at the smooth surface of the hammers, started engraving inscription above them. Slowly, the whole hammer main bodies and handles were filled with runes. Eero engraved those runes in a way they describe the whole nature of elements: Fire ??, Water ??, Wood ??, Metal ??, Wind ???, Earth ??, Lightning?, Ice ??, Dark ??, Light ??. Looking at dark black hammers, with silver runes, he activated his Lord of Thunder form; instantly, the runes turned purple, lightning flickered above the whole hammer surface. Eero closed his eyes, feeling the hammer as if an extension of his body, opened his eyes, nodded thoughtfully, then the rune changed into a brown color. Hammer weight doubled. ''So Earth element affects the weight of the hammer,'' Eero became thoughtful, then started another form. Fire element heated up the hammer to an unimaginable degree; no need to use a stove, just one or two strikes will melt any metal. Water element can be used with force technique for a better impurities removal process; ice freezes the metal which can be used for pulverizing the material. Lightning element opens all the blocked veins inside the material, can convert low-level material into pure high-level material. Wind element makes the hammer lighter. As for Dark and Light, they don''t have much effect on metal; in the future, he may be able to find their usage in the material. ... Chapter 100 Visiting After testing his Hammer''s, "It''s time to recast my swords and armor," Eero muttered thoughtfully; his pure white hair and eyes returned to normal. After a while, Looking at his both swords and their dark blades shining through the moonlight, exuding chilly sharpness atmosphere. Eero sheathed them, then glanced at his dark armor, which looks more premium and good; a smile appeared on his face. These armor and swords would work on 6th level monsters; they are extremely indestructible and resistant. He added a large quantity of Adamantite, Serious, Mithril, and No steel inside these swords and armors, and a few other premium metals. "Once I find pure adamantite, Mithril, and Oricalchum, I will cast my own divine weapons," Eero muttered and stored the Hammer, Swords, and Armor in his storage panel. Adamantite: A rare metal from the dungeon, which is the second strongest material in the world. It can be found on all the floors of the dungeon, but the deeper the floor from which it is extracted, the purer it will be. The one from the Deep Floors is the purest version, which is proportionally related to its hardness. According to information from the Guild, only a Level 6 or higher can break pure adamantite. Mithril: A material with high magical conductivity, which is why it is commonly used in the creation of magic staves or weapons used by people who combine magic with their fighting style. It has great resistance, which makes it difficult for an upper-class adventurer to break it. It is also a great material due to how easy it is to work with. Its manufacturing method is similar to that of Oricalchum. Oricalchum: The highest quality material in the world and the most resistant. Its manufacturing method was established in Ancient Times, combining human and demi-human techniques. A blacksmith with the development ability Blacksmith can give it the Durandal attribute to use it in the creation of Superiors, virtually indestructible weapons. ¡­ Next Morning, Eero visited the Orphanage, along with a cart filled with monthly groceries and items, also candies, cake, pastries for children, which he always delivers after each month. "Big Brother Eero," children shouted happily, looking at his cycle, and ran in his direction. Eero stopped the cycle and asked with a smile, "How are you all?" Looking at little children of five to 9 years old. "We are fine," children shouted cheerfully. Then he glanced at a boy 9 years old hesitating. Eero started distributing the items he brought for them, looking at the rest of the children running and hopping around happily. He glanced at the 9-year-old boy, rubbed his head, and asked, "What happened, Rye?" Rye then hesitated and said, "Brother, some people are harassing Fina and want to take her away." Eero''s expression became calm, looking at the fresh mark on his face as if beaten by someone, he asked calmly, "Where are they?" Rye, shivering and bowing his head, replied, "They are on Dun Dun Shop Street, living in the 2nd house." "Big Brother Eero," at this time a soft voice sounded. Eero smiled and glanced at the little girl running out of the orphanage in his direction, with creamy hair flickering behind her and happiness in her red eyes. Love what you''re reading? Discover and support the author on the platform they originally published on. She is Chienthrope Cat race with cute cat ears above her head, Fina, they were just talking about. Eero grabbed her and picked her up with a smile, "How is my little Fina?" "Giggle! Big Brother, I am fine, Fina was waiting for Brother''s Gift," Fina giffled and replied hurriedly and openly. Eero smiled happily, a little relieved looking at her that she was fine, rubbed her head, then appeared beside the cycle, and picked a huge fluffy doll looks like a white cat, he made it himself for her. "Kawaiiii, I love you Big Brother Eero." Fina''s eyes lit up, she kissed his cheek, and grabbed the doll happily. Eero smiled then put her down, glanced at Rye, giving him a few cookies he prepared himself, "Rye it''s your duty to distribute cookies, daily as always, you are the big brother of them all, protect them well." Rubbing his head, Rye was surprised then grabbed the three boxes happily nodded, "Yes Big Brother, Eero." "I also want cookies," Fina said looking at the boxes with a drooling mouth. Eero gave her two small boxes, "Here you are, give one to Roux, I haven''t seen him outside, he may be spacing out somewhere. Now you both go inside, I have to transfer the groceries." Both Rye and Fina nodded happily and ran inside. Eero glanced at the street far away calmly, then started transferring groceries inside the Orphanage. After a while, "Eero my good boy, How are you? Are you doing well?" Maria asked kindly. Eero nodded and replied politely, "I am good, How are you, Granny?" "I am the same as always, wait I will bring something for you to eat," Maria said. Eero stopped her, "No, I am fine, no need to bring anything, it''s my own home anyway. Here, some Valis, please keep it." Eero passed Valis stamps to her hand calmly, then waved his hand, "See you later, Granny." He ran outside the room. He knew she will reject and scold him in return, it''s better he runs away. Outside the orphanage, Eero glanced at the street far away, walked toward that direction along with Rye. "Brother, it''s them," pointing at a few human males sitting in the street, looked like low-level adventurers, they were laughing and talking among each other. He walked toward them, grabbed the wooden block, protruded beside the street. Crack! A cracking sound fell in the ear of the adventurer sitting, one of them turned around suspiciously, the next second a block zoomed into his wide eyes. His face compressed, and he flew away, fell unconscious with an unrecognizable face. Everyone''s hearts trembled around, even Rye closed his eyes, ''It''s over, it seems the Daedalus street will cry again today.'' "Who are you? Ba¡­." Bang!!! Crack! Next second another adventurer flew after being hit by a wooden block on his face, teeth scattered around. "Ssss ss SSS" sat up only air came out from his mouth, pointing at Eero in horror. ... Patreon.com/ChaosGray Join for early access to advance chapter and support my creation. Chapter 101 Exposing Eero glanced at him coldly then glanced at other adventurers around, "So you are here to take away my little sister from the orphanage," listening to Eero, their faces changed. In a while, Miserable Howl spread through the whole street, Rye turned his head away, ''One day, I will also beat other like my brother.'' After a while, guild guards appeared, the onlookers side away. "What happened here? Who called the guards?" Looking at the audience around, when they glanced at the street in front, everyone took a breath, looking at six unrecognizable humans lying on the ground, with twisted face, arms and legs. "I called you here, If it weren''t for the rule of no killing, I would have killed them, what a pity." Eero raised his hand and spoke with pity flashed through his eyes. Onlookers took a breath, Rye glanced at Eero in admiration, the guard frowned then asked solemnly, "It''s also forbidden to beat someone like that." "Oh, they were here to kidnap my little sister, I think they are traffickers, I beat them in self-defense, no one among them died." Eero replied calmly. The guard captain was speechless, looking at Eero sitting there calmly. ''This guy is trying to bend the rules, but anyway we can''t do anything. He looks very young and strong.'' He then ordered, "Take them away, check their identity." Another guard nodded and took them away, clearing the street. Eero threw away the broken wooden block, it was filled with blood, and appeared beside Rye. They returned to the Orphanage, where he quietly washed his hands and cuffs. At night, After telling the children stories from Zero dimension and watching them fall asleep, he left riding his cycle. Feeling the dark and silent street around, his pupils shrank. Instantly, his arm sword appeared in his hand. Clang! Sparks flew in the street as Eero deflected the sword with a slash toward the figure. He stopped the cycle as a figure flickered in his eyes. Eero raised his second sword as a guard in front of his chest. The next second, swords crossed again, and sparks flew around. Eero slid back and stopped on the street. ''Fast and strong. I can''t follow the movement with my eyes. Definitely a fifth or sixth level adventurer, but they are testing me instead of trying to kill. I don''t feel any bloodthirst from them.'' The story has been illicitly taken; should you find it on Amazon, report the infringement. Looking at the figure hidden in a green hoody, Eero focused. The swords crossed again, sparks flying around. Clang! Clang! Clang! Dodging the slashes and deflecting a few attacks, a cut appeared on his cheeks, arms and shoulders. Blood drops seeped out, and his pupils shrank. ''It seems I have to get serious.'' While they were exchanging swords, Far away, on a building few figure were witnessing their exchange. A lady spoke with a warrior-like person standing behind her. Another male figure she was talking to, adjusted his cap and replied with a smile, "I just wanted to see how capable her first familia can be. I also heard rumors about him, but he looks more capable than those rumors." If someone here saw them both, they would be shocked, because one is Goddess Freya and the other is God Hermes. "Oh, you are talking about Goliath. It''s nothing special. Any Level 3 can defeat it," Freya said unimpressed. "What if he is level 2 at that time?" Hermes revealed schemingly. Freya was surprised and then glanced at Hermes thoughtfully. ''what is his purpose this time?" Instantly, both of their pupils shrank as they glanced at Eero. They were surprised, looking at his hair and eyes turning purple, his figure flickering with lightning. He instantly appeared in front of the opponent, his lightning sword stopping in front of her snow-white neck. Looking at Ryuu Lion standing in front of him in a daze, he turned and glanced at the few figures far away. ''It seems they can''t live peacefully. Attacking me was their worst decision. Especially Hermes, that guy. I don''t like a scheming character like him. I don''t mind becoming a god killer if he crosses the limits,'' Eero thought annoyingly, releasing his killing intent toward the direction from which he felt gazes. Instantly, Hermes and Freya, who were paying attention to Eero, were startled. Next second, they were transferred to somewhere unknown, looking at the red sky above and the bloody red land below. Next second, they appeared in front of an unimaginably huge bloody tower cut from two different sections. The earth cracked in front of them as if wailing, then the sky shredded as if crying, engulfing the tower. Hermes was fine but his face was a little pale. Freya sat down on the ground in horror, panting heavily. "Divine revelation. It was definitely Divine Premonition. It looks more dangerous than that thing. It''s directly aiming at us both, and it will engulf and devour us," Freya spoke solemnly, glanced at Eero''s direction. ''Is it related to him?'' Then she left after ordering her familia to picked her up. Hermes also hesitated a little, looking at Eero, then turned around and disappeared. Eero then calmed down, feeling the gazes disappear, and glanced at frozen Ryuu and her bleeding neck. He retracted his sword and asked, "Why did you attack me suddenly? I have no enmity with you." Ryuu was surprised, looking at his purple hair and eyes, also lightning flickering on his body. ''Is it some kind of enhancement skill like mine?'' "I am sorry, someone asked me to test your strength, in return, they would revoke my bounty. I meant no harm, just a friendly exchange," Ryuu apologized and bowed politely. Eero shook his head, and his sword disappeared. "It doesn''t matter. Don''t let others use you like a fool next time," he waved his hand and walked toward his cycle. After crossing a few streets, he returned to his shop. Ryuu was startled, ''What does he mean by using me?'' then covered the green hoodie thoughtfully and leaped away, jumping above the building toward the pub direction. Eero returned to his residence, looking at sleeping Hestia in the room. ''It seems I have to increase my strength. Except for her, all those other gods are extremely scheming. Also, I wasn''t a match for Ryuu. If she used her skills, what if tomorrow a level 7 shamelessly tries to kill me?'' Eero''s expression became thoughtful as he decided to gain strength at a fast pace. ... Chapter 102 Rank Up Next morning, "Eero-kun, good morning," Hestia sitting on his back shouted cheerfully. Eero woke up in a daze, looking at her always cheerful expression. ''She has so much energy,'' after taking shower. He went to prepare breakfast, looking at Hestia happily eating. After saying goodbye to Hestia and informing her he will return after few days, he left the shop wearing armor, amidst the reluctant expression of her. Inside the guild building, "What are you going to do with so many magic stones, Eero-kun? We have magic stones, but only 1st to 3rd level magic stones can be sold outside," Eina said calmly. Eero nodded, then asked about the price. After knowing the price, he left calmly. 10,000 Valis for level 1 magic stone; he can''t afford it. Inside the dungeon, he appeared on the 18th floor. Looking at the Rivira City, ''Next, I am going to clear the 19th floor today and stay for a few days in this dungeon.'' Eero decided in his heart. He appeared beside the shop he brought metal from in order to return the sword. Looking at the closed shop, he left the city and walked toward the 19th floor entrance. After coming out of the tunnel leading to the 19th floor, glanced at the wooden structure around and the weird trees far away in different places around. The 19th through 24th Floors are known as the Large Tree Labyrinth. The walls, ground, and ceiling are made out of wood, making it seem like the inside of a giant tree. Instead of phosphorescent light, radiating moss grows across the floor and gives off blue light. These floors contain a large amount of unexplored areas and a large variety of insect-type monsters. The plant diversity on these floors often provides ingredients used to make healing items, resulting in many resource gathering quests being issued for this area. Eero collected a lot of Level 2 and 3 magic stones and a few Level 4 after hunting those worms. The quantity of monster spawning on these floors is very high. It took him just fifteen days to reach the limit of Level 3, including breaking through the attribute limit two times, reaching SSS 1699 attributes as he expected. The 24th Floor is at least half the size of Orario, and there are rare trees that produce valuable gems which are guarded by Green Dragons, the strongest monsters on the floor. Eero sitting on a long extended tree branch, eating a purple fruit with a small thorns. ''It''s bitter, feels like eating banana with aloe vera mix, although I haven''t eaten aloe vera before,'' he thoughtfully commented, while his brow furrowed, Taken from Royal Road, this narrative should be reported if found on Amazon. Feeling discomfort in his stomach, "It seems this fruit was poisonous. Well, what can I do? I haven''t brought food. I can only eat these plants," Eero muttered thoughtfully, Lord of Wood! Instantly, his hair and eyes turned into jade color, and the discomfort from his stomach disappeared. He started feeling intimacy from the surrounding plants. Looking at the huge floor and areas around, some are above and some are below. There are tunnels and ways toward the lower floors. He can see the blue flickering water flowing in the lower floors like watching water in the well, from the extended branch of the tree he is sitting upon. "Well, it''s time to upgrade, and then explore the water city below," Eero muttered thoughtfully, glanced at his status panel. [Excelia gathered successfully] [Please Select: Level] Eero clicked the Level. Instantly, the familia crest behind his body became hot, and as always, a warm current spread through his whole body. Feeling relief in his whole body he closed his eyes comfortably, as if the current waves are massaging his body. After a while, the warm feeling disappeared. He opened his eyes, disappointed a little. Next second feeling his strength increased by leaps and bounds a smile appeared on his face. He glanced at the free attribute more than 700, all because of eating magic stones he gathered by killing the unimaginable quantity of worms on this floor. Also, the monsters in the water city below are more than in this tree labyrinth. Looking at his status panel: Eero Level 4 STR 734 B DEX 734 B AGI 734 B END 734 B MAG 734 B Luck SS Exclusive Talent: [Lord of Elements] Skills: Balancer Magic Eater Arcane Resonance Arcane Fusion Mystery Development Skill: Alchemist "Another skill, Arcane Fusion? Also, the smith disappeared. Instead, it became a Mystic Development skill, Alchemist," Eero muttered thoughtfully. He clicked on Arcane Fusion. Skill definition expanded in front of him. (Arcane Fusion empowers the user to merge disparate magical energies, spells, or elements into a unified and synergistic whole.) "Amazing. Using this skill, I can try merging my Lord element form and different element attacks, which I couldn''t do before," Eero muttered in surprise. Suppressing the thought of trying, he clicked on Alchemist. (Mystic Skill Alchemist, combining the two growth skills Smith and Chemist. It can govern the law of material and change the composition of matter, synthesizing different materials to produce weapons and potions.) Eero became speechless. ''It''s definitely because of eating all types of poisonous plants and fruit on these tree labyrinth floors and then healing myself. I gained the Chemist skill, and now I can recall all those plants and fruit I had eaten and their properties and effects.'' Then he smiled wryly. It feels like self-abuse granted him a skill. ¡­ The entrance to the 25th Floor is known as the Second Line. The 25th through 27th Floors are known as the Water City. The 25th Floor marks the beginning of the Great Fall, a huge waterfall estimated to be 400 meters wide and twice that in length, which lasts until the 27th Floor. The 25th Floor was also described as being a paradise of water. On the 27th floor, "Hurry up! There are so many. We have to leave this floor right away," an adventurer party was navigating through a series of passageways varying in elevation around the waterfall to reach the passageway toward upper floor from their current floor. A red carnivorous dinosaur monster that is five meters in height is menacingly chasing them while colliding with the surrounding. "Why did a lower floor monster appear here?" The Adventurer exclaimed in horror, looking at his companions missing arms and legs regretfully. ''This damn monster attacked so sneakily.'' "Ahhhhhhhhhhhhh," a long cry sounded. "Nion¡­." The captain turned, and his eyes widened to the extreme, looking at his companion whose half shoulder disappeared and fell on the ground. "Hurry up! Shoot this monster. Don''t let him near Nion," he shouted angrily and ordered. ... Chapter 103 Amphisbaena His companions around nodded and started shooting the monster, using magic and arrows, but couldn''t affect it much. Drip! A dripping water sound fell in all of their ears. Next second, the monster froze in an ice block. "Huh," instantly the adventurers were startled. They turned and glanced at the figure walking on the water, with icy blue eyes, spikey blue hair flickering around. Drip! A dripping sound scattered around. "You should leave after taking away your companions. Don''t explore lower floors without proper strength, or you will die," Eero next second appeared beside them as if emerged from water and spoke. "Thank you very much," the captain of the adventurers nodded thankfully and saluted. ''So strong and fast, this guy single-handedly killed the monster we were running away from, is he the first class adventurer?'' looking at Eero in awe then glanced at the frozen bloodsaurus, They hurriedly walked away. After looking at them leaving the floor safely, Eero appeared beside the frozen statue of bloodsaurus, flicked it with his finger. Instantly, it scattered into ice particles, leaving a magic stone, which he then collected. He turned and glanced at the direction of the cave wall far away. "You can come out. It''s your doing, I presume." "Che, we set a trap so hard in order to kill those rubbish, yet you destroyed all our plans, let''s go," an adventurer party revealed walked out from behind the dungeon wall. The captain spoke displeasingly, then ordered his companion walked toward the exit. Eero glanced at them calmly, looking at the captain and his party, ''A struggle between some familia, well I don''t care.'' Eero ignored them, then glanced at the direction of the water tunnel. ''I have been staying on this 25th to 27th floor for few days, waiting for resurrection of that monster. Monster Rex Amphisbaena, Probably he is going to revive today.'' His brow furrowed, raised his hand, and grabbed the blade piercing toward his neck. "What are you doing?" Eero asked calmly, turned and glanced at the spiteful expression of the captain he just ignored. "You bastard, you pissed me off. First, you spoiled our deed, now you are ignoring us. How dare you? Come on, attack him although he is strong but we can defeat him then we will leave him for that monster," the captain among them spoke resentfully, retracting his sword from Eero''s hand in order to attack again. His companions around were also ready to attack. "Water Chaos!" Eero muttered calmly. Reading on this site? This novel is published elsewhere. Support the author by seeking out the original. Noise!!! A piercing voice sounded. Instantly, all of the adventurers eyes widened, feeling unimaginable pain in their bodies. They looked at their chests pierced through by water tentacles attached to the ground below. Slowly, their blood mixed through those tentacles, making them bloody. Feeling their life passing away, ''Why did he kill us so carelessly, killing is illegal?'' Looking at their confused expression, Eero shook his head commented, "Throwing your corpses to that monster is good idea." ''It''s not their fault; they just assumed I am kind like other adventurers and will spare their lives even if they attack me.'' Eero thought to himself. Controlling the water tentacles, he threw all of their corpses into the water river beside that is passing toward lower floors. "This dual form of Lord of Ice and Water is really convenient," Eero muttered thoughtfully, feeling his unimaginable control over water particles around. He could change its form as he wants, can travel through water particles around making them his median at fast speed, "Angggg," a loud voice sounded. Eero smiled and glanced at the waterfall direction. "Finally, you are here, Amphisbaena." The Amphisbaena is the Monster Rex of the 27th Floor, which has a spawn interval of one month, and it is the only Monster Rex able to move between floors. It is estimated to be at Level 5 in terms of strength, though the Guild sets it at Level 6 due to the area being water. It is a white, twin-headed, long-necked dragon more than 20 meters high and dozens of times wider than an Orc, with the right head having red eyes and the left blue. It is capable of two different breath attacks: the right head uses a crimson mist which surrounds itself and diffuses magic, while the left head breathes blue flames that burn even on water. In addition, it is capable of using its necks to hit opponents and attack them from underwater. Boom! Eero dodged the attack, his figure condensed on the other water area instantly. He raised his sword; pupil changed into heterochromia, one blue, one red, and similarly his hair turned into half red and half blue. Raised his swords, half water below his feet turned into an ice layer, half boiled. Song of ice and fire! Eero slashed his blades. Instantly, a lot of vertical slashes ejected toward the monster, freezing and burning its body from different sections, but couldn''t damage it too much. "Angggg," it called painfully, then attacked at Eero''s direction using a blue fire beam. Eero raised his brow, raised his left fire sword, and slashed the beam. Arcane resonance! The beam of fire was instantly divided into two, falling on both sides of the cave behind. The whole cave shook. Eero smiled wickedly, ran through the beam. Kaboom! Instantly, he appeared above the monster. His blue eye turned cyan. Wind and fire tornado! Instantly, a cyan and red tornado rotated around his sword tip, then expanded, shrouding the monster below. "Anggggg," cries spread through the cave, along with red mist diffusing the tornado away. Step! Eero landed on the water, his eye returned to blue again, looking at the smoking monster roaring and then he was surprised, The crystal and tree branches falling from the roof, Amphisbaena glanced at him angrily while sinking into the water, ready to run away. "Do you think you can run away from me?" Eero spoke intriguingly, his eyes turned into pure blue. Raised his hand. Ice spear! Chains of Ice! Instantly, the lake below frozen, with long ice spears piercing through Amphisbaena''s neck and chest, embedded in the cave around. More and more ice chains appeared around, binding him up. Amphisbaena struggled, shot blue fire beam, broke the ice chain, raised his other head expanding his long neck in order to bite and attack Eero. Eero frowned, feeling his mana is almost consumed. Instantly he raised his hand with lightning and fire flickering hammers. Appeared in his both hands, his pupils turned red and purple. ... Chapter 104 Ravine Dense Forest Looking at both angry faces of Amphisbaena, Dodge aside the bite attack. Bang!!! He blasted the monster head away using Hammer, turned and shot his other head on the opposite side, looking at the middle section between his neck revealed. Requip the swords, Raised his swords flickered with lightning and fire grabbing it tightly in both hands, instantly appeared in front of it''s neck area, turned in the air slashed the main area of both neck using solid slashes considered to be weakness and cleaving them all the way. Noise! Amphisbaena roared both head seperated then turned and fell into water, slowly his body turned into ashes, leaving a large red object looks like meat and bone piece floating above the water. Eero then walked toward it, picked it up intriguingly, ''So this is the super rare item, dragon liver.'' Eero collected both the Level 5 crystal and Dragon Liver of Amphisbaena. Then rested beside the wall. [Excelia gathered successfully] [Please select: Level] Looking at the notification, also glanced at his 1799 SSS attributes. "It''s finally time to rank up to level 5," Eero muttered thoughtfully, clicked the Level. Instantly, his back crest became extremely hot, and an unimaginable warm current spread through his body, constant waves rushing through his every corner of the body, each of his cells and particles cheering and strengthening. His eyes closed heavily. After a while, Eero opened his eyes, looking at dim blue light reflecting through his vision, also someone is talking. He sat up, looking around, surprised. "I was asleep?" Looking at his hands, clenching his fist, feeling his strength increased a lot. Then a water diving sound fell into his ears, looking at the shadow behind the boulder far away. It was alert and frightened ran away. After diving for a while, a beautiful green figure appeared on a stone in another area. She has emerald blue hair and jade-colored eyes, fins in place of ears, faint indigo-blue skin on her upper body, along with a fin the same color as her hair. Sitting on a boulder, tapping the boulder with her fish-like tail with a timid expression on her face, ''So scary, how can humans be so scary?'' "So you are that Xenos mermaid." A curious voice sounded behind her, startled her, jump frightened into the water, next second she saw her cought and floating in a round water ball. Anxiously looking around, she then glanced at Eero with a frightened expression. If you encounter this tale on Amazon, note that it''s taken without the author''s consent. Report it. Eero glanced at her thoughtfully, saying, "Why are you here on the 27th floor? You should stay on the 25th floor. Go back." After he dropped her into the water. The mermaid was surprised, looking at Eero''s blue hair and eyes. "You feel the same," she appeared beside him curiously, smelling him. ''So nice smell.'' Eero was speechless, looking at the little mermaid smelling him. He controlled the urge to run away. "You smell so nice," she said happily, swimming around happily. Eero realized it''s probably because of his Lord of Water form. He is the embodiment of water in this form. That''s why she, as a mermaid, a pure water creature, followed him to the 27th floor all the way from the 25th floor. "You return to the 25th floor; this floor is dangerous for you," Eero reminded again. The mermaid nodded looking at him, then jumped disappeared into the water. "Well, it''s time to check my status." Eero muttered, appeared on the elevation around the water river. His hair returned to normal gray, then glanced at his status panel. He also added all free attribute points to the magic attribute. [Balancer Skill Activated] Eero Level 5 STR 864 A DEX 864 A AGI 864 A END 864 A MAG 864 A Luck SS Exclusive Talent: [Lord of Elements] Skill: Balancer Magic Eater Arcane Resonance Arcane Fusion Mystery Development Skill: Alchemist "I haven''t got any skill," Eero muttered thoughtfully, glanced at the entrance direction of deeper floors, walked toward that direction. Eero appeared on the 28th Floor, looking at adventurers moving around. All of them are above Level 3; few are Level 2. Moving through the floor, looking at the whole floor filled with trees and plants with fruits. Here, edible dungeon crops and fruit can be found and eaten. Instantly he stopped, looking at the adventurers in front of him. A few adventurers among them turned around and glanced at Eero. ''What is he doing here?'' Tione was also surprised looking at him thoughtfully, standing beside her sister and other companions, the dark Amazoness beauty of Loki Familia, he met in the pub. Eero glanced at them, nodded at Tione, then passed by them, walked toward the entrance of the deep floor. "Tione, when did you know such a handsome little brother," Riviera said inquiringly with narrow eyes. "I saw him in the pub; I didn''t expect to see him again here," Tione replied thoughtfully. Others around raised their brows intriguingly. "Interesting, he reached here solo. I wonder which family he belongs to," Bete said. He is the silver-haired werewolf. Tione shook her head confused, "I don''t know." ¡­ The region that starts from the 29th floor is a forest area called Dense Forest Ravine. A large jungle different from the Large Tree Labyrinth spreads out, and strong dinosaur-type monsters such as Bloodsaurus begin to appear in the region. It is absolutely required to have at least Level 4 adventurers to fight the monsters there since they are impossible for Level 3 adventurers to kill. ''The Juggernaut spawned for the first time on the 30th floor.'' Eero''s thought to himself his figure flickered, leaping on large and dense trees branch, halted on a branch, looking at the red dinosaur monsters below. Instantly, vines grew out from the ground and leaped at their direction, binding all those monsters. Eero''s figure flickered like lightning, destroying all those monsters using one hit, collecting their magic stones. Then his figure leaped away, dodging the colorful flower attack, with colorful magic crystal embedded in it. He raised his hand surrounding vines bound the flower and destroyed it amidst its creaks, leaving a level 4 crystal. "It''s been three months since I started exploring the dungeon, and finally reached the 36th floor. The next 37th floor is known as the deep floor. It seems I have to go out of the dungeon and relax a little," Eero muttered thoughtfully, picking the magic gem, also collecting the magic stone. In this Ravine dense forest, he killed a large quantity of plant and dinosaur, pantasour, and other prehistoric type red monsters and collected almost more than ten thousand crystals. His status also reached 1899 SSS, 5th level limit. "Well, let her upgrade my status; she must have been anxious. I haven''t met her for a few weeks." Eero muttered thoughtfully thinking of Hestia. His figure flickered, returned toward the upper floor direction. ... Chapter 105 Return and Reporting After a while, Eero appeared outside the dungeon, raising his arm to cover his eyes, feeling uncomfortable because of direct sunlight. After a while, his vision adjusted, looking at the lively town around and people and adventurers moving around. He walked toward his blacksmith shop. After a while, he returned to his shop. "Welcome¡­" "Eeroooo," a figure leaped and grabbed his head excitedly, crying loudly. "I told you to not leave me alone, yet you still returned after weeks. You don''t care about me." After a while, "Why are you not saying anything," Hestia confusedly glanced at the pale face of Eero, hurriedly released her tight arms, landed on the ground. Eero took deep breaths in order to catch breath, almost died of suffocation. After a while, he looked at Hestia. She started looking around, whistling with an embarrassed face. A smile appeared in his heart; It still work''s, she is so easy to distract. He then said with a serious face, coughed a little "Ahem, I wanted to leave the floor right away, but somehow I encountered a hundred-meter snake. In the end, I defeated that monster." Eero told an epic adventure story. Hestia was listening with glittering eyes. "Eero kun you are amazing; you can defeat a hundred-meter dinosaur." "It''s a hundred-meter snake," Eero corrected her. "But you encountered a hundred-meter snake previously," Hestia then asked doubtfully. "No, it was a dinosaur at that time, and that was just 50 meters, not a hundred meters. This time it was a snake, a full hundred meters," Eero replied seriously, correcting her again. "Then are you hurt?" Hestia asked, looking around him. "I am fine because I became stronger, and somehow I ranked up," Eero then replied proudly with a smile, sighed a relief in his heart. ''It seems diverting her mind is successful.'' "What? You have ranked up automatically again," Hestia exclaimed in shock then depressed again, hurriedly appeared behind him, said, "Show me quickly." Eero nodded, took off his shirt, and lay down on the bed. Hestia then anxiously revealed the status panel. In the next second, she fell into a daze, looking at the 1899 SSS attributes and 5th rank. Then she thought of something, patted his back, and started the ritual of upgrading him, lest he rank up again automatically, as all his attributes are at the limit. Eero was speechless, feeling a warm current spreading through his body. Feeling very comfortable, he fell asleep peacefully. The narrative has been taken without permission. Report any sightings. After a while, Hestia sighed in relief, looking at 168 H attribute of Level 6. Also, she noticed two new skills which she decided to add to the status because she didn''t know their performance. She would ask Eero later, though somehow he knew the skill effects before using them, which puzzled her. Looking at Eero and Level 6, she felt proud but also a little worried. "I hope no one noticed his growth, or it will bring disaster," she thought to herself. "Such talent hasn''t been born in ages, not even before nor after the advent of Gods and Godesses." "Reaching 6th Level in just few months, no one can do it." Her worry increased as time passed. Then looking at the innocent face of Eero sleeping peacefully, her worry become a little less, laid down in front of him staring at him, then she also slept unknowingly. After a few hours, Eero opened his eyes, looking at Hestia curling up in his arm, sleeping peacefully. A smile appeared on his face, carassed her cheek with his finger, then glanced at the dark sky outside, Status panel revealed in front of him, Eero Level 6 STR: 168 H DEX: 168 H AGI: 168 H END: 168 H MAG: 168 H Luck: SS Exclusive Talent: [Lord of Elements] Skill: Balancer Magic Eater Arcane Resonance Arcane Fusion Ethereal Shift Nova Burst Mystery Development Skill: Alchemist Looking at the two skills awakened at once, he checked their details. (Ethereal Shift can save a magic point using personal magic and then shift the user to the magic point from anywhere around the world.) (Nova Burst is a range type skill, an augmentation of surrounding magic elements on the body or personal weapons gives a supernova explosion effect on each attack.) Eero was surprised looking at the second skill effect. Finally, a proper melee and range type skill; it can damage the whole surrounding if used properly. Looking at Hestia in his arms kissed her forehead, then he closed his eyes again, Hestia opened her eyes after a while, peeked at his face with redness spreading on her cheek, with thumping heart, a smile appeared on her face. ''Eero you stupid.'' She thought to herself, closed her eyes again. ... Early Next Morning, Eero made breakfast and looked at cheerful Hestia eating it. "Oh, right Eero, tonight Loki Familia is throwing a party. Don''t go anywhere, We are invited, we can eat a lot of delicious stuff there, We are definitely going to eat that Loki no boob poor," Hestia announced happily, showing the invitation letter she grabbed from somewhere inside her clothes. Eero glanced at her speechlessly, then glanced at the letter and nodded thoughtfully. After breakfast, he started manufacturing the rest of the weapons the guild ordered. He is one of the blacksmiths in this city who supplies guild weapons officially. Soon under the control of Alchemist and Force technique, he mixed materials and manufactured the weapons and armor. In just an hour or so, two boxes were filled up with the ordered materials. Then he started manufacturing the pending orders from customer, he received in this month. A few hours later, he went toward the guild building in order to deliver the goods. "Eero-kun, it seems your blacksmith skill has been improved. They are all top-quality weapons," Eina exclaimed, observing the shining silver weapons filled in the boxes. Then she started evaluating the price according to the top-quality weapons. Eero earned a few million extra using similar material, nodded put away the Valis, and also ordered premium metals along with more manufacturing materials. "Also, Miss Eina, I am here to register my rank," Eero then said, looking at her. Eine was surprised, then nodded with a smile. "Congratulations, Eero-kun, for ranking up to 2nd level," she said. Eero startled, realized something and started scratching his cheek embarrassingly. ''She is thinking I have upgraded to the 2nd level. It''s my fault; I haven''t reported my rank to the guild even once these month.'' Eina glanced at Eero scratching his cheek embarrassingly. She spoke consolingly, "Don''t worry, Eero-kun, you are already a genius. Reaching the 2nd level in three months, some adventurers can''t even reach the 2nd level after years of hard work." Eero became speechless, then said, "Miss Eina, I am not 2nd level. I have reached the 6th level this morning." Eina''s fell in puzzlement, then corrected her glasses, looking around suspiciously then asked, "Eero kun can you tell me again clearly, what level have you ranked up to?'' Eero then helplessly replied, "It''s 6th Rank, I wanted to report to the guild, but my level improved so fast, I could only report it now." "Whaaaaat?" Eina exclaimed loudly. Everyone in the whole guild building fell silent, looking at her direction strangely. ...